Jeremy H. Greenberg: Blog https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog en-us (C) Jeremy H. Greenberg [email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) Mon, 16 Mar 2020 07:24:00 GMT Mon, 16 Mar 2020 07:24:00 GMT https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/img/s/v-12/u292078769-o383284609-50.jpg Jeremy H. Greenberg: Blog https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog 120 98 **NEW BLOG LOCATION** https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2019/1/-new-blog-location Happy New Year Folks! 

The fun continues...

Click for more free blog stuff

Limelight

Yours truly

JHG

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm blog film photographer photography professional study travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2019/1/-new-blog-location Sat, 05 Jan 2019 14:13:47 GMT
Blog #137 Limelight Winter Newsletter https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/12/blog-137-limelight-winter-newsletter Blog #137 Limelight Winter Newsletter

 

This is the last Blog post of 2018! Some new stuff is coming your way in the **Two-Zero-One-Nine**

Please e-mail [email protected] if you would like to be added to the FREE LIMELIGHT NEWSLETTER & mailing list.  You can keep track of our latest photographic activities, work, and images.

 

Happy Holidays & Happy Nude Year!  ✡️☪️✝️

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg 

 

I included some (more) images of the Fierce Fitness and Dance Christmas Party because who ever gets tired of pole dancers?

 

Images: © Limelight Limited

Where: Fierce Fitness and Dance Studio, TST, Hong Kong

Subject: Fierce Fitness and Dance Christmas Party

Gear: Fujifilm X-T3 + Fujifilm 16-55mm f/2.8 XF R WR + Flash

 

Website

Limelight Limited

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

*****

 

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

Bog #118 Catching the Stars

Blog #119 Combinations

Blog #131 Limelight Limited

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) blog dancer event gear hong kong photographer photography pole preparation professional https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/12/blog-137-limelight-winter-newsletter Mon, 31 Dec 2018 03:43:24 GMT
Blog #136 Shooting “Sports” [Colour] https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/12/blog-136-shooting-sports-colour Blog #136 Shooting “Sports” [Colour]

In the last blog post, I listed recommendations for a successful shoot or event.  There were items the need attention relating to gear and to you the photographer. Photography is physical.  This is the premise that I started with and it is, indeed, physical.  

Preparation for a friend’s birthday party, travel, a theatre event, or just an afternoon of street photography around town with a friend all requires a bit of thought and preparation for proper execution.  

 

Images included in that blog were from a Winter Showcase event hosted by Fierce Fitness and Dance along with a few other pole and hoop dance groups.  The event was in Ping Ping 126 bar in Sai Big Pun and made from some difficult shooting conditions.  It was a really cramped space and the lighting was straight down (rather than on the subjects) and all over the place.  

 

Nevertheless, when the world gives you lemons, make lemonade. In spite of the dreadful conditions (for image making, I mean, otherwise it was lovely), I was expected to produce high quality images and fast! These girls can move really fast and the event was the photographic equivalent of shooting race cars at night.  Your flash is your friend. Know how to use it accordingly. 

 

Last week I included a selection of black and white images of this event.  This week, I’ve included some colourful versions just in time for Christmas. 

 

Happy Holidays & Happy New Year! 🎄 ✡️☪️✝️

 

Please e-mail [email protected] if you would like to be added to my free newsletter mailing list. 

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg 😎

 

*Images: © Limelight Limited

Where: Ping Pong 126 Bar, Sai Ying Pun, Hong Kong

Subject: Fierce Fitness and Dance Winter Showcase (In Color!)

Gear: Fujifilm X-T3 + Fujifilm 16-55mm f/2.8 XF R WR

 

Website

Limelight Limited

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

*****

 

 

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

Bog #118 Catching the Stars

Blog #119 Combinations

Blog #131 Limelight Limited

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) dancing event limelight photographer photography pole professional sports https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/12/blog-136-shooting-sports-colour Sun, 30 Dec 2018 10:02:43 GMT
Blog #135 Shooting Events: Gear/Photographer Checklist https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/12/blog-135-shooting-events-gear/photographer-checklist Blog #135 Shooting Events: Gear/Photographer Checklist

Photography is physical.  The act of making pictures is a whole body experience. You’re on your feet walking the beat, crouching, bending, lifting, moving, and sometimes straining. You’re breaking a sweat and burning calories along with film or batteries while you work. Whatever the genre, a day behind the lens [as fun as that may sound] requires an ounce or more of preparation.  So how does one prepare to spend a day or even a few hours behind the camera? I suggest that we use a checklist.  The main objective is to make pictures, obviously. Controlling risk and minimising failure is worth the effort. Here’s a sample checklist that you might use to ensure that you return from the day with a batch of decent images.

Gear Checklist

  • Decide what accessories/camera/lens/film will be required for the given shoot
  • Clean the camera and lens or lenses 
  • Test the camera and lens or lenses
  • Chose the proper camera bag that will accommodate all of the gear required 
  • Include backup and redundant systems such as a spare body or alternative lens. Bring more than one extra roll of film incase one gets damaged or lost. 
  • Charge batteries and bring extra charged batteries. 
  • Bring a few SD cards
  • WIPE your cards before you shoot. 
  • *Important* Bring rain covers incase of rain so that your gear doesn’t get trashed.
  • RTM! [Read the manual and bring it with]
  • Practice using the camera and lens at home to familiarise yourself with the controls. 
  • When you get to the location TAKE A TEST SHOT. Check ISO and camera settings to ensure that everything is working. 
  • Keep your gear close and use small lens bags to keep personal items close at hand. 

 

Photographer Checklist

  • Get enough rest! Sleep deprivation is never good for anything. Fatigue will impact your photography and affect your energy level through the day.
  • Eat a proper meal or bring snacks with you. 
  • Hydrate! 
  • Dress for the weather. Overheating or stomping around with soaking wet socks is no way to make great art.  Show up prepared. 
  • Make a shot list. Go with a plan. Bring one of those handy dandy notebooks to check off the images that you plan to capture on the shoot. 
  • Map out the route to the event and decide how you will get there. Lateness is not an option!
  • When on the shoot: Take a break. Breaking your shoot into two [or more] parts is well worth the effort. Use the intermission or nature breaks in the activity that you’re shooting to sit down, have a latte or some water. 
  • Keep an eye on your bag and gear. Keep your stuff tidy and safe.

 

You can customise this list for your own needs.  The aim here is to share some food for thought about preparing for your day and minimising risk of error.  The old adage rings true:

An ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure.

Please e-mail to [email protected] if you would like to be added to my free seasonal mailing list. 

The light is always right.

jhg 😎

 

*Images: © Limelight Limited

Where: Ping Pong 126 Bar, Sai Ying Pun, Hong Kong

Subject: Fierce Fitness and Dance Winter Showcase

Gear: Fujifilm X-T3 + Fujifilm 16-55mm f/2.8 XF R WR

 

Website

Limelight Limited

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

*****

 

 

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

Bog #118 Catching the Stars

Blog #119 Combinations

Blog #131 Limelight Limited

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) event gear hong kong photographer photography preparation professional https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/12/blog-135-shooting-events-gear/photographer-checklist Mon, 24 Dec 2018 02:29:22 GMT
Blog #134 Cathay Camera Club Holiday Dinner https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/12/blog-134-cathay-camera-club-holiday-dinner Blog #134 Cathay Camera Club Holiday Dinner

 

Last week I wrote about my experience judging a monthly photo competition from the local Cathay Camera Club for the second time.  As a “Thank you” they were kind enough to invite me to dinner and to their last monthly submissions on the topic of “Travel”.  

Nikon D610

We viewed and commented on images, enjoy a lovely dinner together, socialize, and of course talk about everything related to cameras, photography, and post-processing as well as prints.   The winners of the points accumulated through the monthly contests were gifted some gorgeous framed prints (pictured).  The plans are in the works for next year where I expect to participate more regularly.  Keep on shooting folks! 

 

My winter newsletter will be sent later this month. Please e-mail to [email protected] if you would like to be added to my free seasonal mailing list. 

The light is always right.

jhg

 

*Images: © Limelight Limited

Where: Iberico Bar & Restaurant, SOHO, Central, Hong Kong

Subject: Cathay Camera Club Holiday Dinner

Gear: iPhone XS

 

Website

Limelight Limited

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

*****

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

 

 

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

Bog #118 Catching the Stars

Blog #119 Combinations

Blog #131 Limelight Limited

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) camera cathay club hong kong photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/12/blog-134-cathay-camera-club-holiday-dinner Thu, 13 Dec 2018 15:38:11 GMT
Blog #133 Cathay Camera Club https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/12/blog-133-cathay-camera-club Blog #133 Cathay Camera Club

 

The premier Camera Club in Hong Kong is the Cathay Camera Club [CCC].  Founded in 1982, its roots date back to the glory days of film when having a built in light meter in your camera body was considered “hi-tech”.  The club itself is non profit and is run by photographic amateurs, hobbyists, and a few professionals.  Regardless of the skill set, all members have a serious passion for the craft in common and share their adventures and work through monthly meetings.  There are competitions, workshops, and a few shows that are held throughout the year.  

_XT30091_XT30091Nikon D610

It’s really a good group and folks that tend to be encouraging and check their egos at the door. It’s a mature group of 30-50 somethings all there to share in the love of making pictures. I’ve been to three events to date.  Twice I have been invited to judge events and once as a workshop host.  All of my experiences there have been terrific and a learning experience for me as well. 

The quality of the work is very high.  All of the images work, essentially, but some more than others. The purpose of the judging and critique session is to describe the images and identify why they work, or in the rare case, do not work.  This is how I approach the role of the judge.  It’s not about whether or not I like the image.  There’s a 1-10 point system and I think that the annual event culminates with recognition of the member who has accumulated the most points throughout the monthly assignment sessions. 

The group has invited me to their end of year holiday party next week to say “Thanks” for judging their last event.  I’m bring a small 4”x6” print from my online Prints collection, and a 35mm film cassette key chain for each member to thank them for thanking me (mutual admiration is great). 

It’s a pleasure and honour to be a part of a talented and generally nice group of adult artists and I would encourage any of my readers to participate in local clubs near you. 

Happy Holidays and May the Light Be With You, Always. 

My winter newsletter will be sent later this month. Please e-mail to [email protected] if you would like to be added to my free seasonal mailing list. 

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg 😎

 

*Images: © Limelight Limited

Where: Theatre

Subject: CentreStage Studios HK Christmas Concert

Gear: Fujifilm X-T3 + 16-55mm f/ 2.8 XF R WR, Fujifilm X-T2 + 55-140mm f/2.8 XF R WR Lenses 

 

Website

Limelight Limited

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

*****

_XT30072_XT30072Nikon D610 _XT30053_XT30053Nikon D610 _XT30035_XT30035Nikon D610 _XT30022_XT30022Nikon D610 _XT30194_XT30194Nikon D610 _XT30138_XT30138Nikon D610 _XT30119_XT30119Nikon D610 _XT30160_XT30160Nikon D610 _XT30131_XT30131Nikon D610 _XT30216_XT30216Nikon D610 0XT215970XT21597Nikon D610 0XT215540XT21554Nikon D610 0XT216380XT21638Nikon D610 0XT216470XT21647Nikon D610 0XT216690XT21669Nikon D610 0XT216620XT21662Nikon D610 0XT217170XT21717Nikon D610 0XT217410XT21741Nikon D610 0XT217020XT21702Nikon D610 0XT217330XT21733Nikon D610 0XT217490XT21749Nikon D610 0XT217900XT21790Nikon D610 0XT218220XT21822Nikon D610 0XT217660XT21766Nikon D610 0XT217570XT21757Nikon D610 0XT218040XT21804Nikon D610 0XT218280XT21828Nikon D610

 

 

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

Bog #118 Catching the Stars

Blog #119 Combinations

Blog #131 Limelight Limited

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) camera cathay club event hong kong photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/12/blog-133-cathay-camera-club Sat, 08 Dec 2018 13:49:07 GMT
Blog #132 The Business of Photography https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/11/blog-132-the-business-of-photography Blog #132 The Business of Photography

 

So you're thinking of starting a photography company? 

 

First you need to realise that there is a more to owning and operating a  photography company than taking great photos.  Most of it is pretty boring and requires zero artistic creativity.  There is the whole “professionalism” piece that probably takes up 80% of your time.  Actual time behind the lens amounts to one of the least time consuming tasks involved.  

Although I have only just formally set off on my professional photography company path, the truth is that I’ve been involved in image making on a [part time] professional level for a few years.  

I’ll be sharing my journey with you and planning these blog posts from time to time to reflect on that journey.  

Nikon D610 There is paperwork to be filed, sorted, events to be documented, e-mails to be responded to [promptly], contracts, invoices, receipts saved, and more. 

Step #1 is deciding if you really want to go down this road. Is being a business owner really something that you want to spend your time doing? Will the investment be worth it for you? Will you make enough income to be comfortable and to support yourself and your family [or future family]? Have a plan. You will need to decide if this is something that you want to do and why.  Maybe just shooting here and there as an amateur or hobbyist is enough? 

How does one make these decisions? You might want to have a fall back gig for the steady income while you grapple with trying to find the answers to the questions above.

Here are a few techniques that might aid your decision making below. 

  1. Schedule a one-hour headshot or portrait session with a friend or family member to experience the “feeling” of dedicating yourself to a proper portrait shoot. 

  2. Do a Project 365 and shoot everyday for year.  This will help you to eliminate the genres within the medium that you don’t want to shoot. This will be equally as important as decided what you do want to shoot. I've blogged on this topic and shared my own Project 365 experience. Hint: It's INTENSE! 

  3. Agree to shoot a friend’s wedding or birthday party event.  Treat the event as a professional “gig” that means you’ve replaced that cocktail for a camera. See how that feels. Can you hack it? 

  4. Volunteer to shoot an event such as a sporting event or dinner party.  Edit the photos and return them to the host with one week [I usually return images within 24-48 hours].  Can you get that done?  

 

If these activities are scaring the living daylights out of you then you’re not ready to go pro.  Professional photographers are always "ON" and the hustle is part of gig. Only the strong survive. It’s no joke, there is zero room for error. Forgot to charge your battery? SD card fails? Brought the wrong lens? You're fucked and will never be hired by that client again. It's a dog eat world in the professional photography arena. Welcome to THUNDERDOME! 

 

You’ve got to be one time, all of the time, on point, make perfect pictures, edit them, and turn them around all within a narrow window of time.  

Perhaps you’re intrigued? Perhaps you LOVE to spend time behind the lens and you love it so much that you’re not sweating the sweaty parts [if you’re not sweating, you’re not doing it right]. Maybe the rush of all of this sounds like you're cup of tea? Better have latte, friend, or three! 

I hope that this has provided you with some food for thought. 

Are you ready to rumble? Well, regardless of whether this is your year to quit your neurosurgery job or walk away from that eight-figure hedge fund gig to shoot Junior's1st birthday party,  keep shooting, share your work, print it, and get it out there.  The worst thing that could happen is that you will improve your image making.  When the Universe calls for your professional skills behind the camera, will you answer? 

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg 😎

 

*Images: © Limelight Limited

Where: Streets of Hong Kong

Subject: Dogs of Hong Kong (2018 is the Year of the Dog)

Gear: Various gear, probably Fujifilm X-Series mirrorless cameras and 24mm-50mm lenses.

 

Website

Limelight Limited

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

*****

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

 

 

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

Bog #118 Catching the Stars

Blog #119 Combinations

Blog #131 Limelight Limited

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) business photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/11/blog-132-the-business-of-photography Fri, 30 Nov 2018 12:38:53 GMT
Blog #131 Limelight Limited https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/11/blog-131-limelight-limited Blog #131 Limelight Limited

The time has come to double down, put the metal to the metal, burn the candle at both ends.  Limelight Limited is my new project.  Although I’ve been doing some professional photography work for some now [part time], I felt that I have needed to truly go pro.

Nikon D610

This month, I started a “Limited” company in Hong Kong.  As a permanent resident expatriate this is essentially my only option.  The benefit of setting up a company as a “Limited” entity is that there is a clear and legal separation between me as  person and the company as a company.  In other words the liability is limited to the company and just in case the proverbial shit hits the fan, I am untouchable [legally speaking].  

Hong Kong makes this process pretty easy.  My accountant filed some paperwork, confirmed the name that I wanted to use, I paid a fee to them, and in 2-3 weeks, the company is set up.  Company profit “income” tax is 8.25% annually which is actually pretty low.  Taxes will need to filed in around 18 months.  

Work related expenses [termed itemised deductions] are pretty extensive.  Anything that I need to purchase for work related jobs can be deducted from my gross income.  These items might include: educational classes, electronics like cameras, lenses, computers, lights, gear, travel expenses, food, even about 30% of my flat rental for office space.

My professional work will go a new direction as a result.  Work-wise I’m focusing [pun intended] on a few genres within photography.  These include: events, headshots, portraits, food & interiors.  At the moment I’m not interested in shooting weddings due to the shear scale of this type of event.  It’s ALL DAY LONG like 12+ hours, and sometimes multiple days, resulting in 1000+ images that will take far longer than I’m interested in spending behind a computer. I’m sure there are terrific opportunities available for wedding photographers and the work can be lucrative, but it’s just not for me.  

Limelight Limited or simply, Limelight is the name of my photography company.  The website address is: www.limelighthk.com.  I would appreciate some comments on the site.  If you’re reading this and you can carve out 5 minutes to browse the site and leave some comments here, that would be swell.

I tried to keep it focused on the specific genres and services that I am providing.  I think that I succeeded. I’ll keep this site live for blogging and personal work as well but all commercial work that I have permission to share may be posted on Limelight.  

Everyone at some point in their life needs a professional photographer. When you time comes, call me up for a free estimate! Mention that you heard about our service from my blog and I’ll give you a 20% discount. 

Mention this code: JHG852

😎

The light is always right.

 

jhg

 

*Images: © Limelight Limited

Where: Central, Victoria Harbour WaterFront, Hong Kong

Subject: Beerfest Event, October, 2018

Gear: Testing the Superwide Fujfilm 16mm XF R WR f/1.4 + Fujfilm X-E3

 

Website

Limelight Limited

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

*****

 

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

 

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

Bog #118 Catching the Stars

Blog #119 Combinations

Blog #131 Limelight Limited

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) business hong kong limelight photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/11/blog-131-limelight-limited Fri, 23 Nov 2018 14:30:26 GMT
Blog #130 Black + White = Travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/11/blog-130-black-white-travel Blog #130 Black + White = Travel

Who doesn’t love to travel? The sites! The food! The culture and people! Indeed, travelling is the cure for racism.

Nikon D610

Travelling, for the photographer, presents special challenges. While we all need to plan for the days away, occasions, and weather, the photographer must go one big step further. 

From family vacations to professional shoots, there are many choices that one faces regarding their choice of gear, lenses, accessories, film, and more.  Analysis paralysis is real and can interfere with the right choices for the right occasions and hinder the creative process.  Which film? What lens? Do I bring this body and that lens or that lens and this lens? Oy! 

Of course bring a backup in case of the total failure of your gear (rare but it happens). Travelling with 20+ year old film cameras [especially those containing electronics] is not without risk after all. 

So I went on a recent family holiday in October to Guangzhou, China. I shot a few rolls of color film [Ektachrome!] but played a game with myself by shooting only digital images in black and white most of the time.  It’s along the lines of putting restrictions on yourself.  The result is forced creativity.  Try this next time you’re away. Shoot only colour film, or black and white digital, or with your iPhone, or square format, or with only one focal length. It’s a neat little exercise that results in some pretty cool images. 

Bon Voyage! 

 

The light is always right.

jhg

 

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Guangzhou, China

Subject: Animals and street photography

Gear:  Fujfilm X-T3 + 18-55mm f/2.8-4 XF R zoom lens XF R + a touch of Lightroom

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 _XE31456_XE31456Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

Bog #118 Catching the Stars

Blog #119 Combinations

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film photographer photography professional study travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/11/blog-130-black-white-travel Fri, 16 Nov 2018 11:13:55 GMT
Blog #129 The Freaks Come Out At Night https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/11/blog-129-the-freaks-come-out-at-night Blog #129 The Freaks Come Out At Night

 

Halloween is a special time of year in North America.  The weather changes, and the leaves on the trees turn fiery red, pumpkin orange, Compared to the greens of summer, It’s as if mother nature turns up the volume of the color wheel to 11.

The light changes too as the low angle of the sun skims across the sky.  Colors become more contrasty, dense, and sharp.  Golden hour lasts about twice as long after the autumnal equinox.  The nip in the air is a sign of the harsh winter ahead.  

Nikon D610

Of course most folks don’t get to experience this transformation of seasons, especially those in the tropics where it’s green all year long and the seasons are either hot or hot and wet.  Nevertheless, we expats bring our traditions, no matter how wonky, everywhere we go and dressing up for Halloween is no exception.  The “Trick or Treat” that we were accustomed to as children evolves into mixed drinks and potions that walk the link between tricks or treats. It’s a fun time to dress up and feel like a kid again.  

It’s a great time to get the camera out and make some portraits to document the occasion and share the images with friends who made the effort dressing in costume.  Christine and I have made a bit of a tradition of throwing a Halloween Party and making a photo booth to capture the scary awesomeness that comes with it all.  

Check out the photos here for some creative and enjoyable memories of this year’s Halloween…Hong Kong Style. 

The light is always right.

jhg

 

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Home studio & around town

Subject: Friends in halloween costumes

Gear:  Fujfilm X-T2 + 16-55mm f/2.8 XF R WR Zoom Lens + a touch of Lightroom

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 0XT211140XT21114Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

Bog #118 Catching the Stars

Blog #119 Combinations

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) autumn costume halloween holiday photographer photography portrait professional seasons https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/11/blog-129-the-freaks-come-out-at-night Fri, 09 Nov 2018 11:09:15 GMT
Blog #128 Ektachrome E100: THIS IS JUST A TEST https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/11/blog-128-ektachrome-e100-this-is-just-a-test Blog #128 Ektachrome E100: THIS IS JUST A TEST

As a confessed film junkie, I’ve already shot and developed two rolls of the new (re-released) EktaChrome E100 Color Reversal (aka Slide) Film in 35mm.  I picked up two rolls almost the day it became available and just before taking the new High Speed Rail train on a weekend jaunt between Hong Kong and Guangzhou.  

Using my trusty and fully automatic 35mm Nikon SLR F100 with auto-everything, I was sure to waste zero frames.  ISO 100 film needs a healthy dose of photos to work properly.  My visit to the third largest city in China was overcast the whole time, making for some risky image making using this type of film.  Nevertheless, I was eager to make some snaps and check the results.  

The detail in the images is excellent, even with just enough light to make it work.  The colours were relatively representative of each scene with a slight punch in the contrast areas.  The shadows suffered slightly from the overcast skies.  I received the scans from my local lab and when I get the film back I’ll make some slides and run them through my Leica P150 Projector.  I suspect that the film will show is true colours literally and figuratively. 

I’ll shoot some more of this film in brighter conditions for a comparison under more optimal conditions. 

Viva la Film! 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Chimelong Safari Park, Guangzhou, China

Subject: Animals and Street Photography

Gear:  Nikon F100 + Nikkor 24-85mm f/2.8-4.0 D + Kodak Ektachrome 35mm E100 Color Reversal Film

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

Bog #118 Catching the Stars

Blog #119 Combinations

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm e100 ektachrome film kodak photographer photography professional study travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/11/blog-128-ektachrome-e100-this-is-just-a-test Fri, 02 Nov 2018 11:28:22 GMT
Blog #127 Camera Crazy https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/10/blog-127-camera-crazy Blog #127 Camera Crazy

 

I’m pecking the keys for this blog post on the autumnal equinox. This is the date on the calendar when the new iPhone has been announced, and the camera makers are pushing new models out one after the other.  It’s all ahead of the Christmas and holiday season to temp those of us on the road to recovery from a bad case of GAS. 

Nikon D610

The much-anticipated mirrorless Nikon Z series has recently been announced and save a dual card slot (shame, shame, Nikon) it checks all of the boxes and promises to be a stellar piece of modern mirrorless magic.  Canon has made its offering, as have Fujifilm in its latest iteration of the professional Grade  X-Series with the pinch faster and slightly better at everything X-T3.  The Pentax K1 has got some sensor magic never before known to mankind like some sort of Machiavellian pixel shift wizardry from summonsed from the underworld.  Then comes the iPhone Xs with its double lenses boasting adjustable background blur after the picture has been shot. Seriously? Ok, take my money already you fruity fuckers. 

If lighting fast smartphone sensors, highly evolved APS-C numbers, or full frames stuffed into sexy and svelt mirrorless weather-weather-resistant bodies don’t give you inspiration to make two-dimensional image art, then there are the Medium Format offerings from Pentax, Fujifilm, Leica, and of course Hasselblad. 

GAS is hitting hard these days.  I feel like Lloyd Bridges from Airplane  who periodically reports throughout the movie “Maybe I picked the wrong week to quit sniffing glue” (or some other drug like drinking). Maybe I picked the wrong year to decide to quit buying camera bodies. Well…the year is over and the holidays are around the corner. 

In the mean time, I’ll settle for the Fujifilm 16mm f/1.4 wide angle marvel of a lens.  What’s on your Santa list? Whatever it is, you better be good for goodness sake. 

 

The light is always right.

jhg

 

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Beertopia, Central, Hong Kong

Subject: Beertopia Event and Test Shots with the Fujifilm 16mm f/1.4

Gear: Fujifilm X-E3 + Fujifilm 16mm f/1.4 ASPH WR

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

Bog #118 Catching the Stars

Blog #119 Combinations

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film GAS Gear Lens photographer photography professional study travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/10/blog-127-camera-crazy Fri, 26 Oct 2018 12:29:37 GMT
Blog #126 How to use post processing to achieve your vision https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/10/blog-126-how-to-use-post-processing-to-achieve-your-vision Blog #126 How to use post processing to achieve your vision 

 

Post processing images can be a controversial topic. The fact of the matter is that for just about as long as photography has been around (1838) images have received a nip here and a tuck there as a general practice. Once wet plates and the modern day acetate film strip was invented, along with darkroom techniques, images became subject to dodging, burning, and many types of manipulation and color adjustments. Adobe’s Lightroom application is the modern day equivalent to the darkroom but goes way beyond. Photoshop goes further even still by allowing the user to add, subtract, multiply, and divide the composition and subjects within an image.  Your imagination is the only limitation quite literally. 

These processes have been and will always be controversial. On one side of the argument there is the purest who insists on getting everything right “in camera” and tolerates zero post processing edits or techniques. Then there are those who chose to tell their stories without restraint insofar as post processing is concerned. The rest of us fall somewhere in between these polarised artist positions. Check out @surrealhk for a brilliant illustration of how Photoshop can help you to achieve your vision. 

Nikon D610

When you visualise an image the camera rarely spits out exactly what you envisioned the moment that you pressing the shutter release. What you see and feel through the viewfinder [LCD screen] does not translate 100% to jpeg or raw file on your computer screen later than day. It just doesn’t work that way on a regular basis, not for me anyway. The “feeling” or “atmosphere” might not be communicated through the camera and from the final image. This is where post processing can aid you in the expression of your creative vision. Lightroom is your friend

Perhaps an architectural scene caught your eye due to the lines, shapes and tones but the image was made in color.  You feel the need to convert that image into black and white to share that high contrast striking aesthetic and feeling with your audience. 

Perhaps an epic scene rolled out in front of you while on a hike and the light was very bright, warm, and moving. The image that your camera spat out later at home seemed to lack the lustre that you remembered. You proceed to push some sliders and Voila! The color pops and you recapture that feeling of the scene with its punchy colors as you remembered it. 

Maybe you’re out on a misty, rainy night and capturing figures moving about an urban landscape with all of those gorgeous reflections, umbrellas, and deep shadows.  The image that your SD card produces later on just doesn’t match what you remember in your “minds eye”.  A little masking around subject to decrease sharpening of the background, flip to black and white, and a touch of vignette and now there’s the scene and mood that you remembered! 

These are just a couple of examples but there are many more instances where the camera doesn’t quite capture the light, mood, or scene the way that you remembered it.  This is where post processing can be instrumental in elevating the image produced by the camera closer to your artistic vision and taste. 

Go ahead, don’t be afraid, push and pull your images to align them with how you remembered the picture. Don’t stop there, push the image further and see it if works or not. Every image is different and will require different amounts of post processing to work. Sometimes a 10% crop is all it takes along with a pinch of sharpening. 

In conclusion, there is one caveat, avoid over-processing because it will look obvious or it will be apparent that you “tried to hard” and the image will look forced and unnatural.  You know it when you see it. 

When it comes to post-processing, do like Frankie says…

Relax.

The light is always right.

jhg

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Hong Kong     

Subject: Street Photography

Gear: Olympus 35RD Rangefinder (1971) + Agfa Vista Plus 200 Color Film 35mm

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

Bog #118 Catching the Stars

Blog #119 Combinations

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film lightroom photographer photography post-processing professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/10/blog-126-how-to-use-post-processing-to-achieve-your-vision Fri, 12 Oct 2018 10:29:49 GMT
Blog #125 Photography is about… https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/10/blog-125-photography-is-about Blog #125 Photography is about…

 

How would you finish this sentence? Is photography about the camera? gear? personal growth? personal expression? capturing personal moments? freezing time? the moment? the subject? The story? Clearly there is no right answer here. If you ask 10 photographers this question, you will get 10 different answers and that is OK. 

Your answer to this question will define your relationship to this art form. 

Why should you care about that? Well, I suggest that you the way that you define your relationship to photography will inform how much time and effort you spend on it each week.  

What is photography to you, a hobby, an interest, or are you an aspiring professional aiming to make people happy (and some money perhaps) making and sharing your images? 

We all have the same 168 hours per week.  We must sleep, eat, earn money to live, take care of ourselves, maintain relationships, relax and enjoy life, and somewhere in all of that, we are trying to be an artist. Maybe you’re  trying to be a full time artist? That’s terrific! I cant do photography full time since I have other responsibilities as a father and educator but that works for me.  

Each of us has our own time constraints and allocation of resources to photography.  The percentage of time that each of us spends on improving our work each week ought to be proportional to our career and creative goals.  We might be spending too much or too little time doing photography and we should might need an adjustment to align the time with our relationship to the art form in terms of priorities and goals. Gauge your progress using annual goals. This approach works for many. Use this as food for thought for your creative work and keep on keepin’ on!

The light is always right.

jhg

 

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Hong Kong

Subject: Family & Street Photography 

Gear: Olympus 35RD Rangefinder [1971] + Yellow #8 Filter + Ilford Delta 400 35mm Black and White Film

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

Bog #118 Catching the Stars

Blog #119 Combinations

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm blog film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/10/blog-125-photography-is-about Fri, 05 Oct 2018 11:33:21 GMT
Blog #124 Magnum’s HOME https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/9/blog-124-magnum-s-home Blog #124 Magnum’s HOME

 

Early September, the Magnum HOME exhibit came to the Hong Kong Arts Centre. Of course I went to see it. 

Nikon D610

The story goes something like this. To celebrate Fujifilm’s 50th anniversary, Stanley Sun presented a touring exhibition showcasing a series  part-artistic, part- photojournalistic images commissioned from 16 Magnum photographers.  Each was given a Fujifilm GFX medium format digital mirrorless camera system.  Their task was to shoot a collection of images based on the concept of “home”.

Nikon D610

The exhibition of the work will tour to seven cities around the world starting in March 2018, and be accompanied by a photo book. Known for their wide range of approaches, Magnum Photos members produce documentary photography that encompasses art and photojournalism. Sharing the agency’s legacy for humanistic photography, associated with its founding in 1947, Magnum’s contemporary practitioners are united by a curiosity about the world. This project invited them to explore a universal subject familiar to us all. 

"Home" is not only defined as a space for physical living. It holds various other associations that are emotional, biological, cultural and societal. These 16 photographers have been given an open brief to explore the subject through their own individual practices, the resulting work reflecting their personal take on a subject that we all record photographically. 

The images that resulted from this project were truly fascinating.  The diversity of the interpretation of the theme was quite broad.  I am familiar with about half of the 16 photographers included in the show and I could’ve placed the name signs on the collections easily.  The styles of the images were all very true to the style of the photographers. All but Alex Webb’s work was easily discernible their own.  I would highly encourage you to see this exhibit. It’s absolutely worth the effort.  Check if HOME will be coming to your home. 

The light is always right.

jhg

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Hong Kong Arts Centre

Subject: MAGNUM HOME EXHIBITION

Gear: Fujifilm X-E3 + Fujinon XF 35mm f/2 & iPhone X

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

Bog #118 Catching the Stars

Blog #119 Combinations

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) exhibit Magnum photographer photography professional Project show study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/9/blog-124-magnum-s-home Fri, 28 Sep 2018 12:39:48 GMT
Blog #123 Social Documentary https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/9/blog-123-social-documentary Blog #123 Social Documentary

 

What is social documentary in photography? Is it a thing? I mean isn’t it just high brow speak for street photography? Is it another name for photojournalism, photo projects, or is it something else? Wikipedia offers a definition here

Nikon D610 Photojournalism has been around for ages.  In my research on this topic out of sheer interest in being able to articulate the difference between it and social documentary I learned that latter is essentially telling stories through pictures about some social condition.  The social condition tends to be exposé in nature such as city gangs, poverty, sex workers, refugees or some unjust or social imbalance. 

Nikon D610

Photojournalism, in contrast, is meant to be a sort of neutral reportage about the way things are, the facts. It seems appropriate to reference French in the definition of each of these genre (another French term) since photography was invented by our friends across the pond after all.  Of course the aim of the journalist and photojournalist is also to tell stories using one or more pictures.  If there can be any discernible difference it might be found in the publications in which these [slightly] different genres find themselves in terms of bias, political stance, or poetic freedom, so to speak.  

Regardless of the academic differences that might exist between these two approaches to photography or genre if they can, in fact, be considered as such, these days we have social media. Need I say more? [that was rhetorical - obviously I need to say more since I’m writing a blog here, but I digress].  Instagram allows anyone and everyone to become their own journalist, photographer, editor, publisher, and ultimately source of news.  This is a good thing? Maybe, maybe not. Time will tell. Certainly there are pros and cons. I tend to favour the pros. 

Social media platforms and instagram in particular are changing the landscape in which photographers practice their craft and share their work. 

The old idiom, A picture is worth a thousand words comes to mind.  

Photography in general, and photojournalism ever more so, is a tough and cutthroat business.  Enter the collective. Collectives stray from the photographer-as-artistic-genius and master model in favour of a strength in numbers approach. 

Nikon D610 Nikon D610

After some contemplation over the subject, my take-away is the following.  As photographers, we find parts of the world that are interesting or even fascinating to us and so we dive in with camera in one hand [and usually a latte or beer in the other].  We explore every millimetre of that subject until nothing is left, then we share our exploits with the known world.  

What we chose to say about the subject is up to us and how we portray that subject is ultimately up to us (or our editors on occasion for publication).  At any rate, it’s the thirst for the story that drives us down that creative highway. Whatever that thing is and regardless of what you want to say about it, go get it since it will not come to you. 

A few days ago, Typhoon Mangkhut (mangosteen fruit) slammed into Hong Kong and tore the city a new one.  1500+ trees went down, mass transit ground to a halt and the damage to property and buildings not to mention the boating community was massive.  On the day of the storm it was Sunday 16 September,  and I ventured outside my flat but not to far.  The next day, after the storm, I road my motorbike around town to the office to check the damage, camera strapped around my neck and shot two rolls of my last Rollei CR200 slide film that expired one month ago. This stuff is terrific, however, it’s been discontinued and I was saving it for a special occasion.  Mangkhut, the strongest typhoon of the year and worst in Hong Kong's 70 year history of documenting storms seemed like the perfect match.  

The storm and its aftermath provided the catalyst for me to run outside and document the hell out of this mess.  Sometimes its just that simple. The world does what the world does, and we respond. What does your world say to you? Will you be ready to answer its call? 

The light is always right.

jhg

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Hong Kong

Subject: Typhoon Mangkhut Destruction

Gear: Nikon F100 + Nikon 24-85mm f/2.8-4 AF + Rollei 35mm CR 200

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

Bog #118 Catching the Stars

Blog #119 Combinations

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm documentary film Hong Kong photographer photography photojournalism professional social study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/9/blog-123-social-documentary Fri, 21 Sep 2018 10:09:48 GMT
Blog #122 What’s Your Hunting Strategy? https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/9/blog-122-what-s-your-hunting-strategy Blog #122 What’s Your Hunting Strategy?

 

In last week’s blog, I shared a number of self-improvement strategies for photographers.  The astute reader will note that there was zero mention of cameras or gear.  I love cameras and I love gear. However, buying a new piece of kit simply does translate to better image making.  It could, however, get you excited to get out there to shoot more and THAT might lead you to making better images. The camera doesn’t make the picture, you do!

Nikon D610

Anyway…When you are behind the camera and making images, what’s your hunting strategy? Your workflow? Do you roam the streets wearing headphones and throw the camera into someone’s face to make a “Street photo”? Do you walk slowly around urban streets keenly aware of your surroundings and ready at a moment’s notice to Cath the perfect snap? Maybe you prepare for days for that six hour hike over the mountains to catch that amazing sunrise or sunset while schlepping a tripod and related gear.  

We all have these patterns and workflows. They help us to develop a keen eye for seeing and preparation to make the picture, that “keeper” of an image that makes it all worthwhile.  You might be the type to practice pre-visualization.  Pre-visualization or visualization is when you think about the image you want to make and sort of “see” the final image before you even make the image inside the camera.  This is a technique that is directly application to portraits or landscape images.  

Street photography, on the other hand, dictates more of a candid and organic workflow.  Are you a trapper or a hunter? Trappers wait for subjects to enter their pre-determined interesting scenes or backdrop and make the photo when the insect enters there proverbial web (frame).  Hunters, will move through buildings, parks, and streets ready to pounce, so to speak, with the camera on the unsuspecting subject under the optimal and spontaneous. 

Do you set rules or boundaries for yourself? Perhaps you take only one roll of 36 exposure 35mm film, thereby limiting your frames and forcing concentration and a healthy dose of caution before pressing the shutter release.  Digital image making is unbound by frame numbers so long as you have the battery and SD-card space.  You can shoot 36 pictures or 3600 pictures, it’s up to you.  

The point of all of this is to consider how your work flow begins the camera might be helping or hindering the quality of your image making.  Maybe you’re shooting to often, or not enough.  Maybe you’re making too few or too many images on a given shoot.  Maybe you need to take the AirPods out of you ears to aid your sense of seeing instead of being distracted by listening to music.  

There are many strategies that work and some are better than others.  Think about this as another way to improve your creative diet. With the proper care and feeding, your creative self can only improve. 

 

The light is always right.

jhg

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Tai Kwun, Hollywood Rd., Soho, Hong Kong

Subject: Tai Kwun Centre for Heritage & Arts

Gear: Nikon F100 + Nikon AF-D 24-85mm Zoom Lens + 35mm Black and White Film (Silberra 120 + Double X)

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

Bog #118 Catching the Stars

Blog #119 Combinations

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film Hong Kong Kwun photographer photography professional Siberra study Tai https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/9/blog-122-what-s-your-hunting-strategy Fri, 14 Sep 2018 12:53:47 GMT
Blog #121 What’s You’re Self Improvement Strategy? https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/9/blog-121-what-s-you-re-self-improvement-strategy Blog #121 What’s You’re Self Improvement Strategy?

 

Do you consider yourself a lifetime learner, a perpetual student? I  most certainly do. I never really left school. I work in an international school, teach classes to a wide range of learners including young children and adults, in many subjects including photography.  My home away from home is the classroom so to speak.  I enjoy the learning process about as must as the teaching process. Through teaching, we learn. 

Nikon D610

I’m typing this week’s blog entry on a late summer, warm but rainy first of September.  I’ve got that Back to School feeling once again.  There’s an air of possible and of course that new backpack and shoes always makes you feel ready for anything. 

It’s always good to look ahead and to reflect on current strategies and work. After a lot of travel and holiday images making over the summer, it’s time for a change. What am I doing to improve my work? Is it working? Do I need to make a change? These are the self-reflective questions I ask myself around this time of year in an effort to push forward.  Given the pace of life these days it can be a bit overwhelming to say the least to stop and focus on photography even it’s your full time gig.  

Nikon D610

I’m a part-time professional photographer.  I work when I get gigs and when it works for me.  I shoot almost everyday and continue to work on personal projects regularly.  How to fit in those artistic “reps” into my creative diet can be a challenge. 

After all, luck favours the prepared said Edna Mode from The Incredibles.  Are you reading photography books and blogs? Going to exhibits? Museums? Working on your Project 365, Project 52, or other personal projects? Are you joining Meetups or local Photo Walks? How about joining local professional or hobbyist photography groups or finding an apprenticeship with a professional photographer? 

There is a myriad of activities at our finger tips these days.  Take a class. Take a workshop. Work on your skills, shoot a lot, share, seek critique.  You must work on your craft to move forward.  You move one step at a time, but you can only get better.

 

The light is always right.

jhg

 

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Tai Kwun Contemporary Art Space

Subject: Tai Kwun Contemporary Art Space 

Gear: Nikon F100 + Nikkor 24-85mm Zoom Lens + Agfa Vista Plus 400 Color 35mm film

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

Bog #118 Catching the Stars

Blog #119 Combinations

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film improvement photographer photography professional self study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/9/blog-121-what-s-you-re-self-improvement-strategy Fri, 07 Sep 2018 10:13:50 GMT
Blog #120 Hybrids https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/8/blog-120-hybrids Blog #120 Hybrids

 

In the last Blog #119 titled Combinations, I presented ten “winning” combinations in terms of gear choices and camera/film/lens pairings that I have enjoyed over the years.  In this week’s blog I want to introduce the concept of hybrids. For the longest time, I’ve been sort of a photographic purest in that I would balk at the concept of mating some Japanese Lens to a German Body or visa versa resulting in some FrankenKamera abomination.  Eww…It just wasn’t right!

Like 99% of the time, we buy or use a camera body with the same brand of lens.  In recent decades, with digital camera bodies having new versions every one to two years there is a tendency to upgrade and replace camera bodies on a fairly regular basis.  

Lenses, in contrast, seem to be immune to this gear ADHD.  Then, there are those heirloom lens varieties that result in those GAS flare-ups that we all suffer from time to time.  You know the ones I mean such as the Canon 50mm f/0.95 , Nikon’s 58mm f/1.2 “Noct”, the Carl Zeiss Planar 80mm f/2.8 mated to the medium format Hasselblad, or the Leica 50mm Summicron-M f/2 considered the sharpest lens ever made.  These are rare, expensive as hell, but unmistakably outstanding performers. 

There appears to be an upward trend in the concept of mis-matching bodies and lenses.  This is evidenced by the virtual myriad of adapters available today.  You can just about get any adapter to make any brand of camera work with any brand of lens these days.  Digital shooters want to shoot their old heirloom manual lenses on their new DSLR or mirrorless bodies for that blast from the past feeling [in full manual mode of course]. 

Interested in jumping on the hybrid bandwagon? Usually this entails screwing a manual lens of Brand X to a digital or other film camera of Brand X.  You could go the other way around, or across brands but your successes here will vary.  First, you will need to consider the following factors:

  1. Will Lens X fit on Body Y? Since around 1959 and the first “F” camera rolled off the assembly line, Nikon has used the famous “F” mount on all SLR and DSLR cameras over the last 60 years! Even the new "Z" mirrorless will have a Z to F adapter [Thanks for that, Nikon, I hope you’re reading this]. While Nikon seems to be the most sane and practical in this design feature, other camera makers seem to change lens mounts every time there is a new Olympic Games.
  2. Assuming that you can find the adapter combination that you need.  Is it worth spending the money on that adapter or will you use it once and end up tossing it in that abyss of a bag at the bottom of your closet with random one-off camera knick knacks like that 39.567 mm filter thread that fits some rare Russian range finder that you lost a decade ago?
  3. Go Full Manual or Bust. Assuming that you score the correct adapter that will fit your camera and lens, you would be lucky to have zero light leaks since the quality control on these things seem to be comparable to an old Yugo.  Forget autofocus, metering, exif data, or just about any electronic communication between your camera and lens body.  If you cross brands, your gear will resist the electronic handshake for sure. 

Nikon D610

After all of these considerations, you can still have fun shooting old manual lenses on today’s smaller, lighter, digital camera bodies.  I recently mated up a Leica 50mm lens to my Fujifilm X-E3 and it works pretty well.  You get that interesting hybrid sensation of using manual focus but with the instant gratification of a modern sensor.  I’ll admit the shooting style is strange and it takes some getting use to but you might find it worth the effort.  I found the images were sort of Meh.

This is just another type of shooting style or technique to add to your repertoire.  It won’t make your images any better but you might have a pinch more fun in the process and that makes it worth a try. 

The light is always right.

jhg

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: New York City July 2018

Subject: Architectural Photography

Gear: Fujifilm X-E3 + Fujifilm 18mm f/2.0

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Nikon D610 _XE30201_XE30201Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm architecture hybrid photographer photography professional study travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/8/blog-120-hybrids Fri, 31 Aug 2018 13:22:24 GMT
Blog #119 Combinations https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/8/blog-119-combinations Blog #119 Combinations

 

In thinking about making art, and the tools needed to do so, there are just a few albeit critical decisions that need to be made.  First, you will need a camera, a lens, perhaps a tripod, or all of the above plus a roll of film.

Clearly, projects can be built top to bottom, or bottom to top in this regard.  In other words, the process or means to the end has no rules, no guidelines.  The subject may dictate the gear or visa versa.  

After a while, when the photographer inevitably explores multiple genres, bodies, lenses, film types, and everything in between, he or she will inevitably stumble upon some camera+lens+[film] combinations that work well for them, or with a given project.  In my experience experimenting over the years I have stumbled across a handful of these winning combinations.  Here is a short list of my top 10 in no particular order.

Nikon D610

Jeremy’s Top 10 Winning Combinations

 

  1. Nikon D5200 + Nikon Nikkor 50mm f/1.8 lens [the cropped sensor makes the nifty fifty behave like an 85mm portrait lens and it makes stunning portraits of people]. 
  2. Nikon F100 + Nikon 28mm f/2 AF lens + any 35mm film [this is such a powerful, easy to use combination for shooting streets, urban architecture, landscapes, and even portraits. You will want to shoot this all day.  The DOF is outstanding. The F100 is a chunk of a camera but the 28mm is small and light and makes for a great package.]. 
  3. The Leica 28mm f/2.8 + Fujfilm Neopan Acros 100 ISO 35mm black and white film [sadly, this film is being phased out but the natural tones and contrast of this film at 100 ISO works so well with the sharpness and additional contrast from the Leica that the images that result will really make you stop and stare.  Use a Yellow #8 filter for that extra punch.  French company Bergger’s Berspeed developer for black and white is one of the top developers available and usually results in relatively high contrast with very fine grain structures.].
  4. Any 35mm film SLR from Nikon + 50mm lens + Kodak Portra 400 colour film for making portraits [the colour is just perfect for skin tones with Portra].
  5. Nikon’s AF L35 + flash + night + Kodak Portra 400 [again, Portra is just stunning for making portraits.  When your subject is lit properly with fill flash this film comes alive and truly sings].
  6. Fujifilm GA645 medium format film camera + Kodak TMAX 100 [absolutely amazing black and white combination with great tones, and fine grain. Use Berspeed developer and scan at 2400 dpi or higher.
  7. Kodak Ektar 100 film and just about any camera or lens, outside, in a sunny colourful setting [Ektar is bright and punchy but presents very real colours, similar to real life only better, like after a double expresso].
  8. Fujifilm X-T2 + Fujinon XF 16-55mm f/2.8 WR Zoom lens [this is my go-to work horse professional grade event combination. Use the extra battery grip that adds two more batteries for a total of three. Rain? Dust? Dirt? Snow? Cold? Keep on shooting. How many cameras and lenses can do this? Enough said.].
  9. Fujifilm X-T1, X-T2, X-E3, any X-mount body + Fujfilm 85mm f/1.4 [this is the bomb set up for portraits, the colour and sharpness that comes off of the Fujfilm sensor with this lens is extremely high quality and terrific in the most demanding situations and with the most discerning clients.]. 
  10. Fujifim X-E3 + Fujifilm XF 18-55 f/2.8-4.0 compact zoom lens [for travel this is the best combination I have ever used.  It’s small, light and the 28-85mm full frame equivalent does everything from street photography, landscapes, portraits, and even stars.  I frequently take only this camera lens and neither has let me down.  Just about all of the Fujifilm primes can be substituted from this zoom and still work great such as the 18mm, 23mm, 35mm, all of which I use regularly.  They are all great in all honesty and their size and weight as well as image quality leave nothing to complain about.].

 

So there it is, 10 winning combinations that I have discovered by way of trial and many errors.  I find myself coming back to these combos time and time again since they so well for me.   What are your winning combo? Whatever it it, use it, exploit its strengths and find that match or pairing with your project and make it work. 

The light is always right.

jhg

 

 

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: New York City     

Subject: Architectural Photography

Gear: Fujifilm X-E3 + Fujifilm 18mm f/2.0 (an excellent combination)

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 _XE30061_XE30061Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 _XE30207_XE30207Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm combinations film photographer photography professional study travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/8/blog-119-combinations Fri, 24 Aug 2018 11:11:14 GMT
Blog #118 Catching The Stars https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/8/blog-118-catching-the-stars Blog #118 Catching the Stars

I’ve recently returned from an absolutely amazing trip to Kitt Peak National Observatory, in Tuscan, Arizona. There, along with The Harbour School students, and professional astronomer guides, we learned about the sun, the stars, and the telescopes used to capture the light from these and other distant objects.  In preparation for the trip, I taught a one week crash course on digital photography to this group of about a dozen middle schoolers prior to leaving from Hong Kong.  

Nikon D610

Our mission was to capture the stars in the night sky.  This was not going to be just any night sky mind you.  Kitt Peak is about one 100 clicks west of Tucson in the middle of the desert on the top of a mountain 6875 feet high, to be exact.  The light pollution is close to nil and the 12% relative air humidity makes for minimal light [photon] distortion between your eyes [camera sensor] and the stars emitting those photons. 

The settings would be relatively simple but specific for shooting the Milky Way:

  1. Place the camera on a tripod 
  2. Aim upwards while keeping a sliver of the horizon in the lower section of the frame [for reference although this is optional and based on your compositional preferences].
  3. Focus to infinity
  4. Set the ISO to 800, 1600, or 3200. 1600 usually works well. 
  5. Set the shutter speed to around 20 seconds. At longer shutter speeds, the stars will change from nice circular dots ( ● ) to dashes ( - ) as the rotation of the earth will move the camera [sensor] in relation to the stars.  Star trails require longer exposure times [more on that later].
  6. Use the timer or remote shutter release cable to make the picture so that you do not bump or shake the camera for the sharpest image possible. 
  7. Check the image, adjust as needed, and repeat. 

For Star Trails, there are a few ways to accomplish this and the results are super cool.  You can follow the steps above until you get to #5.  Instead of making a 20 second exposure time image, you can set the camera to “Bulb” mode and make a continuous image for as long as you like such as one hour or longer.  Just leave it and the light from the stars will “burn” into your sensor as they travel around the sky in what looks like a circular “orbit” around Polaris, the North Star. 

Another technique is to set the camera to “Continuous” burst mode, and using a remote shutter release [cable] and 30 second exposure time, release the shutter and make around 50 + images.  The benefit to this technique is that you can remove a few of the 30 second frames if there is an airplane or cloud that enters your frame.  You will need a software program such as StarStax to dump and stack the images into afterwards.  

In summary, we had a blast, and the images speak for themselves.  If you try this, remember to be safe, use a red light, and dress appropriately for the weather since it’s usually quite chilly, yes, even in the middle of the desert, in June!

The light is always right.

jhg

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: The Known Universe, Milky Way Galaxy, viewed from Planet Earth, USA, Kitt Peak National Observatory, Tucson, Arizona

Subject: Milky Way Galaxy, and a slice of the sky containing billions of stars, galaxies, and various planets and other objects such as binary stars, quasars, red giants, super novas, and black holes,

Gear: Fujifilm X-E3 digital mirrorless camera, Fujifilm 18mm f/2.0 XF R WideAngle Lens, Samyang 8mm f/2.8 Fisheye II Lens, 180º Angle of View, Fujifilm RR-90 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Remote Release , MeFoto RoadTrip Air Travel Tripod 

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) photographer photography professional star stars study trails travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/8/blog-118-catching-the-stars Fri, 17 Aug 2018 10:10:28 GMT
Blog #117 Infrared [IR Photography] https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/8/blog-117-infrared-ir-photography Blog #117 Infrared [IR Photography]

You might have heard of or even tried out infrared (IR) photography.  There are three ways in which you can experiment with this technique.  I will explain those below.  First, I have blogged about or referenced this type of image making in previous blogs: Blog #29  & Blog #103.  Let’s go back to Grade Seven Physics class for a moment.  Electromagnetic radiation occurs naturally in the universe.  The electromagnetic spectrum is measured in wavelengths of photons or light particles. The human eye can only detect a small portion of this spectrum (visible light such as the colours of the rainbow).  Shorter wavelengths, not visual to humans (but are visual to some animals such  as the mantis shrimp) include Ultraviolet, X-rays, Radio Waves, and Gamma Rays.  Longer wavelengths include near and far field infrared light.  These measure around 720nm (nanometers) or longer wavelengths.  Some film and most camera sensors can see the IR wavelengths.  A hot mirror is type of filter placed on your camera sensor that blocks UV & IR wavelengths and allows the visible (to our eyes) wavelengths pass through to hit the R/B/G circuits on the camera’s sensor.  

 

  1. Buy some IR film.  Rollei still makes this stuff in various sizes and can be purchased at CameraFilmPhoto.  Originally created for surveillance and scientific applications, IR film is sensitive to some of the near field IR light wavelengths. You might need a Red #25 Filter over your lens to help the film work its magic.  However, the film will work without it.  You will not need a tripod. 
  2. Use an IR filter over your normal lens on your DSLR.  This will allow the IR light through the hot mirror and will not permanently affect your camera in any way.  You will need a tripod since the filter will decrease a couple of stops of light and cause longer exposure times. 
  3. Buy or send your camera off to have the hot mirror shaved off.  Do not try this yourself.  You need speciality equipment that is capable of cutting only 1mm of filter off of your lens after it is removed from the camera.  There is a company that sells pre-fab cameras or will modify your camera if you send it in.  They also have information about the process.  The benefit here is that you can shoot IR images, handheld, and will not need a filter.  The images will come out better as well as you will have more shooting options unencumbered by the need fro a tripod. 

 

If you like making black and white images and/or landscapes, you will love IR photography.  The images below were made with a small 12mp Lumix converted by Kolarivision on a recent trip to Kitt Peak National Observatory in Tucson, Arizona, USA.  

 

The light is always right.

jhg

 

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Kitt Peak National Observatory, Tucson, Arizona, USA

Subject: People & Landscapes around Kitt Peak National Observatory

Gear: Panasonic Lumix 12mp Point & Shoot with IR Near Field 720nm sensor conversion.

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film infrared ir photographer photography professional https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/8/blog-117-infrared-ir-photography Thu, 16 Aug 2018 11:56:19 GMT
Blog #116 Shoot For Your Health https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/6/blog-116-shoot-for-your-health Blog #116 Shoot For Your Health

 

Our beloved passion and preferred art form has its risks.  The lure and expense of that new body or lens can cause stress and financial hardship. The physical risks of making images in the midst of a busy street in an urban environment should be abundantly clear.  Exposure to the great outdoors through adverse weather such as heat stroke or frostbite while pursuing that must-see landscape on that ultra-high mountain peak can literally hurt you.  Underwater photography is downright risky business.  

Nikon D610

Nevertheless, there are health benefits to regular interaction with making arts when practiced with a certain level of rigour. In a recent article by Jane Brody in Health Times titled Using the Arts to Promote Healthy Aging, the author reports on various mental as well as physical health benefits to the elderly that have been found and reported in recent years.  

It’s reassuring to know we may be drawing with light well into old age.  While pursuing perfection might not be a reasonable objective, that shouldn’t stop us from the pursuit of what the Japanese call Kaizen (改善).  

There are social and creative muscles that we may exercise well into our later years and that “keeper” image might be just around the next corner or in that undeveloped roll of film.  So buy that camera, buy that lens, start that project, print that book.  Get the work done and know that it’s good for you and will continue to be good for you in the coming years.  The benefits of making art are not always apparent or tangible but somehow we feel them, we know that they are there. 

We’ve all heard the old adage, An apple a day keeps the doctor away.  

How about we update that to, Shoot a roll a day to keep the doctor away? 

I don’t know about you, but I’ll start tomorrow and see how it goes.  I know one thing, and that is that it couldn’t hurt. 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

 

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: San Diego, CA, USA

Subject: All B&W Travel and Street Photography Images from recent trip to SoCal.

Gear: iPhone & Fujifilm X-E3 Mirrorless Digital Camera [Zoom Lens]

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 _XE37596_XE37596Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm and art black health photographer photography professional study travel usa white https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/6/blog-116-shoot-for-your-health Fri, 29 Jun 2018 12:01:55 GMT
Blog #115 High Contrast https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/6/blog-115-high-contrast Blog #115 High Contrast

 

In this week’s blog post I want to share some thoughts about contrast in image making, namely high contrast. 

Nikon D610

There was a time, not long ago, when images were faint and the band of dynamic range across the whites and blacks [tones] was as narrow.  Of course it was perfectly legal to smoke indoors around this time as well.  Is there a connection here? Perhaps.  Somewhere along the way, the smoke cleared and ours eyes developed an insatiable appetite for high contrast.  “Crush your blacks” became a desirable aesthetic along with blown highlights, and punchy detail characteristic of high contrast images.  

 

This affect was not restricted to black and white images by any means, color image making was far from impervious to this trend in photography.  Colors became saturated and rich.  Ah, the days of Kodachrome! By the way, if you haven’t seen the movie by the that name, it’s terrific and stars Ed Harris .  

 

Fast Forward to HDR image making, a trend, or fad more likely that has all but faded into that over-saturated sunset. Black and white and color image making, film, and digital have all seen their days of increasing contrast over the decades.  

 

Now, there is high contrast and there is HIGH contrast.  We all have our own tastes, preferences, and styles and thank goodness for it.  High contrast need not include only those images from Daido and his  Provoke  buddies that were ultra high contrast.  The images below could be described as high contrast but in a subtle, tasteful, manner as I have attempted to represent. Most presets and filters on image editing aps and software contain at least one high contrast option illustrating our modern day taste for blacker blacks and whiter whites.  

 

Love it or hate it, high contrast is here to stay.  Regardless, It’s the content that counts, the emotional connection, and the story or message that you share that really matters.  High contrast is simply a tool that you can use to tell your story in the manner in which you want to share it.  

 

Good luck! 

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

 

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Hong Kong & USA

Subject: Various Aerial, Landscape, and Street Photography Images 

Gear: iPhone & Fujifilm X-E3 Mirrorless Digital Camera

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 IMG_3630IMG_3630Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) and black contrast high photographer photography professional study tools white https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/6/blog-115-high-contrast Fri, 22 Jun 2018 13:14:10 GMT
Blog #114 Teaching [Primary] Students to Shoot Film https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/6/blog-114-teaching-primary-students-to-shoot-film Blog #114 Teaching [Primary] Students to Shoot Film

 

Many of us are blessed and lucky to have caring and enthusiastic teachers in our primary years.  Their attitudes towards learning and the classroom are infectious. 

Nikon D610

I’ve mentioned in previous blogs that I teach photography. I have run workshops for students and adults. In the international school where I work we have a darkroom.  The students can sign up for a School Extension Activity or SEA Course that is an hour long after school class for about eight weeks. I host a be of these for students usually middle school or high school aged although we have had students participate who were as young as 10 years old. 

We use 35mm fully manual cameras and the students learn exposure, developing, and printing techniques. Aside from the fact that it’s loads of fun, there are benefits to teaching photography for me as well. 

Firstly, the information and activities needs to be organised and paced appropriately through the lessons. There is a lot of room for error and we must control for as many of these variables as possible as if we were conducting a formal experiment.  The developing chemicals and materials must be purchased and in stock ahead of the class and the darkroom instruments must be in fully working condition before the students begin. 

Darkroom techniques can vary and the students need just enough information to get results without having to know all of the underlying processes involved in developing film and making prints. 

Here’s the simple lesson plan:

  1. The first class is an introduction to the camera and exposure. 
  2. The second we go outside and shoot a roll of film. The students are then sent home with a spool and exposed (wasted) roll of 35mm Film to practice loading the film without looking. 
  3. The third class we develop a rolls and hang them to dry. Inset up the chemicals before the students arrive in the darkroom to save time. I usually cut and stuff the negatives into sleeves before the fourth class for them. 
  4. Next, we make contact sheets and one or two prints from their first roll. 
  5. We spend the remaining four classes shooting, developing, and mostly printing. 
  6. The students finish the class with a few good prints that I help them to frame and display in the corridor outside the darkroom designed for this purpose. 

It’s a pretty fast paced process and it’s great fun for me and for them. We can graduate to digital at some point and focus on compositional techniques, projects, and series as well in future SEA courses. It’s a true life skill to be able to make decent images. Today, it’s been said that everyone is a photographer. It’s also been said that if you shoot film, you’re a “real” photographer, whereas if you shoot digital, you’re an editor. Either way, preparing students for a lifetime of image making is benefit to them and their families. 

If you feel that you have what it takes to teach others, or you think that you might, I encourage you to give yourself the opportunity and see how it goes. 

Good luck! 

The light is always right.

jhg

 

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Hong Kong

Subject: THS Students shooting their first roll of 35mm black and white film

Gear: Leica Minilux Point and shoot 35mm film camera + Agfa Vista Plus 400 Color 35mm film and Kodak Tri-X 400 Black and White 35mm film

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm class education film photographer photography professional students study teaching https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/6/blog-114-teaching-primary-students-to-shoot-film Sat, 02 Jun 2018 11:11:57 GMT
Blog #113 Umbrella [Series] https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/5/blog-113-umbrella-series Blog #113 Umbrella [Series]

 

Umbrellas are a common site in Asian cities such as Hong Kong. Umbrellas are used to block the hot rays of the sun, keep the pouring rain off of our heads, and occasionally as defence for cans of tear gas shot from the Police during revolutions.  We Hongkongers carry an umbrella in our bag at ALL TIMES!

Nikon D610

In this week’s blog post, I will share a select few of the images that I have been collecting over the years from Hong Kong. One of the images is from China, see if you can guess which one it is.  

If you’ve got a “WR” [weather resistant] camera, head out to make some cool images of people in the rain with umbrellas.  I really enjoy street photography especially under these types of conditions.  I guess that there is an interesting element or gesture that we only get to see when it rains [or is super hot and sunny].  

Whatever your reason, bring that umbrella! 

Hey, you never know. 

 

Luck Favours The Prepared, Darling! -Edna Mode, The Incredibles, Pixar

The light is always right.

jhg

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Hong Kong

Subject: Umbrella Series from Hong Kong & China

Gear: Various, Mirrorless Fujifilm Digital Cameras & Lenses 

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

National Geographic Travel Photographer of the Year 2017 Editor’s Favorite: Galleries: Week 4 Cities & People

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) hong kong photographer photography professional series study umbrella https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/5/blog-113-umbrella-series Tue, 22 May 2018 13:22:12 GMT
Blog #112 Wish You Were Here https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/5/blog-112-wish-you-were-here Blog #112 Wish You Were Here

 

The epic Pink Floyd Album and song from 1975 Wish You Were Here leads me to my next point about making pictures [Watch this unplugged version for a real treat].  One of the goals of many photographers is to take the viewer there.  Travel, street photography, and landscape images can give the viewer a feel of actually being in the place in which the photograph was made.  This is one measure of images that work.  These images seem to reach beyond affecting the viewers sense of sight only and somehow come into contact with their senses of feeling, smell, or even hearing or taste. How can this be? 

Nikon D610

Images may connect with certain people more than others.  What is the mechanism that dictates this connection?  Images will connect [or not so much] through their capacity to evoke memories.  Hear me out.  Memories exist, in the environment.  Your brain is involved in the recollection of memories but not in a data-retrieval type of way like a hard drive.  Memories are not stored as little zeros and ones in the gray matter between your ears.   Memories are effectively constellations of brain activity [electro-chemical activity in your neurotransmitters] that have resulted from different combinations of sensory stimuli.  This comes from environment.  Your brain is simply along for the ride.

 

When you view certain images [environment] that have certain qualities these images might trigger, so to speak, experiences from your memory.  In this way, the viewer might actually feel that they are in the place that the image was made.  This is especially true when we have been to that place or a similar one that is presented in the image.  Images contain qualities and variables that will lend themselves to this effect on the viewer. 

Variables such as the type of light (i.e. color, direction, intensity or luminance) contrast, shadow, line, shape, texture, and atmosphere in any combination may evoke the experience of a memory in the viewer and give them the feeling that they are physically in the space where the image was made, albeit for a few seconds.  

Photographs are extensions of our own visual experience in the same way that reading is an extension of listening and writing an extension of speaker behavior.   It’s an amazing thing to consider that a photo is a slice of our own visual experience like a fraction of a second in a given place.  Making [and sharing] images that will be viewed in someone else’s future, transcending time, is extraordinary.  Time, of course, is an illusion after all. There is no time, per se, but only Spacetime.  Read Carol Rovelli’s Reality is Not What it Seems: The Journey To Quantum Gravity for a quick 2000 year summary of what we understand about the universe in a mere 265 pages! I digress. 

Anyway, is one of your goals in making and sharing images to take people on your personal visual roller coaster? If so, consider the variables mentioned above like texture and atmosphere and bake those juicy layers into your images.  You might strike a nerve with somebody who will go beyond the “👍🏼” and really feel you.

Finally, I agree with Bruce Gilden

If you can smell the street by looking at the photo, it’s a street photograph.

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

 

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Ruby Bar, Pottinger Street, Central, Hong Kong

Subject:  Opening of Ruby Bar

Gear: Various:  Mirrorless Fujifilm X-E3 + XF Fujinon 18mm f/2 + On camera Flash

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) atmosphere connect images photographer photography professional study with https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/5/blog-112-wish-you-were-here Sat, 19 May 2018 07:26:18 GMT
Blog #111 Change Your POV https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/5/blog-111-change-your-pov Blog #111 Change Your POV

 

Just like pictures on the wall, we are accustomed to viewing images that were made from eye level.   This common point of view [POV] is a familiar starting place in which to view the world.  Changing POV in our images can lead to some interesting results. Shoot far, shoot near, shoot high, shoot low, point your lens up, point your lens down, and some amazing and fresh perspectives can be achieved.  

Nikon D610 Making images from alternative POV can be a a useful exercise in its own right and down right fun as well.  Let’s say you’re shooting an event, a holiday, or a sporting event, your top 20 images from a given shoot should likely contain images from various POV or else they will all look the same.  Yawn…Boring!

One of the street images that I am most proud of [children with smartphone] was made on a photo walk at night shooting very low to the ground “Worms eye view at night” was the assignment. Here are some homework assignments that can be done at your own pace.

 

  1. Shoot 100 different images all taken from a very low angle 
  2. Shoot 20 images with the lens pointed up and 20 with the lens pointed low.
  3. Shoot all images in a given day lower than your eye level such as crouched down a bit as if you were a child.  
  4. For one week, shoot ALL images from any POV other than your own eye level. 
  5. Find balconies, bridges,  or lofts and make 50 images looking down onto the street. 

Nikon D610

Shooting images with a different POV is a simple technique that needs to be practiced and has the benefit of adding a cool twist to your images.  Although images with differing POV can be fun they are not necessarily an end unto themselves.  These should be incorporated into some project that you are working on and they ought to be appropriate for that project.   

 

Drone photography is all the range these days.  Franky, I’m not feeling the airborne bug.  Anyway, images ought to have subjects, and compositional techniques that draw the viewers eye to the subject regardless of the POV.  Drone images are not impervious to these factors that make certain images work.

Think big, think project-based and then, if appropriate to the given project, include images with varying POV.

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

 

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Around Town in Hong Kong & Xi’an, China

Subject:  Various POV Images

Gear: Various assortment of lightproof boxes including Nikon D610,  Mirrorless Fujifilm X-Series, 35mm Film Cameras, and iPhone

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 DSCF4249DSCF4249Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 XE2S3681XE2S3681Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) of photographer photography point pov professional study view https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/5/blog-111-change-your-pov Fri, 18 May 2018 11:48:41 GMT
Blog #110 Bikes [Series] https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/5/blog-109-bikes-series Blog #110 Bikes [Series]

In this week’s blog, I will share another series that I’ve been working on.  I must admit my admiration for the bicycle as a practical means of transportation, great exercise, and a pretty cool machine that is flat out fun.  The bicycle has been around for more than one hundred years and seems to be gaining popularity in cities in Europe and the US.  Hong Kong has jumped on the band wagon and has a public ride sharing service recently.  

Nikon D610

In developing Asian countries, bicycles are used widely due to their relatively inexpensive cost and reliability.  The images here are a few of the bike pictures from my series that spans many years and many cities and countries (see below).

Additionally, I want to mention that LensWork online is a great resource for new or experienced photographers.  The podcasts are particularly thought-provoking and cover a wide range of topics pertaining to photography and the creative process.  They do a Seeing in Sixes project that results in a published book. It’s really difficult to pick only six images from a series but a terrific practice in editing forcefully.  

I made a submission (Due: 15 June 2018) including some from this series. 

Always remember to keep the rubber side down.

The light is always right.

jhg

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Hong Kong, Rome, Xi’an, Angkor Wat, Provincetown, Osaka, Nagoya, Manila, Hanoi 

Subject:  Images from Bicycle Series

Gear: Various Mirrorless Fujifilm X-Series, 35mm Film Cameras, and iPhone

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 DSCF4973DSCF4973Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 img016-8img016-8Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) bicycles bikes hong kong photographer photography professional series study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/5/blog-109-bikes-series Sat, 12 May 2018 12:55:10 GMT
Blog #109 Architectural Photography https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/5/blog-109-architectural-photography Blog #109 Architectural Photography

Architecture includes any structure made by a person.  Buildings are beautiful! Architecture is like photography in that it is a seamless mix of art and science.  In this week’s blog post, I will share a few tips that you might want to consider when making pictures of architecture.  Remember CAM/O! The same guidelines apply to architectural shots as to all others. The subject should be pretty obvious [save abstract images], highlight he subject through framing and composition techniques, and minimisation or elimination of distractions are critical. 

Get High & Wide 

Use a wide angle lens like a 35mm, 28mm, 24mm, or ultra wide angle such as 21mm or wider.  The wide angle will be helpful to get relatively close while fitting the whole structure into your frame. Architecture has its challenges such as perspective distortion.  When you look up at a tall building, the sides seems to converge at the top. Due to the optical limitations of structure of our eyes this is natural, like looking down a long road.  Distortion is a nature phenomenon and is not necessarily a bag thing.  However, there are many circumstances where you might want to minimise or eliminate distortion in your images such as when when shooting interiors.

Nikon D610

Another inherent challenge in capturing images of buildings is the ship’s peak or crowning effect that your lens will apply to a corner of a building that might be near the camera when pointed upwards.  Wide angle lenses are terrific except for the distortion that wide angle lenses apply. The area in the centre patch of the frame will look disproportionally closer to the camera. When this effect is combined with perspective distortion such a shooting up at the corner of a building, your lens will tend to make the corner of the building look like the bow of a ship.  

If you want your lines to be straight when shooting structures [this applies to interior and exterior], you have two choices.  

  1. You can use a tilt shift lens which is made into two parts and you can adjust the lens plane in relation to the film [sensor] plane to correct the perspective distortion.  
  2. The second way to correct this is to simply get high.  I’m not suggesting that smoking marijuana will make your images look better but I’m saying that it won’t.  Get the camera up higher. If you are on the 10th floor of a building shooting a 20 story building across the street, for example, you can get all of the [vertical] lines very straight right in the camera.  For 1-2 story structures such as a house, stand on a ladder, tree stump, or another small object.  Raising the camera even a meter or two will correct a significant amount of perspective distortion and keep your vertical lines straight up and down. Simple!

Get Inside 

Interiors are a type of architectural image that can be fun and useful to shoot as well.  Use a tripod to get the camera around six feet high to keep the lines straight.  Light the room appropriately and evenly to accent or emphasise areas of interest in the scene.  Remember to tidy up and eliminate distractions. 

Nikon D610 DSC_0431DSC_0431Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Get Close

 

Architecture frequently contains many interesting albeit small details. Patterns, ornate carvings, details, or textures may make for interesting architectural photographs.  Use framing devices like shooting through windows or arches to add interest to your images.  You might occasionally include people to represent scale as a useful tool.  

 

So there you have it! Three tips for making the most out of architectural images.  Get high and wide, get inside, or get close. Finally, you’ll notice that most of the images in this post are black and white.  Buildings might not have particularly interesting colours so the black and white image aids the viewer in focusing on the line, shape, or pattern.  Black and white works well in architectural images. 

 

Try to tell a story through your images such as the intently dense apartment living in Hong Kong that is fairly unique to the rest of the world.  If you want to use a drone, that’s all fine and good but the “rules” of good composition and general image making apply to all genres within the craft such as macro, aerial, architectural, etc…

The light is always right.

jhg

 

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Hong Kong, Viet Nam, Shenzhen, Central Japan, Taipei, Seoul, Province Town, USA, Nice, France.

Subject:  Architecture and Building Structures

Gear: Fujifilm X-Series Mirrorless Digital Cameras (X-T1, X-T2, X-E3) and 24mm, 28mm or 35mm lenses, 35mm film cameras, iPhone, and whatever else I happen to be wearing that day.

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 XE2S7033XE2S7033Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm architecture buildings photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/5/blog-109-architectural-photography Fri, 11 May 2018 10:28:17 GMT
Blog #108 Photography Quotes Part 3 https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/5/blog-108-photography-quotes-part-3 Blog #108 Photography Quotes Part 3

In this week’s blog I will post a small collection of quotations from life and photography that I have collected since the last post of this type “Photography Quotes Part 2”.  This will be the third in this particular series of photography related quotations as food for thought. Part 1 was in Blog #31  and Part 2 was in Blog #70 if you’re just catching up with my blog posts.  Without further adieu, here it goes:

 

I went into photography because it seemed like the perfect vehicle for commenting on the madness of today's existence.

Robert Mapplethorpe

 

If a day goes by without my doing something related to photography, it’s as though I’ve neglected something essential to my existence, as though I had forgotten to wake up. Robert Mapplethorpe

 

Anybody can be a great photographer if they zoom in enough on what they love.

David Bailey

 

A Camera can serve as a passport to other lives and cultures but it also paradoxically stands between the photographer and the world.  We’re not participating, we’re observing, We’re trying to be inconspicuous; we’re trying to be not there, but there. 

So it’s a pretty lonely life. 

Wayne Miller

 

Photography is a way of feeling, of touching, of loving. What you have caught on film is captured forever… It remembers little things, long after you have forgotten everything. Aaron Siskind

 

Style is very personal. It has nothing to do with fashion.  Fashion is over quickly. Style is forever.

Ralph Lauren

 

Focus on what you can control.

Being smart is cooler than anything in the world.

Choose people who lift you up.

Find people who will make you better.

Remember who you always were, where you came from, who your parents were, how they raised you.

Success doesn't count unless you earn it fair and square.

Success is only meaningful and enjoyable if it feels like your own.

The one thing people can't take away from you is your education.

There are still many causes worth sacrificing for, so much history yet to be made.

When you're not engaged in the day-to-day struggles that everybody feels, you slowly start losing touch.

Whether you come from a council estate or a country estate, your success will be determined by your own confidence and fortitude.

Michele Obama

 

Black and White are the colours of photography.  To me they symbolise the alternatives of hope and despair to which mankind is forever subjected.

Robert Frank

 

A good photograph is one that communicates a fact, touches the heart, and leaves the viewer a changed person for having seen it; it is in a word, effective. 

Irving Penn

 

Photography is more than a medium for factual communication of ideas.  

It’s a creative art. 

Ansel Adams

 

Regard no practice as immutable.  Change and be ready to change again.  Accept no eternal verity.  Experiment. 

B.F. Skinner

 

Color is to the eye what music is to the ear. 

Louis Comfort Tiffany

 

Behavior is a difficult subject matter, not because it is inaccessible, but because it is extremely complex.  Since it is a process, rather than a thing, it cannot be easily be held still for observation.  It is changing, fluid, evanescent, and for this reason it makes great technical demands upon the ingenuity and energy of the scientist.

B.F. Skinner 

 

The most important thing is to tell a personal story.  The most important aspect of any photographer’s work is their connection to the subject. If that connection is a wholesome, positive, exciting one, then work is going to inevitably speak to an audience. So that’s what documentary offers: an incredible opportunity to engage with an audience, to engage with the subject, and for that sense of commitment and excitement to shine through.

Martin Parr

 

The camera is an excuse to be someplace you otherwise don’t belong.  It gives me both a point of connection and a point of separation.

Susan Meiselas

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

 

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Ap Lei Chau Hong Kong

Subject:  The Harbour School Photo Club @THS_PHOTO_CLUB

Gear: Leica Minlux + Agfa Vista Plus 400 35mm Colour Film

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm club film photo photographer photography professional quotes study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/5/blog-108-photography-quotes-part-3 Fri, 04 May 2018 10:40:38 GMT
Blog #107 TAX! https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/4/blog-107-tax Blog #107 TAX!

Hong Kong is the best city in the world to get around in. Public transportation is excellent. Massive double-decker busses, mini-busses, ferries to the outer islands and across Victoria Harbour, the immaculate and efficient MTR, and of course taxis are inexpensive, fast, safe, frequent, and relatively clean. 

Nikon D610

Given that there are 7 million people or more who live in this tiny territory, and only 5% own private cars, the transportation system needs to be spot on and it is! In the last eight years that I’ve lived here, the only time that I really miss having a car is on a Friday morning, in the pouring rain, when there are there are no taxis and I’m trying to get to work.  Do you feel my pain? I know, I know, first world problems, I get it. 

 

So the taxi is like your private car in Hong Kong. Red ones travel around Hong Kong Island and Kowloon side, green are in the New Territories far north and blue are on Lantau Island only where the airport is. 

 

Hong Kong uses Toyota Crown Comfort models almost exclusively. It’s a late 1980s semi-boxy no-frills sedan type design. Frankly, I’m convinced that Toyota copied the VW Jetta Mark II (1984-1992) .  Anyway the red body and silver topped four-door sedan (saloon) is an icon.  It’s impossible not to take photos of Hong Kong taxis. The red colour shows up great on color film as well.  

In this week’s blog post, I offer a selection of Hong Kong Taxi images for your visual enjoyment. It’s an Ode To The Taxi that we all know and love, and take for granted. Vroom Vroom…

The light is always right.

jhg

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Hong Kong

Subject:  Hong Kong Red Taxi Series

Gear: Mostly Fujifilm X-Series Mirrorless Digital Cameras and 28mm, 35mm, or 50mm lenses

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 XE2S2529XE2S2529Nikon D610 XE2S2531XE2S2531Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) hong kong photographer photography professional series study taxi travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/4/blog-107-tax Fri, 27 Apr 2018 13:35:12 GMT
Blog #106 The Shadow Side https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/4/blog-106-the-shadow-side Blog #106 The Shadow Side

In my last blog post, I confessed my obsession with series.  These are mere collections of images that have the same subject but otherwise vary in all other ways.  They may not be tied to a colour, place, style, medium, or anything else for that matter. Film, digital, it doesn’t matter.  I just like making pictures of signs as I illustrated in my last post Blog #105.

Nikon D610

There is a method to my madness, as they say.  These simple assignments force creativity and a fresh POV.  To keep myself interested I make images of the same subject but never in the same way.  I vary something, anything, everything, but keep the subject constant.  That’s my simple method.  It sounds easy but its not so easy in practice.  

Shadows are one of my series that I will share a bit here.  I love the sharp and high contrast that is characteristic of shadows.  Shadows can be of anything such as a tree, a person, a car, a building, or whatever.  You just need a strong enough light source and the proper angle to make a shadow.  Making images of shadows is a study in line and shape.  It’s really a means to an end, rather than a project or end unto itself.  Some artists are successful sharing their series as a series or stand-alone work.  That can work for some and more power to them.

If you are starting to make series at this point in your photography I suggest having no more than 10.  You will inevitably lose interest in a few of these over time and the result will be a core set of about five or so series that you will continue over the course of a year or longer.  When you tire of one, file it, and replace it. You might dig up an old series, dust it off, and take a stroll down memory lane or even add an image or two from time to time.  

Think of series as your artist sketch book. Who knows maybe some great body of work will emerge someday.  All great journeys start with one step said the great Chinese philosopher Lao Zi. Begin yours today!

The light is always right.

jhg

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Hong Kong

Subject:  Shadow Series

Gear: A variety of light-proof boxes. Let’s face it, who gives a shit?

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) collection hong kong photographer photography professional series shadow study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/4/blog-106-the-shadow-side Fri, 20 Apr 2018 12:20:41 GMT
Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/4/blog-105-signs-signs-everywhere-a-sign Blog #105 Signs, Signs, Everywhere a Sign

 

Signs, signs, everywhere a sign…” 

Nikon D610

went the the song by Canadian group The Five Man Electrical Band in 1971.  This song was written in the same year as my birth.  Now, before you go doing the math, remember that age is just a number #tongueface.

Urban environments fascinate me. Cities are never just finished.  There is constant growth, decay, re-growth, and the cycle repeats. Urban environments are constantly bristling with activity like a human sized bee hive of commotion. This is what makes cities so awesome to make pictures in. There is literally never a dull moment. Dull moments are not dull at all. The absence of activity can be as or more striking than activity in a cityscape due to its rarity.  

Signs of all shapes and colours surround us.  Walking down the street is like living inside of a kindergarten child’s colouring book.  Many of these are brightly coloured to simultaneously grab the attention of drivers and warn them of what's ahead.  Form follows function in a simple but elegant construction that functions as communication. 

I am a bit of a hoarder, photographically speaking.  I collect images that I place in series. These are studies on a theme or subject that I enjoy collecting and collating from time to time.  I have about a dozen of these. Birds, shadows, signs, architecture, taxis, and other common objects that you find in and around cities are the subject of my series.  Trying to vary the images while staying with one subject can become an exercise in creativity.  I will present some of these sets in subsequent blogs. 

Here, I will share some images of ordinary road signs.  You know the great old master William Eggleston? Well, he had one of the first and most significant photography shows in colour at the MOMA.  This dude lived in a pretty simple and boring place called Memphis, Tennessee. However, through Eggleston’s lens, Memphis was anything but boring. He made simple and gorgeous images focusing on common objects, using line, form, and colour in a truly masterful way.  He was so influential that is could be said that he launched colour film into the mainstream art community who, prior to his show, mostly rejected colour altogether. 

I’m no Eggleston, but I do enjoy the challenge of finding shapes and colours to work with in a cityscape environment.  Street signs offer themselves as a great subject in which to work with. Construction sites are especially dense and rich with signs and colours.  Geometry shapes and color, what's not to love! It's like living inside of a box of Lucky Charms Cereal. 

If you’ve been shooting for a while, you might find that you gravitate towards dogs, or buildings, or reflections, or whatever. Work these subjects and work them long and hard. You might find a new angle, perspective, or point of view [POV] after a while.  Work the scene, or work the series. Either way, something wonderful just might be in that next frame. 

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

 

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg

Where: Hong Kong

Subject:  Signs Series, Streets of Hong Kong

Gear: Nikon F100 SLR, Minolta CLE + Leica 28mm lens, Kodak Ektar 100 35mm Color Film, Kodak Portra 400 35mm Color Film, Cinestill 800T 35mm Color Film 

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm cities collections film photographer photography professional series signs study urban https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/4/blog-105-signs-signs-everywhere-a-sign Fri, 20 Apr 2018 11:59:55 GMT
Blog #104 Night Vision (at 3200 ISO) https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/4/blog-104-night-vision-at-3200-iso Blog #104 Night Vision (at 3200 ISO)

 

When the sun hangs low and the golden hour has passed, you have about one more hour know as the blue hour before the day is gone.  The night provides some challenging but also great opportunities to make images of a different type.  It should be obvious that technical settings must change to be able to accommodate the lack of available light.  Digital and film photography have slightly different requirements for shooting at night. I will review these briefly here below. 

Nikon D610

Exposure is the combination of three variables; ISO, shutter speed, and aperture.  Most digital cameras have manual controls for each of these. Digital camera settings have adjustable ISO [sensor sensitivity] settings that you can crank up to 1600, 3200, 6400, or even higher and still produce usable images.  Using fast lenses and shooting wide open [low aperture] will facilitate night time shooting as well.  Given that we are limited [mostly] to making hand-held images with a 1/60 second or faster we can set the minimum shutter speed to this setting, shoot in aperture priory and let the camera decide what the lowest ISO can be for a given shot.  This will work most of the time if you can tolerate some digital noise in your images.  A flash used at night will provide obvious advantages but even flashes are limited in their reach and cannot be used in all situations.  Most people find them annoying, so use flashes at night sparingly especially when in public places. 

Shooting film at night presents its own challenges.  Film is produced with a specific ISO sensitivity.  Once the film is loaded, you can push the film to a higher than rated ISO but there are limitations to this process and for every stop pushed you will introduce additional grain, degrading the final image quality.  Unless you’re trying to emulate the Provoke style from Japan, image quality is something that you are likely trying to preserve. 

The shutter speed and aperture factors are similar between digital and film.  Film will have less dynamic range and will not respond quite as well to pushing as your digital camera will by adjusting the ISO dial to a higher number.  Still, film has a certain quality and atmosphere that can be very appealing, even at night.

Testing this process will teach you what you can do with film at night and learning how to control the light in low or challenging conditions is a valuable skill for all photographers. I recently stuffed a couple of rolls of Ilford Delta 3200 35mm black and white film in the back of my Nikon FE2 and headed out into the night.  The film can work well in lower light conditions but falls off pretty quickly in very low light conditions.  The exercise was interesting and I would encourage any photographer to experiment with this process. 

The light is always right, even at night

jhg

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg March 2018

Developed at home with Bergger Berspeed Developer & scanned on Epson Perfection V600 Photo

Where: Hong Kong

Subject:  Street Photography at Night

Gear: Nikon FE2 + 28mm f/2.0 lens + Ilford Delta 3200 35mm black and white film

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film iso night photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/4/blog-104-night-vision-at-3200-iso Fri, 13 Apr 2018 13:11:55 GMT
Blog #103 Go Take a Hike https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/4/blog-103-go-take-a-hike Blog #103 Go Take a Hike

 

There is a practice in Japan known as forest bathing. Essentially, the Japanese have discovered the therapeutic affects of walking in the forest on their bodies and overall health. Being in nature reduces blood pressure, heart rate, improves mood, provides you with fresh air, and  any number of additional benefits that we have yet to measure.  Given that around 80% of the worlds population live in urban environments where overcrowding, noise, pollution, and stress are rampant, many of us should be taking one from the Japanese playbook of life.  They also live longer than most and have the most number of centenarians than any other country. 

Nikon D610 Nikon D610

In Hong Kong, it’s an extremely dense urban environment will small living quarters and all the stresses of modern life.  However, Hongkongers also enjoy about 15 public beaches, and dozens of world class hiking trails.  

Photographers, even the uber professionals who strictly make their living behind a camera, thoroughly enjoy the activity of making pictures even when off duty.  Many of us consider our time looking through the viewfinder (or at the 3”x3” LCD screen if you prefer) as a type of visual meditation.  Meditation of any type can be therapeutic.  For those who are not making pictures, commercially, making pictures is a refreshing escape from the normal routine and stresses of their primary occupation. 

Why not combine the therapeutic aspects of hiking in the great outdoors and making pictures at the same time? It’s sort of like listening to music and riding a bicycle. Both are fun in their own right, but by combining them we enhance the benefits of each.  In the spring or fall time, when the weather is agreeable, grab your default camera perhaps a roll or two of your favourite film and head outside.  If family or friends join, the more the merrier.  

Back in March, this was exactly what I did and had a blast doing it.  The images here were shot on Po Toi Island, my favourite hiking spot in Hong Kong.  Accessible only by ferry, the rocks, sky, and ocean views are absolutely stunning.  The time to get outside is here with spring and the milder weather. So, as the old saying goes, 

Go Take a Hike! [and don’t forget your camera or three].

The light is always right.

jhg

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg March 2018

Where: Po Toi Island, Hong Kong

Subject:  Landscapes, random family members and friends

Gear: 

  1. Nikon FE2 + 24mm f/2.8 lens + Red #25 filter with Rollei Infrared 35mm black and white film
  2. Fujifilm GA645 + Rollei CR 200 120 roll Medium format film

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film hike hiking landscape nikon photographer photography professional study travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/4/blog-103-go-take-a-hike Thu, 12 Apr 2018 13:55:20 GMT
Blog #102 Film Glorious Film! https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/4/blog-102-film-glorious-film Blog #102 Film Glorious Film!

In Charles Dickens epic novel, A Tale of Two Cities (1859) he begins, 

“It was the best of times, it was the worst of times, it was the age of wisdom it was the age of foolishness, it was the epoch of believe, it was the epoch of incredulity, it was the season of Light, it was the season of Darkness, it was the spring of hope, it was the winter of despair, we had everything before us, we had nothing before us, we were all going direct to Heaven, we were all going direct the other way.”

 

Nikon D610

Strangely, these words could have been written last week and they could easily resonate with us in the same manner.  Dickens’ two cities of course were London and Paris and he wrote about them in the years prior to the French Revolution.  Let’s hope we don’t go there again,  although the recent student protests in the US on gun control are a sort of revolution.  Let’s hope that they succeed in their mission. 

In terms of photography, it is the best of times and the worst of times for us, too.  We are living in an explosively creative age where film still exists in its perfect form and we have the newer technologies of digital at our fingertips with all of the magic of the darkroom and post processing but pushed even further.  Digital offers instant developing, almost unlimited picture making, and wider dynamic range.  Post processing theses days is way beyond anything that was ever possible in the darkroom. 

Still, there has been a resurgence of film and all things analog in the last decade.  In David Sax’s The Revenge of Analog: Real Things and Why They Matter (2017), he describes in great detail the increase of vinyl, paper, idea, and of course film.  The story of Film Ferrania’s coming back from the dead is included.  News of Kodak’s Ektachrome return has been anxiously awaited by die hard film fans.  Howver, all of the news is not so rosey.

Agfa Photo’s Vista plus in 200 & 400 speeds has been a gorgeous color film for some time now.  It’s days are numbered according to a recent announcement by Agfa [a German & Japanese Cooperative].  Fujifilm, who has produced some of the best film in the market for more than 80 years, announced this week that they are stopping Neopan Acros 100.  This is particularly sad since Acros 100 is one of the best low ISO (very fine grain) black and white films available.  While they continue to pump out install by the truck load, the old style films seem to be fading.

I guess all good things must come to an end. Besides, we still have many other tools at our disposal.  It is not the camera or the film that makes the image, after all.  It’s you who make the image.  Whatever tool you decide, use all of your creative facets to make the best images that you can.  That’s what we need to be focused on and only that.  Discussions of gear and film options are fun but tend to distract from the objective of making novel, meaningful images.  Keep your eye on the prize. 

The light is always right.

jhg

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg March 2018

Where: Hong Kong

Subject:  Gear: Nikon F100 + Nikon AF Nikkor 24-85mm zoom f/ 2.8-4.0 

Film Agfa Vista plus 200 [35mm] + Kodak Ektar 100 [35mm]

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 365 creative creativity film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/4/blog-102-film-glorious-film Sat, 07 Apr 2018 04:34:32 GMT
Blog #101 Alexander Rodchenko @ F11 Photo Museum https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/4/blog-101-alexander-rodchenko-f11-photo-museum Blog #101 Alexander Rodchenko @ F11 Photo Museum 

Alexander Rodchenko was born in St. Petersburg, Russia in 1891.  After art school, he got hooked on photography.  His work is absolutely amazing! To say that he was ahead of his time would be a understatement.  Photography had been invented some 60 years or so before he came to the field.  The work that preceded him could be described as simplistic or formal.  Compositions and portraits were straight forward in the early days of photography.  This was the case mostly due to the limitations of the gear.  Cameras were big and heavy along with the glass plates and complicated not to mention unreliable chemistry that was needed.  In the 1930s with the 35mm film size and small portable Leica cameras, the world of photography exploded and Rodchenko was there to light the fuse.  

Nikon D610

His point of view was ever changing.  He got close like really close to his subjects. He got so close that at times he was underneath his subjects aiming straight up at them from their chest or perhaps knees.  His careful attention to line and form was clear in his work with architecture and construction of the day.  He made images of a great dam that was constructed in Russia that was particularly notable. 

Rodchenko had [at least] three unique stylists trademarks that burned his place in photography brilliance for all of eternity.  The first was his penchant to tilt the lens and compose from one of the bottom corners of the frame.  He used this technique so frequently that it should have resulted in the coming of the term Russian Angle rather than the more commonly termed Dutch Angle that is widely used in film and movie making to this day.

The second interesting and rather unorthodox technique used by Rodchenko was his framing of his printed photos.  He used mostly square or rectangular format printing but the image was placed in a refreshing variety of locations within the matting and frame itself.  He would mount the image off-center such as in the top or bottom half of the frame, or off to one side of the frame.  The image seemed to have come to rest after floating organically within the four corners of the frame but in some random location.  This mounting technique was in stark contrast to the simple square mounting style of the day.  He was likely one of the first, if not the first to mix things up in this way.  

Third, Rodchenko used a single matte colour such as red or blue to accentuate his black and white images.  Of course there were only monochrome images back then so he used the matte to set off the colour and make things a bit more lively.  

These were wonderfully rendered and presented images in their own right.  The artist’s use of tilt, framing, and colour added to the artistic quality of the images that was rather edgy for its time.  I attended a recent exhibition at F11 Foto Museum in Happy Valley, Hong Kong that would have made Rodchenko very proud had he been able to view this meticulously curated exhibit.  The images here were made at the museum exhibit.  I hope that you can have a sense of the work and interesting style that Rodchenko has left us with.  

The light is always right.

jhg

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg March 2018

Where: Hong Kong

Subject:  Alexander Rodchenko Exhibit @ F11 Foto Museum, Happy Valley, Hong Kong

Gear: iPhone X

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) angle dutch framing masters photographer photography professional rodchenko study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/4/blog-101-alexander-rodchenko-f11-photo-museum Fri, 06 Apr 2018 02:44:14 GMT
Blog #100! #ShootFilmNotBullets https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-100-shootfilmnotbullets Blog #100! #ShootFilmNotBullets

 

Wow! I’ve reached 100! If you are reading this then you might have been riding this creative and photographic roller coaster with me for some time now. Blog #1 was 9 July 2015 about two years and eight months ago from today.  That works out to be about three posts per month in almost two years, but whose counting?  

I have something special for this centennial blog post.  It’s a bit more serious than my usual posts.  You might consider these words and the following images as social documentary or perhaps photojournalism.  I’m writing this on Monday 26 March, 2018.  Yesterday, around the US in dozens of cities the #MarchForOurLives anti-gun protests took the country [and world] by storm.  Students around the nation organised speeches and walk outs on the very sensitive matter pertaining to gun control.  A march in support of our American brothers and sisters was held here in Hong Kong.  About 700 or more Americans and others took place.  I was there to document this significant event. 

Nikon D610

In case you’ve been living under rock for the last decade, there have been a rash of school shootings in the states and we’ve all had about enough of that bullshit.  Students are sitting in class one minute and the next they’re lying in a pool of their own innocent blood.   This has got to stop.  The zeitgeist  of the students in the states is definitely one of #EnoughIsEnough with the bloody gun problem.  Trumpism is probably helping to mobilize the students since Trump himself and his republican cronies are likely part of the problem rather than the solution.  They accept campaign money and other perks from the NRA so they fail to act against them in a classic conflict of interest scenario.  

Nikon D610 One day in the not-so-distant past, America basically decided that a few student deaths and school shooting here and there was an acceptable price to pay for the right and privilege to basically be able to walk in to a grocery store, and walk out with a semi-automatic machine gun. WTF? Now I fully understand that there are responsible citizens who love shooting on a range or folks who hunt for sport.  To them I say, #ShootFilmNotBullets, #BooksNotBullets, and #EnoughisEnough.  Find a new hobby, bro!

Nikon D610

Minimum ages, background checks, annual registration and interviews, mental health exams and zero access to automatic weapons should not even be up for debate here for regular untrained citizens.  As an American living abroad, I’m embarrassed that our government has essentially done nothing to chill this situation out.  John Paul Stevens, a retired associate justice go the United States Supreme Court advocated recently in a Times Op-Ed piece about repealing the second amendment! Just stop the whole crazy train dead in its tracks. Imagine that! 

Now, the issue is complicated and steeped in American tradition, revolutionary war, independence, the Constitution, Second Amendment, and all that jazz.  Nevertheless, last year about 10 people died from guns in all of Japan.  Hong Kong doesn’t have a gun problem.  Other developed nations have minuscule amounts of gun deaths and gun violence, and  rarely if ever in schools.  America is great at many things but America is not great at everything.  It needs to turn its attention to attacking this issue like it did in the 1960s when it decided, as a nation, that it would send a man to moon and bring him back again. Fortunately, the millennials are trying to help those in office these days to do their jobs and clean up this shitty mess already! Only then will America truly be great again.  Until then, the lunatics are running the asylum, but not for long. 

The light is always right.

jhg

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg March 2018

Where: Hong Kong

Subject:  #MarchForOurLives Hong Kong March and Protest Support Event

Gear: Leica M6 + 35mm f/2 + Yellow #8 Filter + Kodak TRI-X400 + BERSPEED & 

Fujfilm X-E3 + Fujinon Super EBC XF 18-55mm 1:2.8-4 R LM OIS

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the “like”

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

Blog #95 RED

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm documentary film photographer photography photojournalism professional social study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-100-shootfilmnotbullets Sat, 31 Mar 2018 14:37:44 GMT
Blog #99 High-Key https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-99-high-key Blog #99 High-Key

There are many techniques involved in making images.  You can use various films, papers, screens, and even other materials like canvas, metal, or wood. There are also many ways to present the image itself.  There is the “properly” exposed image which in itself is debatable although the camera can usually do this by itself when set to auto exposure mode. 

During a traditional portrait shoot and lighting, the “Key” or main light is usually placed near the camera or slightly camera left or right.  The “fill” is then placed almost 90 degrees to the key or main light to do exactly what you might expect which is to fill up the shadows made from the key light with more light.  The fill is usually less than the key but it can be equal to the key for evenly spread light.  This type of lighting is common in professional portraits, headshots, advertising, commercial, fashion, and product photography. The subject should be well lit in these types of images.  

Nikon D610

Then there is High Key or Low Key for example.  Low Key or Film Noir types of images tend to be dark and moody.  There is an air of mystery or even a downright eerie feeling to low-key shots.  High-Key images have a lack of contrast or low contrast.  Shadows are minimal to non-existent. They are light, airy, and tend to have an uplifting mood to them.  Portraits tend to have a dreamy or even an angelic quality.  Some very high-key images tend to have a penciled or sketched effect to them.  

Each [high or low-key] represents a lighter or darker rendition of the properly exposed image to accentuate the mood of the image. Light vs. dark, yin vs. yang, good vs. evil, and on and on. 

Although High-Key images can be presented in black and white or colour, black and white is the more common. 

 

Black and white are the colours of photography.  To me they symbolise the alternatives of hope and despair to which mankind is forever subjected.

Robert Frank

 

I agree with Mr. Frank. 

 

The light is always right.

jhg

 

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg 

Where: Hong Kong

Subject:  Various Portrait, Street Photography, and Urban Landscapes 

Gear: Fujifilm Mirrorless, Nikon 35mm film cameras

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film high-key hi-key photographer photography professional study technique https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-99-high-key Sat, 31 Mar 2018 05:04:31 GMT
Blog #98 You better WORK! https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-98-you-better-work Blog #98 You better WORK!

Last month, I hosted a workshop in collaboration with six members of a local photography walk group Shutter AllianceThe format of the workshop was approximately as follows:

[9:00 - 10:00] Introduction and Keynote presentation on Basic Photography and Composition / Assignment to approach stranger and request making a portrait of that person: Office Meeting Room 

[10:00 - 11:30] Walk outside an make interesting street photos that work: Streets around Kennedy Town

[11:30 - 1:30] Each member loads three images into Lightroom for critique: Office Meeting Room

Using a 15” Macboook Pro and Adobe Lightroom software, each member loaded their SD card and selected their best three images for the live group critique.  The laptop was connected to a projector and images were displayed one at a time on a proper screen while the group sat around at a couple of round tables in an office setting. 

The focus of the workshop was really the critique component.  The activity of critiquing images is really about describing.  The goal of the exercise was to talk about the different parts of each image, discuss if the image works or did not work and why that might be the case.  

The group was very engaged and there was a range of experiences.  These were hobbyist or amateurs and to my knowledge none of the participants were professional photographers.  Nevertheless, the images produced in this short one hour and a half session were very impressive.  There were maybe 2-3 images of the 18 displayed (not counting my own) that did not work.  There was promising work displayed and we aimed to use some of the vocabulary from the earlier presentation to use in the critique session.  

The group was clearly engaged and benefited from the experience.  We ended the workshop on time at around 1:30 and parted ways.  One participant joined my later that afternoon at F11 Foto Museum in Happy Valley to see the Alexander Rodchenko exhibit.  I will blog on that subject in the coming week or so.  

The participants completed a questionnaire where I requested for them to comment on the components of the workshop.  I was pleased to have shared beneficial information, my life experience,  and a  valuable critique with the group.  

Interestingly, when asked what topics of interest the group had for future workshops, all wanted to learn how to develop film! Now I’ve got my work cut out for me. Next time film it will be!

The light is always right.

jhg

*Images: © Jeremy H. Greenberg March 2018

Where: Kennedy Town, Hong Kong

Subject:  Street Photography Workshop 

Gear: Fujfilm X-E3 + Fujinon XF 18mm f/2

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm photographer photography professional study workshop https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-98-you-better-work Tue, 27 Mar 2018 13:36:49 GMT
Blog #97 Job Description: Photographer https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-97-job-description-photographer Blog #97 Job Description: Photographer

You have just been hired! You have one job to do. Show up early, make stunning photos and deliver them in a timely manner to the client.  That sounds all fine and good but the devil is in the details as they say.  Woody Allen famously once said “80 percent of success in life is just showing up”.  Obviously you need to show up and show up early. Here, I would like to discuss the remaining 20%.

000032930027000032930027Nikon D610

You will need to be clear that you have what it takes to get the job done.  Your gear [and backup gear] must all be fully functional and working - no excuses! Failure is not an option.  Test your gear under various conditions, bring a back up body, lens, and multiple [charged and tested] batteries. 

I use a Google Forms questionnaire to understand the clients needs so that I can be confident that I understand what they intend to get out of the shoot and I can give them what they need.  I was asked once to make an image of a small group for a promotional brochure.  After working with this group one sunny and hot afternoon under time pressures and outdoors, we came up with a few good images after the obligatory two-hours of post processing.  

Nikon D610 It was only then that the client said to me “Oh, yeah these are nice but we need a portrait image not a landscape”.  Crikey! If I only knew that before! Fortunately they were able to work with one of the horizontal images that had enough on the sides to crop it for the intended usage.  The image was sent to the printer before the deadline and the day was saved. 

I got lucky there but learned by lesson.  My questionnaire gives the opportunity to the client to describe what the images will be used for, if they need black and white, color, both, portrait, landscape orientation, both, images sizes, method of deliver such as online or flash drive, both, and more. 

The old adage, an ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure applies even more so to photographers since we get one chance usually to get it right and that’s it. 

We will not nail every shot or every photo shoot but we can decrease the chances of failure. It’s tricky stuff making awesome images for other people. It’s thrilling when you get it right. I’ll leave you with a quote…try to guess who said it 

Luck favours the prepared, darling!

The light is always right.

jhg

*Images: JHG March 2018

Where: Temple Street, Jordan, Hong Kong

Subject:  My two favourite ladies, my dear old mother Sheryl and lovey wife Christine.  Gear: Minolta CLE, Leica 28mm f/2 lens and Kodak Ektar 100 Color 35mm film. 

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-97-job-description-photographer Sat, 24 Mar 2018 09:25:08 GMT
Blog #96 What's your :DEFAULT:? https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-96-whats-your-default Blog #96 What’s your :DEFAULT: ?

Most photographers whether you are just starting out, a hobbyist, proper amateur, or a professional for many decades have a default.  A default is the “usual” or standard of some type in terms of gear. For me, it’s 35mm black and white film.  Without a specific project or commercial activity that I am working on in a given day, I will stuff one of my Nikon F-something SLRs or perhaps a Leica rangefinder mated to a 28mm with a roll of Kodak’s TMAX 400 and head out into the world.  I will occasionally shoot with a 35mm, 50mm (or zoom lens around the same range) and I do shoot colour film from time to time, but that’s my  default.  Yes, I’m old school but not all of the time.  My default digital is the Fujifilm X-E3 with a 28mm lens.  

There is a sense of familiarity and predictability that using my default package affords me.  I know where all of the buttons, dials, and focus rings are  one the camera bodies, for one.  I am intimately familiar with these three focal lengths which are not very different for starters, and I have a good feel for 400 speed black and white film and its capabilities in changing light conditions.  

Nikon D610

There are those who will advocate for using the same focal length for one year. If there is such as thing as Photographic ADD I definitely have it.  Maybe I’ve gone one whole month with the same lens and same camera…at the most.  I used to have a tendency to change lenses fairly often like week to week usually.  These days I stick to one focal length for a bit more time.  I agree with those single-lens zen photographers that there are many benefits to going steady with one focal length. 

For personal projects or just for the hell of it, 35mm black and white film is where its at for me.  It’s timeless.  It’s what I grew up on and it still looks awesome to me.  After a fair period of experimenting with cameras, lenses and films as well as digital versions of the same, I have found my “happy place”, my default.  

Experiment and then know your default.  Committing to a type of default is a type of restriction that may, in turn, spur on your creativity.  This sounds counterintuitive, granted, but it works. 

So what’s your default package? Please do share here or on my Facebook page. Maybe a survey is on the horizon?  Whatever your default is, enjoy it and exploit it. 

The light is always right.

jhg

*Images here are from Hong Kong and made with a Nikon SLR, a 28mm wide angle lens, Kodak 35mm black and white film (probably TMAX 400) and developed at home*

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm default film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-96-whats-your-default Fri, 23 Mar 2018 11:29:57 GMT
Blog #95 Red https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-95-red  

Blog #95 RED

 

It might seem awkward to blog about a single color but there are some facts about color and specifically the color red that I find fascinating and I hope that you will too.  Unless you’re dead set on shooting black and white all of the time forever and ever, eventually you will succumb to work in color.  

I absolutely love and prefer black and white photography to color, in general.  Ultimately, creating art and telling stories is not about cameras, focal lengths, film, grain, pixels, or color for that matter.  Making images that matter is about having an interesting story to tell and using the right medium to tell that story. It’s about using the right tool for the job.  My recent Blog #93 on Photographic Technique was about that very subject.  You will need to be proficient in using color in your images to tell some of your stories that will need to be communicated through the language of color. 

“Color” is word and a language concept that is more or less universal across cultures of the world.  Red has some special significance with regards to all of it’s brothers and sisters in the visible light spectrum.  Wait, did I just suggest that colours have a gender?  Actually, this has been established a long time ago.  Latin and romance languages such as Spanish attribute gender to colours.  Red or rojo is masculine [strong] unless used to describe a feminine object such as a red rose or rosa roja.  It’s common knowledge that roses are female, yes?

Nikon D610

There are some factors and functions of the use of the color red historically, culturally, politically, and socially that may influence how or even if we decide to include this into our images.  I’ll expand on these concepts later. 

Technically, color is a type of electromagnetic radiation [from the sun] that falls with the visible light spectrum.  There are parts of th spectrum of electromagnetic radiation that are not visible to humans such as gamma rays, X rays, ultraviolet rays, microwaves, and radio waves.  All of these particles and waves differ by their wavelength and wave frequency that are measured in units called nanometers [nm] or terahertz [THz], respectively.  The way in which color hits your eye will affect the spectrum of color on different dimensions such as intensity (brightness), and hue.  Color can be defined from a physics point of view as “class of spectra [light] that functions to result in color sensations that are species specific”.  The species reference here is used to highlight the fact that different species of animals have differences in the rods and cone structures of the eye that allow for differences in accuracy, distance, night vision, and color interpretation in the brain of the animal. 

Nikon D610

Red light is in the longer wavelength range of 700-635 nm and 430-480 THz wave frequency range reacts with the cone cells in you eye which causes an electro-chemical reaction in your brain that gives you the sensation and perception of seeing red although literally, not like the idiom seeing red meaning becoming upset or angry.  It would be natural to wonder at this point,  Is your red the same as my red? Do all people see red the same? That is a difficult question to answer, definitively, since we cannot measure perception and experience beneath the skin yet.  However, we can measure language responses to color as behaviors that can be observed, measured, and  compared across people. Therefore, a logical and reasonable response to the inquiry above might be “Yes, they are the same, probably, if viewed under similar or identical environmental conditions.  

We learn as children to talk about red and we agree on red.  Therefore, your red is my red and my red is your red. Let’s continue. 

As mentioned above, there are many ways in which the color red has influenced us culturally, historically, politically, and socially.  The list below shows ten examples.

  1. Red is the color of blood, meat, many foods, the sun [flag of Japan] fire, power, life, and death.  Stop signs are red to warn of the dangers of failing to stop while driving. 
  2. From ancient times, dyes that were used to make the color red were highly sought after, prised, and rare.  
  3. Ginger is the name given to people with red hair although red hair only occurs in about 1% of the population.  Many cultures have strong beliefs about people with this hair color that vary from ridicule to admiration.  Today, stereotypes may continue that red heads have fiery personalities.
  4. Red is used extensively in Chinese culture.  Originally used as a bright colour to evoke fear by representing blood or fire, the color red was thought to be able to scare away evil spirits. This is still used in Chinese New Year and other festivals regularly and represents good luck and good fortune.  
  5. When Director Steven Spielberg’s filmed Schindler’s List, he chose black and white.  There was one striking scene later in the movie when a little girl runs through a concentration camp wearing a bright red coat.  The movie is a remarkable story about a man named Schindler who repeatedly risked his life to employ and hide Jews during World War II in Nazi Germany when the Holocaust was happening.  The red coat gives the viewer a spark of hope, a sense that the Jews might actually survive the madness and atrocities of the time and the scene represents a very effective cinematic use of selective coloration.
  6. Red (2010 film) and Red 2 (2013 film) were American action comedies based on a DC comic book series by the same name. 
  7. During the Cold War, “The Reds” was the nickname given to Communists by the Americans and the West. This may have been a reference to the “Red Coats” name used to describe the enemy soldiers of the Crown of England during America’s Revolutionary War centuries earlier who literally wore red coats most likely with the intention of sticking fear in their enemies.  Sorry mates, but we all know who won that one! 
  8. Red has been used in many revolutions [i.e. Chinese, Russian, Vietnamese, Cuban) and in military insignia.  “Red” states are considered those who vote republican [the party of the white wealthy minority] compared to the more popular democratic blue states in America. 
  9. The Catholic Church has used red in ceremonial activities such as in the clothing of cardinals.  The Crusades, and the flag of England used red.
  10. Many activities of people in modern times are expressed using the color red. Love, Valentine’s Day, passion, happiness, ceremony, celebration, sports [Cincinnati Reds], flags of many nations, anger, aggressive behavior, warning, danger, and sexuality.

Finally, color photography tends to work well when the color or colours that are being included into the image have a defined place and role.  Red is a strong stand-alone color.  It goes great with green, blue, yellow, and its variations are countless.  Have you ever noticed that Red is usually the first color in a box of crayons, or used when teaching kindergarteners the colours of the rainbow [ROY G. BIV].  

Ted Forbes from YouTube’s The Art of Photography did a Photo Assignment on Red that is worth viewing for some inspiration on the subject of color and on red, specifically. 

The [red] light is always right!

jhg

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

*Images here are original shot with Nikon F100 + Sunny 16 35mm Colour Film*

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

Blog #93 Photographic Technique

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm color colour film photographer photography professional red study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-95-red Fri, 16 Mar 2018 12:46:34 GMT
Blog #94 The Stone That The Builder Refused https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-94-the-stone-that-the-builder-refused Blog #94 The Stone That The Builder Refused

You love photography just like me.  You wear a camera. You shoot professionally or for personal projects, or just for the hell of it because it’s fun and exciting, and creative, and magical.  After the proverbial day at the races you send your roll off to the lab or you dump those 286 jpegs into your laptop. You might wait four minutes [for the coffee press to be ready] or maybe four weeks until you return from Mars, but eventually you will need to edit your photos. Thus, it begins…

There are three types of photographers when it comes to editing. You might be a runner-up for the show Hoarders and never delete a single image.  The risk with this approach is that your hard drive will be sure to implode into a singularity and wipe out everything within 2 kilometres of your apartment.  Plus, who the heck wants to edit all of the images when there are three keepers in the whole lot anyway [if you’re lucky]? 

You might be the zen photographer who walks around the streets for eight hours at night, making only eight images and you’ll only keep the ONE! One and done? We’ve all heard about the mathematic or musical savant but photographic savants are like dragons…they simply don’t exist.

Most of us fall somewhere on the middle path.  We delete the mistakes such as the really blurry or accidental shots…the “oops” I didn’t mean to snap that bird or car bumper image, then we keep and edit the rest.  After a few run-throughs there are a few images that work and that you are proud of and feeling that they are share-worthy.  Maybe you share them immediately, or maybe next week, or maybe next month.  Regardless, there are the forgotten ones that sit for all of eternity on your dusty hard drives and in plastic air-tight bins under your bed stuffed with sleeves and sleeves of film negatives.

Now what? Is there value in looking back and unearthing these heirloom greats from their dusty places of rest? Did you miss something? How could you? You made your list, checked it twice, and found which images were naughty or nice.  The ones that didn’t make the cut are dead to you now, gone forever. Right? 

One of my current projects is shooting in square format and after doing some research for this project, I recently went back into my image folder archives and started cropping a bunch of images in square format.  The exercise was educational at minimum.  I was able to find some images that I had forgotten about and was reacquainted with those.  It become clear that I had made some really significant improvements over the years. 

I was able to identify some themes to my previous work, some images that were better than I had thought they were at the time, and the cropping into square format functioned to revitalise some of the images into half way decent or better. 

In Matthew 21:42 it is written “Jesus said to them, "Have you never read in the Scriptures: 'The stone the builders rejected has become the cornerstone. This is from the Lord, and it is marvellous in our eyes' ?

Corner Stone (By Bob Marley) is a lovely melody based on this writing that reminds us to be cautious when casting things aside.  We ought to apply this principal to our image making and editing.  You might just find something marvellous.

 

The light is always right. 

jhg

 

  • Images here are my own and were made while on a boat in the Victoria Harbour at night using my mirrorless Fujifilm X-E3 and Fujinon 18mm-55mm f/2.8-4.0 Zoom Lens. Hong Kong has arguably the best skyline of any city, anywhere. I tried to capture the light and energy here in these images. I hope that you enjoy them. 

_XE34592_XE34592Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm critique edit film photographer photography professional study travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-94-the-stone-that-the-builder-refused Sat, 10 Mar 2018 13:45:42 GMT
Blog #93 Photographic Technique https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-93-photographic-technique Blog #93 Photographic Technique 

 

Here’s some food for thought while working on photography projects. Think of the following recommendations as like a wine pairing. Sure, you can have red wine with fish or white wine with steak, but the opposite usually works better, in general. 

The old adage that punishment should fit the crime might apply to the photography project here, but in a different (and not so painful) way. 

A subject matter will be best represented or presented in a specific type of manner. Images of a certain type tend to work better given that the technique is paired or matched well.  For example, here are ten examples to illustrate this point below. 

  1. Black and white 35mm film for street photography at night in a small town with little colour of interest on the streets [no neon signs here, boss]
  2. Smartphone color images for a family holiday at the beach
  3. Colour images using motion blur and a DSLR to shoot sports
  4. Old theatre and costume portrait images using medium format film or digital images made to look old with sepia toning done in post processing. 
  5. Colour fashion portraits with a Hasselblad medium format film camera and Kodak Portra 400
  6. A music concert or shooting images of a band in a bar at night with a mirrorless digital camera shot in colour then post-processed in black and white 
  7. Colour Instax film indoors with a flash on a holiday with family 
  8. A hike in scenic mountains with a 35mm camera, a wide angle lens (24mm or wider) and some infrared film. 
  9. Touring a new city with a small mirrorless camera a 35mm lens [or zoom] to make color travel images. 
  10. DSLR or Mirrorless camera for colour images of food for commercial and promotional usage such as printing. 

Nikon D610

So there are 10 suggestions for camera, lens, and film or digital applications.  I have personally used combinations like these in my personal and professional life as a photographer.  There are simply combos that work well or better than others.  Of course you can shoot everything with a smartphone, and any one of the combinations listed above.  However, if you prescribe to the Right Tool For The Right Job ethos as I do, you might find these suggestions helpful.  

Professional photographers have various gear for this very reason.  You sort of need a wide angle lens to shoot landscapes and a telephoto to shoot sports.  It just works better.  Try some various techniques. Your project idea should come first and then the gear should follow.  Of course you could do it the other way around, however, I think that the best results would result from the former approach. 

Good luck with you project and gear combo for the occasion. 

The light is always right. 

jhg

 

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

*Images here are my own and from The Harbour School's performance of Bugsy Malone in The Grove Campus Black Box Theatre*

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

Blog #85 [CAM/O]

Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) photographer photography professional study technique https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-93-photographic-technique Fri, 09 Mar 2018 13:11:12 GMT
Blog #92 Moving Pictures https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-92-moving-pictures Blog #92 Moving Pictures

Moving pictures is not a reference to the Canadian rock band RUSH amazing 1981 album.  However, this is photography blog so this entry will be about this thing called video.  Early on in the 20th century when film was made into longer reels and recorded continuously, there was the birth of the movie, or quite literally, moving pictures.  Early silent films were 16 to 24 frames per second (fps).  By the 1920s when sound started to be paired with the moving pictures, the industry standard adopted around 24 fps.  These days, video streams at 24, 30, 60 fps, or way higher for slow-motion with butter smooth performance. Frame rates of 120 or 240 fps are pretty much baked into every smartphone these days.  This is absolutely amazing!

I love to make photos, usually on film cameras.  I develop and process the images myself.  I do very little post-processing as a rule.  Maybe a 10% crop, heal a few spots, adjust the exposure, lift the shadows, punch the contrast, add a touch of vignette, and voila! I’m on to the next one.  With Lightroom and Presets at our disposal, we can streamline our workflow to a matter of minutes.  

Video for me until recently has been elusive, complicated, and downright scary.  I just don’t have the hours and hours necessary to post process the stuff.   I was careful to never say never and it’s a good thing I didn’t.  Recently, I had the opportunity to shoot a music video for the absolutely fantastic group of talented gentleman Metro Vocal Group (MVG).  They were planning to do a special tribute in black-and-white and they really liked my black-and-white work so they invited me to shoot a music video with them.  I accepted the challenge.  I approached the scenes from a still photography perspective in terms of composition and lighting, which proved to be a good approach, for the most part.  Best of all, MVG was going to do all of the post processing.  This was going to be really important since the sound was at least as important as the video piece. 

Making a music video is hard work! The day of the shoot was like eight hours. All of that will be compressed down to three-a-half-minutes.  It was a really terrific experience and I gained a new found appreciation for videographers. I brought three lights and MVG loaned me a Sony full frame mirrorless to play with before the shoot.  I am really curious about the result and looking forward to the final cut.  Links will be shared later. 

I would encourage any film or still photographer to shoot some video, even shorts, to get a new feel for a similar medium.  As a visual artist, expanding your horizons us usually a good thing.  

The light is always right. 

jhg

*Images here were made Behind the Scenes on an iPhone or Nikon FE with black and white film.  Thanks to AnnMarie for the photos that I’m in.**

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

 

 

 

 

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

 

Digital Photography School

 

Japan Camera Hunter

 

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

 

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

 

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

 

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

 

Blog #60 Atmosphere

 

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

 

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

 

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

 

Blog #69 On Restrictions

 

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) music photographer photography professional video videographer https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/3/blog-92-moving-pictures Sun, 04 Mar 2018 14:39:35 GMT
Blog #91 Blah, Blah, Blog. https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/2/blog-91-blah-blah-blog Blog #91 Blah, Blah, Blog.

WTF? No, I’m not starting this week’s blog with a rant. Rather, as I’m approaching my 100th [triple-digit] post, I’m reflecting on the function or purpose my photography blog. Maybe you’re writing one or thinking about writing a blog yourself. Perhaps reading mine will tilt you in one direction or another.  Thank you, by the way, for following me on my creative journey. 

A blog is a term that comes from weblog that is basically an informal online [web] discussion about a topic or topics.

What’s The Function of a blog? WTF? There are about five functions that I can identify and will share with you below.

1. DOCUMENT 

As I develop my creative self and photography I find it beneficial to write down and share my experiences. The activity of blogging is akin to putting down professional or creative “breadcrumbs”. Reading old blogs, I can see from whence I came and that gives me a sense of accomplishment along my creative journey. 

2. ORGANIZE  

Blogging can be instrumental in organising my activities, goals, and general approach to photography. The practice of writing for an audience albeit small and reserved, forces me to develop a plan, push forward, and define my focus as a photographer.

3.  REFLECTION  

Writing for an audience and recording my trials and tribulations inherent in the creative process allows for constant reflection.  Reflection can benefit the creative process through avoidance of repetition.  We must constantly re-invent ourselves to stay “current”.  All artists must struggle with this in their own way.

4.  SHARE 

I share experiences to inform and inspire. At the risk of sounding cliché, I do get inspired by other photography blogs and therefore I write and share in the hopes that my experiences and words will have a similar influential affect on others.  It’s a process of give and take for me, ultimately. 

5.  BRANDING

Full disclosure, blogging is a way to stay current, keep in the public “conversation” or conscience and to provide a safe and stable platform to share my images on my own terms.  Although my professional work is limited to events, portraits, and food I share other types of images here such as travel, street/social documentary, personal projects, and series.  I can present a small series of 5-20 images that otherwise might not work elsewhere. 

So, there it is! Go Blah, Blah, Blog yourself.  Even if you don’t share your blog, you can view the process as a diary of sorts that can be used to avail of most of the five points above.  If you do decide to blog, blog often like at least weekly. You’ll be glad that you did.

The light is always right. 

jhg

*Images below were made on the beach in the Philippines in December of 2017 with a Nikon FM2, 35mm f/2 lens, a roll of Kodak Trix 400, hand developed at home with Bergger Berspeed and scanned using an Epson Perfection V600 Photo scanner at 2400dpi*

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

*****

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm blog film photographer photography professional study travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/2/blog-91-blah-blah-blog Thu, 08 Feb 2018 13:03:53 GMT
Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited. https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/2/blog-90-restrictions-revisited Blog #90 Restrictions, Revisited. 

So photographer friends Mike & Kirill and I decided to start another one year project as if we have all the time in the world.  We’re truly obsessed.  Instead of a Project 365, this will be a Project 52. We shoot [constantly] and edit/post/comment once per week for a year. Images are posted on our Project 365 page on Facebook. If you are interested in being invited to this closed group page, message me and I’ll add you. 

The interesting byproduct of the exercise was that we all decided to impose rules onto ourselves.  I have written about restrictions in a previous blog and how there can be advantages to this [Blog #69]. 

Mike is doing an airport project, while Kirill is making self-portraits every week for a year. My self-imposed restrictions are to shoot people, in color, with an iPhone in square format. This runs counter to my usual 35mm black and white film sort of “default” photography mode. 

We’re excited to be working on this project and I think that the themes should work well.  What’s your project this year? Got resolutions? How about taking a class or workshop? Whatever you’re doing to improve your photography, do it well and do it often. 

Good luck to you and good luck to us! 

The light is always right. 

jhg

*Images here are original iPhone shots in square format that were early rejects from my Project 52.*

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

 

Digital Photography School

 

Japan Camera Hunter

 

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

 

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

 

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

 

Blog #60 Atmosphere

 

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

 

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

 

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

 

Blog #69 On Restrictions

 

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

 

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film photographer photography professional project study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/2/blog-90-restrictions-revisited Sun, 04 Feb 2018 09:39:10 GMT
Blog #89 Branding https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/1/blog-89-branding Blog #89 Branding

Back in the day, a photographer simply needed to make images, and give them to a newspaper or magazine to get published and to get paid. They ran around with a rock-solid SLR, a few lenses, and of course lots and lots of film.  

Social media, the internet, and even Photoshop did not exist [although images were edited frequently in the darkroom].  Life was analogue.  Analogue is usually equated with slow-paced, and for good reason. 

Nikon D610

Today, to get your work out there, you need to know fundamentals about business, social media, marketing, and branding. In fact, professionals spend most of their time dealing with these activities and shooting will actually be a smaller part of what they do.  

Do you want to be a professional photographer?  If you love taking pictures, proceed with caution.  You can have a full time gig and still shoot, anywhere, anytime, and on your own terms. The stereotype of the pro being flown to exotic locations with a gaggle of assistants, 5-6 digit pay checks, and a Leica for each day of the week is pretty much a pipe dream

These days, professional photographers need to learn to market their “brand”.  A brand is a look or style that a photographer uses when presenting their work.  A brand can be viewed as an asset or something unique and valuable to that photographer.  Branding “experts” will encourage you to:

 

  1. Know Your Audience and deliver content to that audience that is consistent. 
  2. Define your own brand in the world or the world will define your brand for you.
  3. Be Consistent!
  4. Stay True To Your Brand

Nikon D610

So what does all of this really mean? Well, it depends on your professional goals and aspirations.  If you’re expecting to “go pro” then you need to take a deep dive into the rabbit hole of branding. If you’re content shooting here and there, on holiday, and weekends, then so be it.  Amateurs do what they do for the pure joy and love of the craft.  Whatever you decide, you should enjoy the process.  Either way, best of luck in 2018! 

The light is always right. 

Jhg

**Images in this blog are mine from an original series on Intimicy in the City"**

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 XE2S6415XE2S6415Nikon D610 Nikon D610

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

 

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

 

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

 

Blog #69 On Restrictions

 

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm brand film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/1/blog-89-branding Sat, 27 Jan 2018 07:23:10 GMT
Blog #88 Photo Contests: To Judge or To Be Judged? https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/1/blog-88-photo-contests-to-judge-or-to-be-judged Blog #88 Photo Contests: To Judge or be Judged?

Photography is a funny business. Countless aspiring artists are throwing their work (and hard earned greenbacks) at contest after contest.  I’ve fallen victim to this practice in the past myself.  Desperate for critique, in the name of self-improvement, the neophyte will do anything to get eyes on their work. But whose eyes? Is all critique equal and valid? I think not.  I have been fortunate enough to have an image chosen for a project on National Geographic by an editor so I'm not just being sour grapes.  Also, Nat Geo does not charge for their assignments.  

Perhaps you’ve read about how “likes” (👍🏼) are actually hurting your creative process.  You should not really care if others like your image, per se.  What you ultimately need to know is whether or not the image “works” and why.  Social media rarely [if ever] provides proper, informed critique. 

Friend and photographer Mike and I started a Facebook page titled “Just Critique” to attempt to fill this void of valuable critique with our work. We welcome other photographers to join the page.  The rule is simple, post one, critique one.

In February, I will host a free (one-time) workshop with Shutter Alliance .  The workshop will be very small to accommodate a critique session component.  There will be a one hour presentation (mostly on composition), some time for some street photography, then we’re back indoors to dump images into Lightroom for a critique on your best three.  We will discuss, in a public forum, what works, what doesn’t and equally as important why. 

People learn through consequences.  Critique by informed people aimed at constructive criticism will be a valuable process that most of us don’t get enough of.  So we’re judged and then we judge, both judge and jury. Case closed. 

 

The light is always right. 

Jhg

**Images below were shot recently with 35mm & medium format (120) film & an iPhone.  I was aiming to do some architectural, cityscape images.  Shooting anything is good practice, therapeutic, and plain old fun.** 

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm contests critique film photographer photography professional study travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/1/blog-88-photo-contests-to-judge-or-to-be-judged Mon, 22 Jan 2018 14:22:53 GMT
Blog #87 Five Reasons to Love the Fujifilm X-E3 https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/1/blog-87-five-reasons-to-love-the-fujifilm-x-e3 Blog #87 Five Reasons to Love the Fujifilm X-E3

It has been said that there is really nothing new under the sun.  While I partially agree with statement, the Fujifilm X-E3 mirrorless rangefinder is something of a marvel.  If you have been following my blog posts, you know that I rarely rattle on about gear. In fact a recent blog post, I stated that gear really doesn’t mean much although I used a different word for much.  I do believe that to make outstanding images you don’t need a lot.  You can make a camera out of a shoe box and it might win you some wall space in the MOMA.  This is true.  However, there are basically two types of cameras, film or digital.  There are many sizes, shapes, colours, and formats for film and the same is true for digital.  

The mirrorless digital cameras are all the rage these days and If I have a dollar from every online post that reads “Selling all my Nikon gear, get ready, here I come Fujifilm!” I could buy that vintage Porsche that I’ve been drooling over.  I’ve been a Fujifilm fan boy for some now.  Basically, these cameras are the only digital ones that I own and are more than suitable for professional work.  My Fujifilm progression has been fairly predicable going from the X-T1 to the X-E2s, to the X-T2, to the X-E3.  I still have all of these.  There are easily more than five reasons to love the new X-E3 (E3) but five is manageable number and no-one cares to read more than that anyway, so here it goes.  I will tell you straight away my only complains are the following.  It should have a second SD card slot, weather proofing, and a built in flash.  Wait, that’s basically an X-T2 without the flash and I have one of those already. Nevermind, just read on. 

Nikon D610

  1. Ergonomics 

So let’s say you’re shooting an event for a few hours or walking around Rome all day.  You want a small, light, capable machine.  The E3 can easily be that machine. Twist the 18mm f/2 Fujinon lens (also very small and compact) and you’re ready to roll.  

The E3 is an improvement over the E2s as you might expect.  Fujifilm removed the built in flash and performed some other black magic to actually stuff a more powerful (APS-C 1.5x cropped size) sensor in the body while making the overall case smaller AND lighter.  The nip and tuck has resulted in an already pint sized powerhouse of a camera (E2s) being even smaller and lighter.  In fact, an extra grip is a good idea since it gives a bit more to grab onto and prevents the nosediving that usually results from using zoom or larger lenses under hard braking.  The joystick is perfect and of course in typical Fujifilm manner, all of the main controls are easy to grab and adjust while shooting.  I almost never need to go more than 1-2 clicks into a menu to change a setting.  It’s all just so easy peasy.  Cameras are tools and each of us has our preference and dare-I-say an emotional attachment to these lightproof boxes.  It’s worthy of mention that the E3 takes ALL X-mount lenses in the Fujifilm lineup and with an adapter can be made to work with ALL lenses pretty much ever made.  Select the “Shoot without lens” option when using manual lenses or the camera won’t work.

Nikon D610

2.   USB Charging

Using the wire that comes with, just plug it in to the connection jack under the side panel and plug and play. No need to deal with taking the battery out, and lugging around the larger battery charger.  Just don’t leave the wire in your hotel room.   The downside here is that if you bend the connector the entire mother board of the camera will need to be replaced and that will be pricey. 

Nikon D610

3.  Bracketing

Ok so nerd alert on this item but bracketing has been given a lot of attention on this little gem.  There are film simulations that we all know about right? These include multiple black and white, color, and filter looks that the camera will spit out as JPEG images.  It does a pretty good job of this but I prefer to shoot RAW and use my own presets in Lightroom for 100% control of the RAW image file data in all of their glory.  Yes, I’m a control freak.  Anyway, there is a function where you can shoot like one image and the camera will give you that image plus up to three film simulation images in JPEG.  Then, you can decide later which one you prefer.  How cool is this? 

Nikon D610

The other bracketing function is that the exposure compensation dial near your right thumb has five settings and a “C” for custom setting for making images beyond five stops in either direction.  This is a really nice function for interior and landscape work where you shoot on a tripod and then combine and layer the images for essentially an HDR (High Dynamic Range) composite image.

Nikon D610

4.  Touch Screen & Viewfinder

While the E3 is late to the party insofar as touch screens go, it’s got a 3.0” 1.04m-Dot Touchscreen LCD.  That’s a lot of dots! Use the screen to tell the sensor and lens where you want to focus and SNAP! In image view mode, flip back and forth just like a touch screen smartphone like we are all used to doing.  It’s intuitive and super convenient.  The viewfinder is a 2.36m-Dot electronic type that is so smooth and fast you will forget that you are looking at a screen.  It looks and feels like something in between an SLR and the HUD from ROBOCOP .  If Steve Jobs were to use this camera, he would happily remark, It just works!. 

Nikon D610

5.  Sensor and Image Quality

The E3 uses a 24.3MP APS-C X-Trans CMOS III Sensor and X-Processor Pro Image Processor.  While nobody other than a holder of a Masters degree in electrical engineering knows what that means, you only need to know that it has deeper pixels and more of them compared to previous generation sensors. You can be sure to count on excellent contrast, sharpness, and brilliant spot-on perfect Fujifilm color that comes from 80 years of film making heritage regarding the images from this sensor.  The low light functionality has been improved as well.

The E3 is dynamite little camera perfect for professional work, travelling, and everything in between.  I’m loving mine and just about wear it everyday. It’s a classic design with many up to date functions.  Images are terrific and reliability and value are awhat you would expect from Fujifilm’s latest offering.  It’s a welcome addition to my Fujifilm System and I expect to get some good mileage from this little E3. 

 

Remember, the light is always right. 

jhg

 

*Here are some sample images from the X-E3*

Lenses used in these images were: 18mm f/2, 23mm f/2, 35mm f/2, & 18-55mm f/2.8-4

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm camera digital fujifilm mirrorless photography professional review x-e3 https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/1/blog-87-five-reasons-to-love-the-fujifilm-x-e3 Mon, 15 Jan 2018 14:19:54 GMT
Blog #86 Cycles https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/1/blog-86-cycles Blog #86 Cycles

Happy New Year!

It’s “that” time of year, again. The holidays are over.  New Year’s resolutions have been drafted and we all get back to work with a renewed sense of purpose and energy. We all experience cycles in our daily life.  We exist in the “work week”.  There are  monthly, and of course annual cycles involving events, holidays, and the like. 

Your creative and productive life will experience cycles as well.  This is inevitable.  You cannot be hyper-productive, indefinitely, no matter how much coffee you gulp down.  We must all rest and put the camera down from time to time.

Life happens.  Personal and life events may support or hinder the creative process. This affects your artistic/photography life.  Some creatives may even go through the effort of building in times of rest such as holidays or a summer respite.  I encourage you to view these natural cycles as normal.  View these times as healthy cycles in the creative process. 

The “down times” can be used to catch up on reading lists, paint, or you can try another creative endeavour. Creative “cross-training” might be a good exercise.  Over the recent holiday while travelling I bought some paint and brushes and will take a stab at painting. I’ve always wanted to try that out so this year, I’m going to do just that. I expect to gain some insight and experience developing my compositional technique. I’m curious to see how that goes.  Wish me luck!  

Remember the light is always right. 

 

Jhg

*Images below were made on a family holiday to Taipei, Taiwan*

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film photographer photography professional study travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2018/1/blog-86-cycles Sat, 06 Jan 2018 13:20:49 GMT
Blog #85 [CAM/O] https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/12/blog-85-cam/o Blog #85 [CAM/O]

For some reason recently I’ve been putting [brackets] on everything such as file names, titles, and folder names.  There are three reasons that I think I am doing this.

  1. Brackets remind me of frame lines that are used within most camera viewfinders to give you the approximate edges of the frame.  Since I’m totally obsessed with photography, this makes perfect sense and is the most likely cause of this quickly forming habit. 
  2. Perhaps I’m reminded of the technique of bracketing or taking multiple images [usually 3 or 5] all at slightly different exposures and then combining those images to make an HDR [High Dynamic Range] image. This is true but not a likely cause of this behavior.
  3. The standard QWERTY keyboard has dedicated keys for the non-curved edition of the bracket,  back to back, from your right pinky and the more commonly curved brackets or (parentheses) require the use of the shift key.  This is inefficient and utterly nonsense. Who invented this asinine convention? I’m replacing the parentheses with the bracket from now on, who’s with me?

Nikon D610

Actually, the purpose of this blog post was to share the three ingredients that are required to make images that work or images that may even be outstanding. It’s a simple formula, really. To help you remember it, I made up an easy to remember acronym [an abbreviation formed from the initial letters of other words and pronounced as a word]. 

[CAM/O]

Again with the brackets? Get used to it people, they’re here to stay. 

So there’s your acronym and formula for making successful images. Here’s what it means.  

1. Composition.  There are like over a million words on this subject so I’ll be brief.  Where will the subject be placed within the image in relation to the other objects? Think, How do I arrange this scene look awesome? This requires some deliberate thought and action albeit it may take a fraction of a second to actually execute in the real world.  The term implies some additional effort to draw the attention of the viewer to your subject.  Avoid placing the subject in the centre of every photo that you make. Change your point of view [POV].  This can be accomplished through various techniques that I have written about previously [here]Albert Einstein famously said that “If you can’t explain it simply, then you don’t know it well enough”. Henri Cartier Bresson [arguably one of the best artist/photographers who ever lived]  summed up composition in just one word, [Geometry]

2. Action. The subject of the image should have some sort of action going on. Think dynamic over static. A person can be posed or making a gesture that is strong and memorable.  Gesture matters big time. Still life images and head shots or landscapes are more difficult to show action but the best ones arguably have this. Look at the sky in most Ansel Adams landscapes or Weston’s peppers.  Use lighting in portraits to create action or drama. 

3. Move/Out. Remove non-essential objects from the image or story. Watch the corners and check the background.  Wait a few seconds for that dude to walk out of your frame, it’s well worth it. What you take out is as important as what you put in. This is best accomplished in the camera [see #1 above].  However, cropping may be necessary.  Think less is more. Images may be simple or elaborate but only if required by the story. Alex Webb and Josef Kouldelka were masters of packing their frames with layers of chunky goodness and making delicious images that worked and worked extremely well for their complexity.

It’s easy to remember because it’s half of the words of camera.  It’s a mnemonic device and therefore easier to remember [You’re Welcome!].  Camo is also a familiar word that is short for camoflauge and something that you might want to consider when dressing for candid street or event photography.  Think all black. 

Nikon D610

Let’s review: 

You want make awesome images, don’t you? It’s easier said than done but write this on the top of your right hand next time you pick up a camera:

 [CAM/O]

  1. Composition = Think, How do I arrange this scene look awesome?
  2. Action = Think, dynamic over static.
  3. Move/Out = Think, less is more.

Remember, the light is always right. 

jhg

 

*Images in this blog post were shot on the streets of Hong Kong one night in November with a Nikon L35 and Cinestill 800 Color 35mm film.*

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) [cam/o] 35mm art creative film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/12/blog-85-cam/o Mon, 04 Dec 2017 15:32:21 GMT
Blog #84 Art as an Obligation? https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/11/blog-84-art-as-an-obligation Blog #84 Art as an Obligation?

While listening to a popular photography podcast recently, the host shared his perspective of making images [art] as an obligation.  We are all individuals and therefore have a unique point of view of our own lives.  Therefore, no one can make the art that we make except ourselves, he continued.  If we don’t make the art of our own life, no one will.  Therefore, he concluded, we must make the art of our own lives or else it will never be made and the world will lose out on something.  

Obligation? Responsibility? While we can all comfortably can throw these words around when discussing marriage, parenting, or occupations that deal with life or death situations, like the police, a surgeon, or an airline pilot one does not easily consider the role of an artist as having the same call of duty.  

If I told you that you have to make pictures, you owe it to the world, surely you would respond with a sidelong glance.  I actually agree with the podcaster’s sentiment that we all need to be making art for ourselves, each other, and the world.  Our lives are unique and only we can share art that we see and we make. 

I think there is some value in taking on and accepting this point of view.  It’s a selfless and altruistic stance and one that can provide us with a modest place in which to begin our creative process.  You are unique! Your art is unique! Only you can make your art [photographs].  So you might as well get to it. 

Nikon D610

Finally, there are many ways to define a “healthy” life.  Work, relationships, sexual connections, financial, spiritual, and physical areas are all generally accepted areas of attention for good health.  I suggest that to develop your creative side [and yes we all have one] is to lead a well-balanced and healthy life.  All parts of you need to be activated for optimal life heath.  Do it for yourself, and others, and the world at large, whatever “it” might be.

Nikon D610

 

The light is always right. 

 

jhg

 

**Images in this blog post were made on a Nikon camera, probably a 28mm lens, Kodak Tri-X 400 35mm film and developed at home with Bergger Berspeed somewhere on the streets [and ferry] of Hong Kong**

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 img031img031Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restriction

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) art creative creativity photography https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/11/blog-84-art-as-an-obligation Fri, 24 Nov 2017 12:54:57 GMT
Blog #83 What you can learn from other photographers https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/11/blog-83-what-you-can-learn-from-other-photographers Blog #83 What you can learn from other photographers

 

W. H. Davenport was credited for the phrase,

 

Good artists copy; great artists steal. 

 

While I think that there is certainly a lot that we can learn from our peers in terms of working technique, shooting style, artistic presentation, and more, stealing, according to this phrase was never intended to be taken literally.  

The Blue Lotus Gallery in Hong Kong is the leading photography art gallery in Hong Kong and represents Fan Ho and other local talented artist photographers.  The gallery also hosts a series of sessions where a photographer will talk about their work and latest book publication.  I attended two talks recently, one from Nick Poon and one from KC Kwan.

Nikon D610

Both presented terrific work and to hear them discuss their vision and working style was truly inspiring and a real treat.  Nick Poon documented small shop owners in their tiny cramped spaces using an iPhone 4s in a powerful collection titled Confined [] while KC Kwan showed the dark, gritty underbelly of Hong Kong through sex workers, and junkies using his ultra wide lens in his piece titled Homebound.  Kwan’s style is reminiscent of the Are-Bure-Boke style of the late 1960s early 1970s Provoke group from Japan.  I was excited to purchase a signed copy of Homebound since I’m a huge fan of the Japanese Provoke style of images.  The work was dark, and reflected the artist's tough upbringing as an orphan in inner city Hong Kong.  He identified this connection between his style and the way in which he grew up and viewed life.  He shared something amazingly insightful that really struck a nerve with me.  

Nikon D610

I was also struck by the fact that Nick’s included an entire series of images that resulted in a significant volume of work and book publication was shot on an iPhone 4S. This was clearly not apparent when looking through the book itself or when he shared images on his giant iPad, pinching in to zoom and show detail in the images.  We guessed that he had used a 35mm lens of some sort.  I was thinking he was using a Sony full frame sensor camera since the lighting in these stalls was all over the place.  Boy, was I wrong! I know iPhones and other smartphones can take some decent quality images but I was genuinely surprised that this work was done a phone.  This was proof positive that cameras and gear don’t mean shit. 

 

In summary, I learned that: 

 

  1. Gear really doesn’t matter. (I knew this already but sometimes we all need reminding).
  2. Basically we all make images of ourselves. Our work, if successful, reflects us in some way.  
  3. It takes a long time to get a project to the finished state. These guys worked for 2-3 years on these projects. 

 

Great stuff! Peers can be amazing teachers for sure! 

The light is always right.

jhg

 

*Images herein were made on a Nikon F100, 35mm lens, and shot on Kodak Ektar 100 and Kodak Portra 400 35mm Color Film and developed at home,  using DigiBase C-41 Kit from CameraFilmPhoto.com then scanned on an Epson Perfection V600 Photo Scanner at 2400dpi. 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) books film gallery improvement learning photographers photography https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/11/blog-83-what-you-can-learn-from-other-photographers Sat, 18 Nov 2017 07:21:21 GMT
Blog #82 The Purpose of Art https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/11/blog-82-the-purpose-of-art  

Blog #82 The Purpose of Art

What is the purpose of art? Does life imitate art or does art imitate life? What is the function of art across culture and time? These and similar big picture questions have been asked time and time again across the ages. I find it fascinating to contemplate these as they relate to my personal philosophy or style in making images.  

In this week’s blog post, I will share with you a few quotations so that you may think about your own work as an artist [photographer] and perhaps come to some greater understanding or clarification on why you do what you do.  Understanding the reason behind your creativity might propel you forward and give food for thought or, er, creativity, for that matter. 

 

Read on…

I went into photography because it seemed like the perfect vehicle for commenting on the madness of today's existence.

Robert Mapplethorpe

 

If a day goes by without my doing something related to photography, it’s as though I’ve neglected something essential to my existence, as though I had forgotten to wake up.

Robert Mapplethorpe

 

Anybody can be a great photographer if they zoom in enough on what they love. 

David Bailey

 

An artist is a man who seeks new structures in which to order and simplify his sense of the reality of life. 

John Szarkowski 1966 

 

The purpose of art is washing the dust of daily life off our souls.

Pablo Picasso

 

There is only you and your camera.  The limitations in your photography are in yourself, for what we see is what we are.

Ernst Haas

 

I don’t have a philosophy.  I have a camera.

Saul Leiter 

 

One of the ways that I believe people express their appreciation to the rest of humanity is to make something wonderful and put it out there.

Steve Jobs

 

The light is always right.

jhg

Images in this blog post were made during a charitable event where a group of Harbour School students passed food out to elderly folks in the Sham Shui Po Housing Blocks during Mid-Autumn Festival Oct 2017.

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/11/blog-82-the-purpose-of-art Wed, 15 Nov 2017 10:56:28 GMT
Blog #81 Talent is Nothing https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/11/blog-81-talent-is-nothing Blog #81 Talent is Nothing

 

In this week’s blog post, I would like to address the topic of talent.  Every once in a while someone like Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart grazes us all with his presence.  True genius especially in the creative arts is rare.  Nevertheless, there are many talented artists.  When we gaze upon the work of Ansel Adams, Henri Cartier-Bresson, or Alex Webb, to name a few, we can’t help but use the word talented to describe these photographers.  

Nikon D610

What happens next is that we falsely conclude that these folks were born with some sort of instinctual ability to make gorgeous draw-dropping images with a camera.  

“You either got it or you don’t”, we conclude.  

Some thing critical is missing from our simple analysis.  These folks got to where they are through tons of hard work.  Upon seeing a finished work of photography, drawing, painting, sculpture, architecture, or novel we are completely removed from any understanding or appreciation of the years and decades of elbow grease that inevitably came before and resulted in the piece in front of us.  

We do not see the thousands of behaviors and long nights that lead the artist to that point in their creative career.  It’s all there, you just can’t see it.  Therefore, we conclude, incorrectly, that talent is what caused this artist to create good art.  

Talent is a null word. It’s the summation of countless hours of literally blood, sweat, and tears.  How do Olympic athletes get that way? They work their asses off for it, that’s how. Hard work breeds success. Talent is nothing. 

The light is always right.

jhg

*The images below are original and from the September 2017 Distinguished Gentleman's Ride in Hong Kong, a fund raiser event for Men's Health and Prostate Cancer*

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) creative creativity photographer photography professional study talent https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/11/blog-81-talent-is-nothing Fri, 03 Nov 2017 13:27:20 GMT
Blog #80 Give it Away, Give it Away, Give it Away, Now https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/10/blog-80-give-it-away-give-it-away-give-it-away-now Blog #80 Give it Away, Give it Away, Give it Away, Now

 

What I've got you've got to give it to your mamma

What I've got you've got to give it to your pappa

What I've got you've got to give it to your daughter

You do a little dance and then you drink a little water

 

These lyrics were famously penned and performed by none other than the 

Red Hot Chilli Peppers in 1991 from their song titled Give it Away Now.

You might have guessed that this week’s blog post is about printing and sharing your images.  In Blog #68 titled Photography is a Gift, I advocated for sharing images of friends and family.  This can be accomplished through social media outlets of course but is ultimately more effective when images are brought into the real world and printed. 

Printing doesn’t have to be a complicated process.  I bought new ink jet printer recently in wide format meaning that it takes A3 sized paper [297 x 420 mm, 11.7 x 16.5 in.].  Of course there are bigger [and way more expensive versions] but for a reasonable price, I picked up this baby and dragged her home.  This thing is huge but for just shy of $200 USD it’s really pretty cheap. Printers have come a long way and most regular jobs can be done on this machine with photo quality paper.  The results have been really good so far.  The model is an HP OfficeJet Pro 7740.  If you’re in the market for a new printer, let me share this pro tip: 

If you ask nicely, the salesman might throw you a pack of A3 photo paper for free as well!  

Good luck lugging this thing home it’s about the size of a large microwave oven.  Wifi means that anyone on your network can print from any device pretty much, a really useful feature. 

Sharing images is a great joy that every photographer should indulge in from time to time.  For example, some friends had an awesome beach wedding party recently and I made some pictures that I shared [and will be printing and framing] for the married couple.  I view this gift as something special since they cannot buy it or make it themselves.  

If you don’t give away your pictures, “You’re a punk!”, says LA street photographer, John Free.  I love that guy! 

 

The light is always right.

jhg

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography Schoo

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film photographer photography print professional street study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/10/blog-80-give-it-away-give-it-away-give-it-away-now Mon, 23 Oct 2017 14:42:48 GMT
Blog #79 Black & White vs. Color, Revisited. https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/10/blog-79-black-white-vs-color-revisited Blog #79 Black & White vs. Color, Revisited. 

 

The subject of black and white or colour has been a lively topic since the start of commercially available film started around the late 1960’s early 1970’s.  I’ve blogged about this before in Blog #13 titled B&W or Color? and presented a splash of history of both films and concluded with a verdict of using both rather than an emphasis on either or.  

I find myself shooting colour & black and white although mostly colour for commercial work and usually [but not always] black and white for personal work.  I think that the world in general, prefers color.  Of course the world is in color so it should be presented that was in pictures, yes? Well, sometimes, yes. 

Nikon D610

The subject and environment [image itself] should dictate the presentation.  A photographer might prefer to shoot in black and white to focus the viewer on the shapes, lines, textures, emotion, gesture, and overall subject of the image.  Black and white pictures that work [even paintings or drawings] are very strong when they accomplish this.  They are timeless.

In the news recently, two artist’s work in particular are worthy of note, and both are outstanding examples of both types of pictures. Sadly, we lost one of our light-catching brethren, Pete Turner. Check out his absolutely outstanding colour work and give homage to this true master of color. 

Thankfully still alive and well is a terrific street photographer named Dotan Saguy’s  who presents his black and white work using a Leica M Monochrom.  

Nikon D610

Another interesting topic surrounding this issue is one of presentation.  Can a portfolio, series, or otherwise collection of images be presented in both black and white or color? Does a collection have to be in all black and white or all color? Many purists would say yes but then again, rules are meant to be broken.  One suggestion is to present all of the black and white pictures and then all of the color pictures.  That is, if you insist on presenting both within a collection.  I have no substantial reason for this suggestion other than it tends to work better.

Lastly, film or digital, black and white or color, wide angle or telephoto, there are so many decisions to distract us from making awesome images. At the end of the day, let the decisions come you rather than forcing them and the results should take care of themselves.  

The light is always right.

jhg

Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610 Nikon D610

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/10/blog-79-black-white-vs-color-revisited Fri, 20 Oct 2017 12:17:13 GMT
Blog #78 How Do You Make Better Pictures? https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/10/blog-78-how-do-you-make-better-pictures Blog #78 How Do You Make Better Pictures? 

There are many many options out there for those who aim to improve their photography.  How do we sort through the information jungle? Learning to make pictures is similar to learning other skills or crafts, except that each image that we make is essentially different.  Mastery of skills that are involved with in various occupations such as carpentry, electric work, auto repair, teaching, and others come from simple steps.  

The first step is to learn the background of the field, its history.  This is not necessary to make good pictures but it is important for  comprehensive understanding of the field. Next, we learn about the basics, then the advanced techniques.  Knowledge in most fields is cumulative and needs to be delivered in a sequential manner because the basic information is a prerequisite to learning the more advanced.  In photography, we don’t teach students about bracketing until they understand basic exposure for this reason.  These days, skills such as website design, post-processing, and business marketing including social media are required for success as a professional. 

I’ve written in previous blogs about self improvement and living the creative life.  Here, I will add to those lessons by including an emphasise on foundation skills and having fluency over your foundation skills before real improvement can be achieved.  Foundation skills include but are not limited to:

 

  1. Getting proper exposure
  2. Nailing good-enough focus 
  3. Composition and framing (this is probably the most important).
  4. Reaction time [attention] to the scene in front of you or actually making the picture at the right time (especially in street photography)
  5. People skills (if you are making pictures of people, otherwise, you need hiking or SCUBA diving skills)

 

Basically, these skills needs to be practiced, over and over.  Having an idea of a series or project is also helpful, of course.  This list could be expanded to include post-processing (yuk!), editing, marketing, public relations, social media, and other business-related skills but that’s a bit much given the title of this blog post. 

These skills need to be fluent and automatic for more complex skills to emerge.  This is basically true of learning to do anything.  How do we teach these skills to mastery? Good question? I don’t think anyone really does when it comes to making pictures.  We read books, take classes, work on projects but we don’t actually drill and practice to a predetermined criterion or level of achievement.  What would that even look like? 

 

Goal 1: Make 100 images with perfect exposure using a fully manual camera with a light meter, then without a light meter. 

Goal 2: Take 100 pictures in 5 minutes or less all in perfect focus using a manual focus lens, then using autofocus. 

Goal 3: Make 20 images using one of 10 different compositional techniques, everyday for one month (i.e. leading lines, rule of thirds, size, blurred background, etc…).

Is this sounding like photography boot-camp? Where do you sign up you ask? I’m not sure that all of that is entirely necessary, albeit it would probably be helpful to master.

Instruction from books or people can be helpful.  For more on that, click here. What people need regardless of the source is consequences for the photos that they are making. In short, we all need critique. Critique is basically a process of description. It’s not a question of whether you like the work or not but rather if the work, well, works! 

Critique is a process of reviewing, and describing images and stating 

        “This image works because…”, or 

        “This image does not work because…”.

Of course we’re all subjective people but some of us have a education in photography and therefore a vocabulary that can be helpful in describing images in this manner.  

So, there it is.  Practicing component skills and critique be equal improvement. Now go for it. 

The light is always right.

jhg

The images herein were made on a rainy day in Hong Kong with a Nikon camera, 35mm lens, Kodak TRI-X 400 ISO 35mm Black and White film pushed one stop to 800 and developed at home in Bergger’s Berspeed developer. They were scanned on an Epson V600.

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

 

 

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/10/blog-78-how-do-you-make-better-pictures Sun, 15 Oct 2017 10:26:06 GMT
Blog #77 Make it Then Break it https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/9/blog-77-make-it-then-break-it Blog #77 Make it Then Break it

 

I’ve been blogging about creativity, the creative process, education, and many other topics related to photography for over two years now.  From time to time, good old fashioned rest can be a welcome respite from the demands of the creative life.  

In a strangely counterintuitive way, taking a break from the creative process can allow you to recharge and reinvigorate your creativity.  For amateurs, hobbyists, and even the most professional of professionals, no one is consistently creative all of the time. Embracing times of low or no creativity or image making is a part of the natural process.  

Making art is hard work.  Making good art is really hard work.  By definition, it involves making something new that no-one (including yourself) has ever done before.  Artists tend to have creative bouts that last weeks, months, or even years.  However, we all need and can benefit from a bit of distance from the creative process.  

The creative process is like a conversation between the artist and the rest of humanity.  Sometimes you listen, and sometimes you speak.  Speaking is the making-part of the process while listening is the gathering of information that will, in turn, inform the speaking part.  

Another analogy is to think of the creative process like the training program of an athlete.  They must alternate between times of great intensity and strength building, and rest, lest they overtrain.  Overtraining usually results in injury or a lack of growth, at best.  During the rest periods, the muscles heal and regenerate so that the athlete can come back faster, stronger, and more capable of reaching higher levels in their fitness.  Artists, too, must also alternative periods of high productivity and rest.  Having some distance from images, or image making affords one perspective, insight, and allows the previous work to cure in their conscience.  

When the artist photographer rebounds from this down time, their vision will be re-established, re-affirmed, and defined more clearly.  How much down time is needed? Everyone is different.  Perhaps a week or two, or a month should do the trick.  Sometimes life gets in the way and forces you to take a break from the creative projects.  Welcome this forced rest rather than fight it. 

In short, there is only so much time in a day.  Spend it with family, friends, pursuing other work, art, and play.  All of these experiences will ultimately inform your art and image making. We are always learning and growing even when not engaged directly in the art of making images. Take a break.  Then, come back better and stronger with a more defined vision of the images that you want to create. 

Lastly, remember the light is always right. 

Feel free to leave comments. 

jhg

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/9/blog-77-make-it-then-break-it Sat, 23 Sep 2017 09:10:59 GMT
Blog #76 Shoot What You Know https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/9/blog-76-shoot-what-you-know Blog #76 Shoot What You Know

Photography blogs and blogs talk a lot about projects and series. In fact, I have written about this some time ago in Blog #6 and Blog #16 on the topic of a Project 365.  In most of these tutorials, the message is clear, 

Make a Series, Do a Project, It’s a good for you!”. 

Projects and series are helpful because they provide an artist with focus. Projects and series usually have a beginning, a middle, and an end.  Some tell stories.  We all need closure from time to time. When one project or series is done, we are free [in a manner of speaking] to direct our creative attention elsewhere.  

Some projects or series take years and most artists, I would expect are working on more than one at a time.  A project or series can be a simple collection of related images but its strength will improve dramatically if you tie it to a story or a theme.  

Ask yourself, “What is it that I am trying to say through this project or series?”

As to the content of the project or series, there are infinite possibilities.  As a good and possibly safe place to start, you can shoot what you know. 

Everyone has a unique history. Maybe you are a car nut, or animal lover, or you enjoy gardening.  Did you used to love football when you were younger and have been itching to get back into the sport?  Everyone has a hobby or passion.  If you do not have at least one, you need one and fast. 

Ok, so if you’re reading this you are likely passionate about photography, point taken.  What else interests you? cooking? the beach? Find that thing, and make images of it.  

Your passion for a subject or activity will give you a unique perspective that most of us will not have.  Plus, your natural interest in the subject will motivate you to make pictures until a project or series emerges.  

For example, after a long week of work, I like to go out to a bar or club and hear some live DJ music.  I enjoy a drink or two [not too much] and talk with friends, some of whom I see from week to week.  We catch up on our lives, unwind, and reboot for the coming work week.  I have found this experience has allowed me a unique vantage for some fun and interesting image making.  

The images here were made around town in bars and clubs like I’m describing here. What are your passions and interests beyond photography? 

 

Comments are welcome. 

Remember, the light is always right. 

jhg

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film photographer photography professional projects series study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/9/blog-76-shoot-what-you-know Sun, 17 Sep 2017 09:25:38 GMT
Blog #75 Greatness vs. Talent https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/9/blog-75-greatness-vs-talent Blog #75 Greatness vs. Talent

In the last blog I typed about education in photography for the purpose of improvement.  This has been a reoccurring theme in my blog that you might have noticed.  I make an effort, on a regular basis, to learn something new about photography and I share that process in the hope that it might inspire someone else to pick up a book, take an online course, or otherwise push themselves to fill their head with additional pearls of wisdom.  Growth is the point as far as photography is concerned.  We need to equip and inform ourselves so that we may become better at image making.  When the gap between our vision and our images becomes closer, we grow. 

Way back in May of this year there was a very well written piece titled “Great photographers need determination not talent” by Chris Killip from Huck Magazine.  In this well-written piece it describes a seven year journey made by a photographer that resulted in determination, resilience, and good old-fashioned grit to finally get the shots that he was looking for.  All this was after he picked up a camera and simply got to work with little to no formal instruction in the medium. 

True genius is very rare.

I’m reminded of the old adage “How do you get to Carnegie Hall?” 

“Practice, practice, practice!” 

They say that true mastery of some skill requires around 10,000 hours of work.  Those do not come easy, and photography is like anything else in that you get out of it what you put in.  There are many roads to success and there is no formula since we are all different. However, practicing skills on a regular basis will likely create the conditions for improvement and personal growth. 

Here are a few tips that might work for you: 

 

  1. Work on Projects on a regular basis to completion. 
  2. Work on Series on a regular basis to completion. 
  3. Edit and Sharing you work. 
  4. Learn how to give and receive critique. 
  5. Surround yourself with classic and modern resources in photography.

As cliché as it might sound, Greatness or perfection is a journey not a destination.

Try not to be perfect, just try to be better.  This we all can achieve. 

Remember, the light is always right.

jhg

 

P.S. The images in this blog post were made with a new brand of 35mm black and white 100 ISO film named Lucky (Made in China) given to me from a friend at CameraFilmPhoto. Check them out for outstanding film, products, and service.

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift=

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/9/blog-75-greatness-vs-talent Thu, 14 Sep 2017 14:35:52 GMT
Blog #74 Keep on Keepin’ On https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/9/blog-74-keep-on-keepin-on Blog #74 Keep on Keepin’ On

    Learning is not the goal of life, it IS life, someone very clever once said.  A post in a photography Facebook group asked recently if a university degree in photography was necessary.  There were  over 50 comments that followed.  Just about every comment was about a resounding “No!”. However, I wonder how many of those “No” responses were from individuals who actually had gone to school for photography.  I work with photographers who have bachelors’ and fine arts degrees in art or photography,  and they never seem to have regrets.  How can anyone argue that there is no value to pursuing a degree in photography? Higher education is a wonderful experience taught by professors with decades of formal, life, and professional photography experience.  

    Is formal study in photography necessary to make great work or to be successful (however you might define this) as a professional photographer? Most would agree that is is not.  That being said, it couldn't hurt.  

    When I returned to photography about five years ago, I considered this course of action.  I needed a more flexible learning program as I would have limited time to commit to learning photography, although I did want a comprehensive program.  So instead of enrolling in a university program, I opted for an online course in professional photography (www.nyip.com).  During this time and afterwards, I read everything that I could get my hands on, attended museums and shows, bought books from the greats, and generally took a deep dive using the “self-taught” method.  I am still pursuing this.  Last month, I completed the MOMA: Seeing Through Photographs from Coursera . You can choose to take this short six-week course for free or pay $50 US as I did to support the program and the MOMA and receive a certificate upon completion. 

    In the course, there was just the right amount of history presented alongside modern artists to keep things interesting.  Instead of submitting a final project that included a photograph that we made, participants needed to submit an image and describe how it related to the units of study in the course.  There were two 500 word written assignments that were required in the class as well as a few peer reviews.

I went through the class in a couple of weeks and the materials were very good. I would definitely recommend it to someone interested in photography at any level. They do not pay me to say that, by the way.  I got my certificate for completion and it was a nice summer learning project.  

The take-away here is that there is no end to the learning, although some effort is required to make it a deliberate process.  It’s such a wonderful time to be photographer as there are a plethora of online resources, live workshops, face to face courses, and everything in between.  There is really no excuse not participating in some form of improvement program on a regular basis. 

Find what works for you, complete it, and repeat.  Your vision will improve, your pictures will improve, and you will feel better about your art and yourself in the process. 

The light is always right. 

jhg

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Casual Photophile Tip & Techniques No. 001 The Subject is the Subject

Digital Photography School

Japan Camera Hunter

The Inspired Eye Photography Magazine Issue #40 (full interview)

Hong Kong Free Press: HKFP Lens

Blog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Blog #65 Summer is for Travel (Hanoi)

Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film photographer photography professional study travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/9/blog-74-keep-on-keepin-on Sat, 02 Sep 2017 03:03:22 GMT
Blog #73 S-L-O-W  P-H-O-T-O-G-R-A-P-H-Y [SHOOTING THE LEICA G (IIIA)] https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/8/blog-73-s-l-o-w-p-h-o-t-o-g-r-a-p-h-y-shooting-the-leica-g-iiia Blog #73 S-L-O-W  P-H-O-T-O-G-R-A-P-H-Y [SHOOTING THE LEICA G (IIIA)]

 

Photography [and creativity] runs in families…apparently.  About a month ago, my youngest of two brothers, Alex, who lives in Chicago sends me a photo of a Leica III from about 1935.  He reports that it was our father’s and that he had it CLA’d recently (that’s cleaned, lubricated, and adjusted for you wanna-be camera geeks out there) although Alex had never shot with it. 

“Send it to me”, I said. “I’ll shoot with it”.

Ten days later, I unpack the box and there is it. A stunning and cleverly constructed all metal camera from Oskar Barnack and the Ernst Leitz Group from Wetzler Germany known today simply as Leica. 

It was in great condition for an 82 year old machine.  It’s small and heavy.  Loading film, dialling in proper exposure, focusing using the range finder, and overall making images with this camera is slow, quirky, and down right frustrating at times.  It was very easy to completely destroy two rolls of film in the process of getting the thing to work.  The first roll was installed backwards (Duh!).  The second roll was pretty much shredded as it ran through the camera.  Then, it was back to YouTube to watch the film loading tutorials, again.  After the film leader gets trimmed, you are supposed to take the lens off the camera, lock up the shutter, and visually inspect the film inside to make sure that it’s in the right place so that it runs through the camera properly, a complicated series of steps compared to more modern machines. 

Using an external light meter, you gauge the light conditions, and then dial the aperture ring on the lens, lift and turn the way-to-small and sometimes-stubborn-to-move shutter speed dial, find the focus patch in a tiny and dimly lit view finder with no frame lines, say a short prayer, and press the shutter release button.  This process takes a full 10 seconds on average! That’s like an eternity for our modern Snapgramtwitface culture.  

After a while you sort of get the hang of it.  After all, it’s a Leica, and it’s beautiful and the 50mm f/2 lens is quite capable and makes excellent images.  I burned through of couple of rolls of Kodak Tri-X 400 in black and white and then some Portra 400.  Sample images are in this blog post so that you can get a sense of what the Leica III with a Summitar 50mm f/2 can do with film.

There are tones of reviewers out there, and I do not intend to add to the existing noise in that department.  Nevertheless, if you are looking to get into a Leica system on the cheap, this is the way to do it.  You will need a small hand-held light meter as well or just guess and pray.  It’s a challenging, fun, and rewarding camera to use.  The best part is the channelling of your inner Cartier-Bresson and other great of yesteryear. 

So I get some decent images out of this thing after wearing it for a week.  Of course I scan them and share them with my family and a few friends.  My Uncle Daniel tells me that it was my grandfather Jack’s and that he had a darkroom in their apartment, years ago.  

This 1935 Leica was my grandfather’s, then my dad’s, now I have it and it works like a charm.  It’s my most special camera now and I will eventually teach Milo, my 10 year old how to use it.  He has a Nikon FM2 that he shoots in full manual, but there is a light meter built in to the Nikon, a handy feature indeed.  

So there it is, photography runs in families.  It’s in my genes.  What creative activities have your grandparents been involved with? I’m sure that there are some.  At the very minimum, they built families, careers, and they made your parents who, in turn, made you. Creativity is in us all.  You just need to know and appreciate that.  This is your starting point. The rest is up to you.  

The light is always right. 

jhg

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Blog #58 Micro & Macro Education in Photography

Blog #52 Marc Levoy’s 18 Lectures on Digital Photography

Blog #42 It’s All in the Details

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #40 Shooting for the Sport of It

 

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm and black creative creativity family film leica photographer photography professional study travel white https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/8/blog-73-s-l-o-w-p-h-o-t-o-g-r-a-p-h-y-shooting-the-leica-g-iiia Thu, 31 Aug 2017 14:13:12 GMT
Blog #72 Living the Creative Life https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/8/blog-72-living-the-creative-life Blog #72 Living the Creative Life

The creative life is definitely the road less travelled by as might be described by poet Robert Frost.  The last line his poem titled The Road Not Taken is “And that has made all the difference.”

Walking the creative path, as it were, it not easy.  Some of us are there by choice, by compulsion, or other means.  Regardless the reason, like a pious existence, is quite challenging.  Staying motivated is the name of the game and we all have our ups and downs as we ride our creative rollercoasters through life. 

In last week’s Blog on the topic of working creatively, I feel that there is more to explore and share on this complex and personal topic.  Isabella Scott in Artsy shares that our most creative years are often after 60.  Really? Why must we wait so damn long? Does anyone else simply hate to wait?

In another piece from Artsy, a project titled Art Oracles: Creative & Life Inspiration from Great Artists was described.  In this project, there are 50 cards each of which shows a famous artist and contains some words of wisdom that summarise their artist approach, philosophy of life.  These cards are entertaining but were also created to assist with creative block.  Like writer’s block  photographers and other creatives can get stuck, uninspired, or simple lose their drive to make art. 

Inspiration is for amateurs, the rest of us just show up and get to work”,

said brilliant and successful artist and photographer Chuck Close. Most of his work has been done through his being in a wheel-chair, mind you. 

I guess that there is no formula for success since we all have different backgrounds and paths ahead that we must travel.  If we must work and create, then we must.  If we cannot, then we cannot, or we must wait.  Each of us must find our own ways to keep the creativity train on the tracks. Patience, persistence, and the need to create art must all be present for novel work to result.  

I hear the echoes of the toy fixer guy from the original Toy Story Movie “You can’t rush ART!” 

Fine. 

Remember, the light is always right. 

 

jhg

 

*Images in this blog post are original and made with Film Ferrania P30 Alpha Black and White 

35mm Film ISO 80*

 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Blog #58 Micro & Macro Education in Photography

Blog #52 Marc Levoy’s 18 Lectures on Digital Photography

Blog #42 It’s All in the Details

Blog #69 On Restrictions

Blog #40 Shooting for the Sport of It

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) art creative creativity film life photographer photography study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/8/blog-72-living-the-creative-life Sat, 26 Aug 2017 07:44:09 GMT
Blog #71 Working Creatively https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/8/blog-71-working-creatively Blog #71 Working Creatively 

Ever since I took a black and white film photography class in high school, I loved making pictures.  When I came back to photography years later, it was with a renewed passion and love of the medium and the creative process.  Photographers may struggle to keep pace, as many other creatives do, while jogging down the path of creativity. How does one stay motivated? How does one stay original? 

We are all challenged to find our own style, to find our voice, to make images about things rather than images of things.  Sure, projects, assignments, and working on a Project 365 can work to push you forward and practice your craft.  What else can we do to keep those creative juices flowing especially in those lean times? 

I’ve been listening to a podcast called LensWork that offers some sound advice on the subject.  

How to Live a More Creative Life (Artsy) suggests travel, surrounding yourself with creative people, trying new things as well other food for thought on the subject.  

The topic of creativity can be quite controversial as many people consider it a trait that you either have [from birth] or you don’t got it. Creatively, in fact, can be taught and measured.  In a simple but brilliant experiment using preschool children and block building, psychologists Goetz & Baer (1973) used social praise only when the children produced block formations that differed from the previous ones that they made.  The researchers showed in a simple but observable way that you can teach [and measure] creativity.  If we were to extrapolate their results to adult picture making, it seems that involving oneself in workshops and seeking critique might be a logical progression. 

Indeed, I love how fantasy novelist Ursula K. LeGuin puts it:

“The adult artist is the child who has survived.” 

 

Fight! Survive! Be Creative!

 

Remember, the light is always right. 

jhg 

Images in this blog post are original and made with a Nikon SLR, 24mm lens and Rollei 400 Infrared 35mm film and developed at home after a hike with my wife Christine and dog, Pepe. 

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Twitter

Blog #58 Micro & Macro Education in Photography

Blog #52 Marc Levoy’s 18 Lectures on Digital Photography

Blog #42 It’s All in the Details

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm creative creativity film life photographer photography process professional study travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/8/blog-71-working-creatively Thu, 17 Aug 2017 13:34:28 GMT
Blog #70 Photography “Quotations” Part 2 https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/8/blog-70-photography-quotations-part-2 If you’re like me, you read a lot [I read everything!] and you enjoy the random quotation that floats across your field of view from time to time.  Some make me stop and think.  A really good quotation can be applicable to anything and anyone.  They don’t ALL relate to photography, per se.  But then again, maybe they do in a profound way.  At least to me they seem to be speaking about photography.

If you read below, you will see my most recent list of favourite quotations by random people, most of whom you will have heard of.  They all relate to photography in one way or another or at least the creative process.  I will not provide reasons or rationale for this connection since it will take to much space and I would rather that you find your own connections to these quotes and how they relate to you and your creative process.

The images below the quotes are original photos that I made using my Fujifilm X-E2S while travelling in the Philippines. 

*****

“When you photograph people in color, you photograph their clothes. But when you photograph people in black and white, you photograph their souls!” 

- Ted Grant Canadian photojournalist

“Reinforcing contingencies shape the behavior of the individual, and novel contingencies generate novel forms of behavior. Here, if anywhere, originality is to be found.” 

From B.F. Skinner’s Science and Human Behavior Chapter 16: Thinking (p. 255)

“Which of my photographs is my favourite? The one I’m going to take tomorrow.” 

Imogen Cunningham

“Education is not preparation for life. Education is life itself.” 

- John Dewey

“In order to be irreplaceable, one must always be different.” 

-Coco Chanel

“The best color in the world is the one that looks good on you.”

- Coco Chanel

“. . . as a modern authority has pointed out, it is as difficult to explain how we see a picture in the occipital cortex of the brain as to explain how we see the outside world, which it is said to represent.” 

From B.F. Skinner’s  About Behaviorism Chapter 5: Perceiving (p. 90)

"Life is what happens to you when your busy making other plans" 

-John Lennon 

"Man plans and God laughs.” 

-Old Jewish Proverb 

“Art is what you can get away with.”

-Andy Warhol

“The very meaninglessness of life forces a man to create his own meaning.”

- Stanley Kubrick

 

“The most terrifying fact about the universe is not that it is hostile but that it is indifferent; but if we can come to terms with this indifference and accept the challenges of life within the boundaries of death — however mutable man may be able to make them — our existence as a species can have genuine meaning and fulfilment. However vast the darkness, we must supply our own light.

- Stanley Kubrick

 

“I went into photography because it seemed like the perfect vehicle for commenting on the madness of today's existence.”

-Robert Mapplethorpe

 

The light is always right.

jhg

Website

Facebook Page 

Instagram 

Past Blog Posts

Blog #31 Photography Quotations

Blog #62 Shooting [from] A Plane

Blog #18 PRINT

Blog #10 Self Improvement, Formal Study in Photography Part 2

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film photographer photography professional study travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/8/blog-70-photography-quotations-part-2 Sun, 13 Aug 2017 14:13:25 GMT
Blog #69 On Restrictions https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/8/blog-69-on-restrictions Restrictions in creatively can be a good thing that actually facilitates and improves the creative process. But how? 

First off, if you are a beginner or hobbyist in photography, there is great value in casting your net widely.  In other words, experiment with various formats, film, digital, working with lenses, genres, do a Project 365, work on various projects, portraits, travel, etc… After you master the technical settings of your specific camera(s), the next step is to find your artistic voice.  What do you want to say through your images? 

Eventually, you can work your way up to story writing, and other creative challenges and projects with images.  Thinking of a project can be a bit daunting as there are an infinite number of possibilities out there in the big wide world.

After the initial period of experimentation which will vary from person to person you will likely settle into a small set of cameras, lens, genres, projects, and such.   It’s like sanding wood, you move from course to fine, systematically. 

At this point in your creative career (or hobby for that matter), it might be helpful to establish some self-imposed restrictions.  Interestingly, these can be good in short bursts and actually improve and focus your creative process, image making, and therefor photography.

Some examples of restrictions are as follows:

  • Use only one focal length lens for a one month or up to one year.
  • Shoot film only on vacation.
  • Avoid buying any new gear for a while and stick with what you have.
  • Only shoot in color (or black and white) for a while day or week, or longer
  • Make images only of people.
  • Choose one genre such as macro, landscape, or architectural photography and make only images of those subjects. 
  • Avoid posting anything on social media for a week or month. 
  • Do a project 365.

 

Although is seems like the task of making images within narrow parameters like these will somehow limit your creative process or result in a boring, homogenous group of images,  actually, the opposite happens.  It’s really a paradox effect sort of thing. By setting limits, you will somehow start to take a deep dive into the creative process.  The results will be well worth it. 

The small set of images below were the result of setting the limit (for a day on a family holiday) of only shooting black and white.  

What limits will you set for yourself? 

Remember, the light is always right! 

  • Sunday 13 August Street Photography Workshop in Hong Kong * 
  • Click here for more information * 

See these related Blog posts for more tips and techniques on how to improve your photography:

 

Blog # 61 On Assignment

 

Blog # 46 What Makes Art Worthy?

 

Blog # 42 It’s All in the Details

 

Blog # 6 Projects

 

Blog # 16 Special Edition 2016: Project 365 Complete!

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film photography projects restrictions study travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/8/blog-69-on-restrictions Thu, 10 Aug 2017 14:57:42 GMT
Blog #68 Photography is a Gift https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/8/blog-68-photography-is-a-gift Blog #68 Photography is a Gift

 

I think photography is one of the greatest gifts. The camera is a technological marvel that is really a miracle.  Arthur C. Clarke said,

 

“Any sufficiently advanced technology is indistinguishable from magic”.

Indeed, when you expose photosensitive paper in the darkroom under the enlarger for a few seconds, then dunk it into a tray with developer, about eight seconds later an image appears before you. This is science, of course, but it still seems like magic each and every time. Amazing! 

Now that we ALL have cameras (including small children) and we collectively upload something to the tune of 2 billion (that’s 1000 million X 2) images daily, we have plenty of pictures to keep us busy for many lifetimes and even earth times.  Is it too much? No it is not. I take comfort in this fact since there are an infinite number of image possibilities.  From that point of view, we’re barely scratching the surface. 

The current SnapGramTwitFace culture that we live in is lightyears from Gutenberg’s printing press from 1440.  

Sharing is caring or so it goes. 

Images come in many forms and sizes. Share through social media, print a book, print a zine, print on paper, print and frame then give it away.  Original art or portraiture is always appreciated when received. Sure there are rules such as don’t post more than one image on Instagram per day.  That’s probably a reasonable suggestion. Take into consideration that if someone has one 100 + that they are following and everyone posts one image per day, that’s a tall task to look at 100 images from one single social media site only. You get the picture! 

The point here is to share images that are significant with the people in your life. They will appreciate it and you’ll be glad you did.  Good photos do nothing sitting in your hard drive as a series of zeros and ones. Bring your art into the real world and the world will be better for it. 

 

Be great, and remember, the light is always right. 

 

jhg

 

*Check out Upcoming Street Photography Workshop in Hong Kong Sunday 13 August*

 

Pre-register through email:

 

[email protected]

 

Link to Revised Website, Projects, and Images

 

Blog #7 Self Improvement or How to Make Mind-Blowing Images

 

Blog #11 Is Photography Art?

 

Blog #50 *Special Feature* Process Over Product

 

Blog #61 On Assignment

 

Blog #62 Shooting [from] A Plane

 

Japan Camera Hunter Article: Why you should experiment with different film

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) gift media photographer photographs photography photos social https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/8/blog-68-photography-is-a-gift Thu, 03 Aug 2017 12:38:46 GMT
Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/7/blog-67-risks-rules-restrictions Blog #67 Risks, Rules, & Restrictions

A formal education in art and design that includes image making will expose one to "rules" that one should master. Mastery of these rules should result in pleasing image making compared to one that is ignorant of such rules. This is the prevailing logic. These rules are derived from an analysis or critique of many great images usually from paintings from hundreds of years ago. 

The term "rule" is a bit of misnomer. Guidelines might be a more appropriate term. Most of these rules or guidelines pertain to establishing the subject of the image and placing that subject in the frame (compositionally) in an interesting manner. Images that "work" could be described as having consistency with (or nearly so) the guidelines for what makes a good image. 

The counter point to this approach was best stated by the great Ansel Adams.

 

"The are no rules for good pictures,

only good pictures”. 

 

So where does that leave us? Learn the rules or throw them all out of the window, screw the rules and the text books that wrote them and find your own path as an artist?  Well, in short, yes and no. 

A formal or informal study of art and what makes good art (critique) is like learning to cook. There are underlying practices and combinations of ingredients that are generally pleasing to most pallets.  These are accepted "norms" and found to be present in most dishes that most people appreciate. These ingredients or combinations and cooking techniques have been distilled and extracted from some of the worlds most popular dishes. 

For example, spaghetti and tomato sauce can be viewed as a staple dish. It works. It's delicious, and most people would agree. Spaghetti is also one of the first dishes that children learning to prepare their own meals might learn to make and for good reason. It's not that complex and many variations can be derived from its basic components. 

However, the world would be pretty boring if we had to eat spaghetti all of the time. Mastery of basic skills and ingredients of cooking or photography is not only a good place to start, it might even a necessary place to start in order to develop a more elaborate repertoire of either creative pursuit. This is true of many creative fields such as music or acting.

More elaborate images including complex compositional layers and control of depth of field, for example, are likely the result of mastery of the basics and the photographers continued application of those guidelines although in more complex and novel ways.  There is more than one road to success or improvement for that matter but I have found this road works for me. 

In conclusion, learn the basics and practice practice practice them to mastery. Then, intentionally break the rules, blaze a new trail, carve your own niche, and solve the climate change problem while you’re at it. 

Take risks. Experiment. Impose limits on you're self like using one focal length only for the day, month, or year. Shoot film. Shoot in black and white only. Only shoot people. Make a plan and most of all have fun and for the love of photography share your work. Give it away for free. 

Remember, the light is always right.

Jhg 

*View the revised website: Click Here

Blog #36 Creative “Constraint”

Blog #45 Getting Intimate with Your Subject

Blog #58 Micro & Macro Education in Photography

Blog #60 Atmosphere

Casualphotophile Tips & Techniques No. 001 - The Subject is the Subject

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) education photographer photography professional restrictions risks rules study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/7/blog-67-risks-rules-restrictions Sat, 22 Jul 2017 10:30:16 GMT
Blog #66 The Photographer’s Ethical Responsibility to Photography https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/7/blog-66-the-photographer-s-ethical-responsibility-to-photography Blog #66 The Photographer’s Ethical Responsibility to Photography

Ethics related to photography usually involves the responsibility of the photographer to the individual being photographed.  In most places, people in public can be photographed and images can be used under a fair use clause.  For commercial purposes when money will be exchanged or for marketing or promotional reasons, written permissions are usually required.  Model releases and property releases are necessary for commercial purposes.  For more on this subject, check out Blog #14 & Blog #15.

What about the photographers’ ethical responsibility to photography itself or other photographers for that matter.  Do we need to give back?  I would argue that yes we do.  While there is nothing wrong with shooting for oneself and the hobbyist and/or amateur does just that without constraints.  The professional photographer, however, ought to answer to a higher authority, so to speak.  It’s simply the right thing to do.  

Printing and sharing images for friends, family, and others can be fun and helps to give photography a good name.  John Free, street photographer from LA, takes this notion one step further and would say that if you do not share your photos “You’re a punk!”. 

He goes on to posit that photography is a gift.  I agree.  

Photography is a gift that should be shared.  As professionals, we have an obligation to do so.  There are multiple ways in which we can share and give back to the field.  Critique, prints, classes, workshops and tutorials, or simply being a supportive and positive force through social media are but a few vehicles in which photographers can communicate and return the gifts that have been given to them.  

I have been fortunate to be involved in a photography series of classes through an international school in which I work.  Teaching students to shoot, develop, and print film has been an immensely rewarding experience.  I find enjoyment in sharing images and prints of my friends and family.  Sometimes I will go the extra mile and get the prints framed professionally before giving them away. People really enjoy the gesture and I get a kick out the experience of sharing my images.  

My fiend Mike has a small Instax printer and snaps photos, prints, and hands them out along the way. This is exemplary and helps to establish the act of photographing people (even strangers) as a fun, harmless, and collaborative process. More photographers should do this sort of thing.  Everyone would benefit from this type of selfless sharing. 

“I wish I hadn’t given away so many of my photographs”, said the photographer on their deathbed, never!

Shoot

Print

Share

Repeat

I think I will get T-shirts made with these words. Would you buy one? What size are you? Orders start soon. 

Remember, the light is always right. 

jhg

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm photographer photography professional study travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/7/blog-66-the-photographer-s-ethical-responsibility-to-photography Sat, 15 Jul 2017 08:03:54 GMT
Blog #65 Summer is for Travel to Somewhere New (Hanoi) https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/7/blog-65-summer-is-for-travel-to-somewhere-new-hanoi To extend your skills as a photographer, it’s common to hear:

 Buy books (and travel), not gear.

I agree with this directive and would add that travelling to someone new has some distinct advantages that should lead to improvement.  When you travel to a new place for just a few days, you can’t see everything.  Therefore, you need to make some decisions about what to do (and shoot) and what not to (and not shoot).  Weather should be a factor in your decisions.  You might get lucky, or you might not. That’s the beauty of the situation, you never know what to expect.  You might have a plan or you might not. Either way, having a suitable camera and lens that works for the environment that you’re in will lead to some interesting interactions.  Regarding gear, bring back-up by all means. Smartphones count.  

How will the locals respond to you? What are the rules of engagement and attitudes of people in this new place? Do I want to shoot people, buildings, food, or all of the above? These are but a few of the questions that you might need to discover when shooting aboard far from home, out of your comfort zone. 

This summer I went to Hanoi, Vietnam. It’s an absolutely amazing place. The 1000 year old capital city has about 7 million people and 3 million motorbikes. It’s a blend of old French colonialism and modern day Asia. The food is outstanding and the coffee…out of this world! Their home grown coffee was some of the best I’ve ever had and I’m admittedly a bit of a coffee snob (life’s too short to drink crap).  

In this post and third of a series on summer travel, I would like to encourage your travelling to someplace new and make photos there. The mere act of doing so will force you to make all types of decisions that will exercise your brain and get you thinking about photography again in a fresh way.  You will meet new people and maybe make some friends.  One of the keys to a long and happy life is social connections. It’s not money, or personal possessions, it’s people and connections.  Your camera is your passport to friends, happiness, and life. Use it!

Remember, the light is always right.

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) asia hanoi photography travel vietnam https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/7/blog-65-summer-is-for-travel-to-somewhere-new-hanoi Thu, 13 Jul 2017 12:13:02 GMT
Blog #64 Summer is for More Travel (Miami) https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/7/blog-64-summer-is-for-more-travel-miami Blog #64 Summer is for More Travel (Miami)

In the second of a series of three blog posts on travel.  The previous post was about travel with the intention of giving you some food for thought on how to approach making images while travelling.  Looking from the outside in can only reveal so much. As travellers we have some natural limitations that we need to try to overcome in order to capture the essence of a place. Meeting people and experiencing places that are off the beaten path can reveal more about a place than the typical tourist might see.  

In my case, on a recent visit to Miami, I stayed with family and was able to shoot some images of nature at my brother’s house that most people would never get to see.  These, I have posted in black and white along with some color images from around town that I thought worked for various reasons. Travel is great and travelling with a camera gives a new vantage point for the traveller. 

For the record, I did ask permission of the cigar store owner to make his portrait.  I chatted with him for a bit and learned that his son was also a photographer working in New York.  He was a nice guy and if you’re ever on Las Olas Boulevard in Fort Lauderdale, check him out. The smokes are primo! I would also highly recommend the NSU Art Museum and Boca Raton's Art Museum as well. 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) art florida miami museum photographer photography professional study travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/7/blog-64-summer-is-for-more-travel-miami Tue, 11 Jul 2017 06:10:34 GMT
Blog #63 Summer is for Travel (Denver) https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/7/blog-63-summer-is-for-travel-denver Blog #63 Summer is for Travel (Denver)

As mentioned in the previous blog post, this is first of a triple series, Summer is for Traveling. In the last blog, I posted some photos that were made from my window seat on the plane. They were mostly of clouds and some particularly interesting farm lands around the middle of America that look like a patchwork quilt.  These were shot while flying from Denver to Miami.  The world looks much different from 35,000 feet and the fresh perspective is cool and different much like the new trend of drone photography.  Have you ever wondered how long that trend will last?  

Here, I’ll share some photos of Denver, the Mile High city in the first of a three-part series on travel. 

A few relevant questions to ponder while traveling is what type of images will you shoot? Of course there is nothing wrong with the quintessential travel snapshot that we all shoot as regular human activity.  However, some of us seek to push that boundary and go beyond.  

How does one capture the essence of a place? There are some characteristics of the people from a place that may describe some of this essence or spirit of the people. Fashion, dress,  or occupation can provide hints as to the nature of a sense of place and its climate or at least the climate at that time of year.  Getting close to people, or hanging out with friends from a place can give a unique perspective and “insiders vantage point”.  While this can be a real challenge as a foreigner and that challenge is compounded by language barriers, but it comes with the territory for the professional photographer. 

Architecture and building façades can reveal the nature of a place as well.  The building styles, shapes of the roofs, colors, and building materials can give hints about the uniqueness of a city, region, or country.   Of course landmarks are an easy way to communicate elements of a city, but that’s taking the easy road.  Give the viewer a little more work to do to figure out the context of the image.  Keep them guessing.  Make them work a little, but not to much.  Avoid being too obvious or stereotypical in your images.  There are some universals in many cities that could be anywhere, or at least anywhere USA.  Might see the image and think “Somewhere in the mid-west of the USA”. That’s close enough. If the image screens “DENVER”! You’ve gone to far. Dial it back a bit. 

I made these images in this post on a recent trip to Denver, Colorado, USA.  There are both black and white and color.  In general, I avoid posting both together as there seems to be some photography faux pas for doing so, but sometimes you need to break the rules to tell your story in the way that you want to tell it.  

The final task in making travel images is deciding if you want to share them, with whom, and how many.  Most would agree that 10-20 is plenty of images and appropriate for anything other than a book.  I chose 19 that illustrate my adventures in Denver for about five days.  I did see some friends while there and really enjoyed the place.  Notice this post mentions cameras, lenses, and gear exactly zero times.  This is intentional.  Sometimes, it’s best to divorce ourselves from the discussion of the technical aspects of photography and focus on the story and the place, and the people.  The rest can be rather academic.  For more on this topic, check out Blog #58 on the subject of Micro & Macro Education. 

Until next time, remember, the light is always right. 

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) USA denver photographer photography professional story storytelling study summer travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/7/blog-63-summer-is-for-travel-denver Sun, 09 Jul 2017 15:43:38 GMT
Blog #62 Shooting [from] A Plane https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/7/blog-62-shooting-from-a-plane Blog #62 Shooting (from) A Plane 

July 4th is the unofficial start of summer in the USA. In Hong Kong, 1 July is HKSAR Establishment Day.  This year, the event marked the 20th year of the infamous 1997 Handover [of Hong Kong from the British back to China (sniff!)]Big Boss Man President Xi from Beijing was in town to oversea the transition from Chief Executive CY Leung to Carrie Lam, Hong Kong’s first woman Chief Executive.  There were lots of protests and rain (as usual) so venturing outside to brave the crowds and photograph the fireworks was a PASS (no thanks!) for me, this year.

However, as the regular school year and summer are ushered in by the heavy rains, my thoughts are drawn to making images now more than ever.  Summer is the time for travel.  In May I went to Denver (for my other work) and then Miami for a few days to visit my family.  Of course I wear a camera so I was happily snapping away pretty much the whole time.  In two days from now, I will start my summer travel plans with a brand new destination (for me).  That place is Hanoi, Vietnam’s capital city.

Over the the next few blog posts I will reflect on travel and making images along the way.  In this blog, I will post some images that I made en route to these places, from the plane.  I usually carry my cameras, lenses, film, and gear onto the plane since the temperature and conditions are generally more hospitable for sensitive equipment compared to the freezing cold belly of the plane.  I generally request a window seat since there are really cool things like cloud formations [not to mention the earth from 35,000 feet] that I don’t get to see on a regular basis. Plus, I’m admittedly addicted to making images, so it goes.  

The images here I think work well to give a fresh perspective and pilot eye’s view of the world. 

There are those that advocate for buying experiences through travel and photography books rather than gear.  Of course you need all three ultimately but every dollar spent on travel and photography books is worth ten (or more) spent on gear.

Where are you going this summer? Will you bring a camera, smartphone? How about your imagination or photographic vision or plan? Don’t leave home with that. 

The light is always right. 

 

jhg

Nikon D61

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) and black iphone photographer photography professional study travel white https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/7/blog-62-shooting-from-a-plane Tue, 04 Jul 2017 06:02:35 GMT
Blog #61 On Assignment https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/7/blog-61-on-assignment Blog #61 On Assignment

All creatives in various fields face similar challenges. As photographers, to continue to create or to be motivated to continuously create can be quite a challenge. What project shall I work on next? How do I know if my current project(s) is done? These are typical questions that most of us will face and to varying degrees, struggle with, over time.  

Avoid the trap of buying another camera or lens since this is not likely to lead to improvement in any measurable way. Sure, you can eBay any new camera or lens, unpack the box, smack a roll of whatever film and head out to the wild blue yonder but that’s a false approach to creativity.  It’s bogus and unlikely to result in any real personal growth let alone artistic progress.  

National Geographic has assignments that anyone can submit to for free. There is a plethora of sources for contests and assignments online through many sources.  Ted Forbes (YouTube) holds photo assignments every other Monday that are worthwhile and free.  Friends are great for this sort of thing as well.  During those “in between” times between personal or commercial projects, it is critical to continue to hone one’s skills with the camera as well as with their eyes and creative mojo. 

For example, a friend and avid photographer, Mike Epstein and I went on a self-imposed assignment this month.  There were some pretty strict rules: we would shoot different brands of colour film (and later develop it at home ourselves), and use a 35mm focal length lens on one roll and a 50mm focal length lens on another roll. Mike suggested that we shoot images using the theme of transportation, and I obliged.  So after our obligatory coffee we went out with our bags filled with colour 35mm film and camera loaded, and we got to work.  Mike was kind enough to  give me a roll of Cinestill 50 as well so of course we burned that one as well.  The target rolls were Kodak Ektar 100 (shot mid-day with the 50mm lens) and Kodak Portra 400 (shot afternoon with the 35mm) lens. 

The fairly strict rules forced us to work within these parameters.  Actually, there are still quite a range of subjects that one can shoot on the streets of Hong Kong within this set of rules.  There are tons of bright red taxis, road signs, trams, busses, bikes, and road signs. Having limits is actually helpful because we immediately eliminated more than half of what was going on.  Without buildings, people, nature, rubbish, or things in general, our choices of subject were narrowed considerably.  

The images herein were the result of that one-day color film two-lens self-imposed challenge. It’s a good experience and I would encourage any photographer to use the “On Assignment” mantra in between their other assignments or just for the hell of it. 

The light is always right.

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm Assignment Color Film Project Study film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/7/blog-61-on-assignment Mon, 03 Jul 2017 12:39:27 GMT
Special Workshop Announcement https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/6/special-workshop-announcement *Special Street Photography HK Workshop Announcement*

Please e-mail me payment receipt and/or questions. 

Lunch Included! Come and Learn how to make better [street] photos. 

 

Photography workshopPhotography workshop

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) photographer photography professional study training workshop https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/6/special-workshop-announcement Wed, 28 Jun 2017 10:04:53 GMT
Blog #60 Atmosphere https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/6/blog-60-atmosphere Blog #60 Atmosphere

Have you ever looked out a window that has direct sun light pouring through and notice the specks of dust that dance around in a random fashion? Have you ever noticed and appreciated the grain associated with the film photographs and thought about the grain as though they were individual photons [particles of light]? There's an aesthetic there that is unique and special.  I’m talking about the quality of a two-dimensional image that presents as a three-dimensional image. In other words, depth.  When you can see and feel the air in a photography, it’s got atmosphere.

If you look at the Editor’s Favorite’s on the National Geographic website, you’ll know what I mean.  There, you will find many excellent examples.  Atmosphere is a special quality of an image that really makes it *POP* Sometimes this is due to the light. Sometimes this is due to the tones, or texture in the image. Atmosphere may be achieved through the gentle focus fall off that isolates the subject within the frame and allows everything else in the image to melt away.  Grain or digital noise usually ads atmosphere to an image without degrading the quality or otherwise distracting from the subject. 

Atmosphere is the proverbial cherry on top of the image that is already good, already works, and achieves greatness.  It’s the holy grail of photography.  This is equally as difficult to achieve conscientiously as it is rare.  Look for fog, lighting, or some tangible aspect in the air quality to capture.  One of the ways that you can put the viewer into your image is through the addition or inclusion of atmosphere. It’s a real challenge to achieve this but the results are well worth the effort.

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm atmosphere film image photograph photography quality texture three-dimensional https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/6/blog-60-atmosphere Wed, 21 Jun 2017 13:05:44 GMT
Blog #59 Hanging [with] Art https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/6/blog-59-hanging-with-art Blog #59 Hanging [with] Art

Spring is the season of art in Hong Kong.  In March there is Art Basel  which is followed shortly by the Affordable Art Fair in the month of May. These are wonderful shows that feature many types of  art from artists all over the world.  There are sculptures, paintings, drawings, and of course framed photographs of all sizes.  The pieces are affordably priced hence the name.  It’s wonderful thing to be surrounded by art, especially at home.  A recent article in the South China Morning Post described this and offered some suggestions (SCMP).

Some insightful person once said:

 

A room without books is like a body without a soul.

I think that the same could be said about art in the home.  After all of the talk and arguments about gear, pixel-peeping, paper weights, and printer profiles, just print and frame the damn photo! It’s an amazing thing to view a properly framed photograph on your wall.  To walk by it each morning on your way to having your coffee and on your way home from a long day of work. 

Print and frame your images for friends and family.  Give it away or sell it if you must.  All amateurs, hobbyists, and professionals should aspire to do this. 

A photograph doesn’t exist until it is printed, said, Constantine Manos 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) art film frame photographer photography print printing professional https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/6/blog-59-hanging-with-art Mon, 19 Jun 2017 12:35:05 GMT
Blog #58 Micro & Macro Education in Photography https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/6/blog-58-micro-macro-education-in-photography Blog #58 Micro & Macro Education in Photography

In this week’s blog, I would like to offer some food for thought on the concept of education in photography.  As an artistic medium and endeavour, like most things, formal or informal instruction as well as practice is required for improvement.  I offer that there are two distinct types of learning that lead to improvement of the photographer.  Let’s call them Macro and Micro Education and discuss how they relate to personal improvement.

Very simply, Micro education involves: education of the use of lenses for specific applications, composition, aperture and shutter speed, ISO, post processing techniques akin to the darkroom such as burning, dodging, vignetting, black and white, high contrast, selective coloration, toning (cyanotype, printing images in blue tones or another colour such as sepia), depth of field manipulation and other related technical aspects of making an image or printing an image.  

We all must learn the technical side of making images to enhance our creative process.  Modern cameras, have many controls that afford the photographer multiple tools at his or her disposal to make the connection from the image in their head (vision) and the final product.  The more we learn how to operate these controls, the closer we bring our vision into the real world.  Take back-button focus, for example. Do you need this? How do you know if you need this feature? 

In contrast, Macro education includes learning and professional development on the topics of: defining style, finding your artistic voice, developing your inner artist statement and having something to say. This is harder to teach, and therefore harder to learn.  This comes in time and although many introduction to photography courses might make mention of or try to address this topic, I expect that this aspect of the process might get lost along the way in many cases.  Most of the articles online these days surely fail to address this all-important and arguably essential aspect of photography. 

Both Micro & Macro are required for an intersection with the artist that will work well and communicate something uniquely specific from you and your photographic vision.

I’m reminded by the old saying:

“How do you get to Carnegie Hall?” 

“Practice, Practice, Practice!” 

 

Watch John Free's advice to street photographers to practice and view some previous Blogs on the subject of self improvement (See Blog #7 & Blog #52).

Now get out there and make some art! 

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm 365 film photographer photography professional https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/6/blog-58-micro-macro-education-in-photography Sun, 18 Jun 2017 09:34:18 GMT
Blog #57 Under the Influence https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/5/blog-57-under-the-influence Blog #57 Under the Influence

I have a lot to be thankful for.  My mother went to RISD was and still is a fine artist. She’s an abstract painter.  My father, when he was alive, went to Parsons School of Design for mechanical drawing, then worked mostly in advertising and publishing, and could draw and illustrate with great craft and skill.  In our home, there was art all around and the daily cartoons on my brown bag lunches through primary school gave me great joy and provides fond memories.  

In high school, I took drawing and a black and white film photography course with my father’s Nikon F that started me on the path that I now continue to travel.  A few years ago, after completing the Professional Course in Photography with the New York Institute of Photography, I continued my education through multiple means.  

I have been to countless art and photography shows.  In fact, the first thing I look for in any city that I visit is usually an art or photography show at the local museum.  For some reason, I have developed an unquenchable thirst for viewing art and photographs.  

Although I do enjoy a modest collection of film cameras, for the most part, I have switched from buying gear to buying photography books at every chance that I get.  Here’s a partial list of the photographers whose books I own: Henri Cartier-Bresson, William Klein, Robert Frank, Saul Leiter, Daido Moriyama, Josef Koudelka, William Eggleston, Gary Winogrand, Joel Meyerowitz, Alex Webb, Irving Penn, Bill Brandt, Takayuki Ogawa, Ralph Ellison, Alexey Titarenko, Nan Goldin, and Sam Abell.  I read, and re-read these from time to time and cherish them like a hunter who mounts great busts upon the wall.

It’s a great time to be alive and to be a photographer.  Online sources abound.  From Ted Forbes’ The Art of Photography channel on YouTube to  Digital Photography School , there are so many excellent sources of information that provide inspiration, technical knowledge, and amazing stories all about this medium that I love so much.  Kai W keeps me equally as informed as much as entertained, while Eric Kim shares his invaluable philosophy, image making techniques, and fresh views on using social media rather than allowing social media use you. 

Bellamy Hunt temps with his gorgeous vintage selection of the very best cameras and lenses on his Japan Camera Hunter site while Vishal Sonji provides a never ending cornucopia of film along side magical fountains of developer on Camera Film Photo.  Accessible sites like Casual Photophile  provide a steady stream of gear reviews, along with tips and techniques for beginners, hobbyist, and pros alike.  

When I’m ready to print and frame, Jack and Jun at Photato are the guys to see. I just love their company name and they do some the best quality framing in town.  

Anything and everything that I have accomplished or will accomplish as a photographer I owe to all of my influences past, present, and future.  Indeed, I am reminded of the humble modesty of Sir Isaac Newton who stood on the shoulders of giants.

The trick is to never stop learning, never give up, and keep working to improve the craft.  

One of my favourite quotes is:

“Inspiration is for amateurs - the rest of us just show up and get to work” - Chuck Close

The light is always right. 

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) film improvement influences learn photographer photography professional self study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/5/blog-57-under-the-influence Mon, 22 May 2017 15:33:30 GMT
Blog #56 Zeitgeist: The Sign of the Times https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/5/blog-56-zeitgeist-the-sign-of-the-times Blog #56 Zeitgeist: The Sign of the Times

One of my most favorite words is zeitgeist. It means spirit of the times from the German “zeit” meaning time and “geist” meaning spirit.  It’s used to describe a feeling or mood in a given time period such as the rebellious and revolutionary times of the 1960’s in the US, Europe, and Japan.  

This decade of 2010-2020 has its own zeitgeist and it is not premature to mention that here and how that relates to photography.  Here, I will describe three books that can be tied to the zeitgeist of this decade and I will attempt to describe what I think that is.

Around a week ago at the time of this writing (24 April 2017), Robert M. Pirsig passed away.  He was the author of the famous Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance, An inquiry into values.  Published originally in 1974, this was a significant book about a road trip that he took with his eleven year old son across the mid-west of the United States that also discussed philosophy, the definition of quality, values, and the pure joy and satisfaction that can be felt when working with your hands (particularly on one’s motorcycle). Mr. Pirsig’s passing was a great loss.  

A second book that came out more recently in 2010 by Matthew B. Crawford titled Shop Class as Soulcraft: An Inquiry into the Value of Work was an interesting read about a corporate think-tank executive who walked away from it all in favour of starting a motorcycle repair shop all by himself.  Crawford argues for the value of fixing things, and rebels against the disposable lifestyle that has perpetuated the popular culture since around the 1980’s.  Everybody on this planet, our only planet, needs to get back to appreciating physical things like machines, and working with our hands.  One might expect that Crawford was influenced, as many have been, by Pirsig’s seminal book.  Indeed, there are many others like Crawford who are jumping off of their corporate band wagons in favour of pursuing their dreams in creative fields or adventurous endeavours. More power to them! I am reminded by one of my favourite fantasy novelist’s words…

“The creative adult is the child who has survived”

Ursula K. Le Guin

Last year in 2016, The Revenge of Analog: Real Things and Why They Matter continued on this trajectory of finding value in the things of old.  All this flies in the face of the digital revolution where snapgramtwitface is the common denominator throughout the cultures of the world.  These days, digital natives clash with digital immigrants in the work place as it gets reshaped by the new guard.  The millennials are taking over, and it’s our purpose to make sure that they don’t wreck the place.  

In this book, David Sax summarises the trends where paper, film, board games, and analog ideas as well have seen a massive resurgence in the last decade. He tells the stories from the mouths of those involved at the factory and retail levels.  FILM Ferrania, for example, has dusted off and cranked up their coating machines and will produce this glorious film in Italy once again (I ordered some P30 already).  Sax walks us through the revival of these things and also the revival of analog ideas. It’s a terrific read and I think that it illustrates the zeitgeist of this decade.  

Sustainability is a hot topic these days across the globe as well as STEM (Science Technology Engineering, and Mathematics) in schools.  So too are MakerSpaces popping up at the primary school level and shop classes that seemed to all but disappear lately, have come charging back.  Once again, adults are showing boys and girls that math, wood working, electrical engineering, and hands-on activities are valuable, worthwhile, and necessary to learn before leaving school.  This is a wonderful thing to watch and an even more rewarding experience to be a part of. 

My contribution to the war effort, so to speak, is through the THS Photo Club.  So I guess that the zeitgeist of this decade is one of back to basics, rediscovery, appreciation for real things, analog things, and working with one’s hands.  Of course digital is here to stay, and coding is right up there with the three Rs in grade school by now.  All in all it is reassuring to this Generation Xer that analog (film especially) will keep it’s place alongside, but not behind the digital revolution, at least for the next 100 years so long as FILM Ferrania has something to say about it. 

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/5/blog-56-zeitgeist-the-sign-of-the-times Mon, 15 May 2017 11:53:51 GMT
Blog #55 Back to Basics: Extreme [Extremity] Photography Part 3 https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/5/blog-55-back-to-basics-extreme-extremity-photography-part-3 Blog #55 Back to Basics: Extreme [Extremity] Photography Part 3

The last two blog entries are titled, Extreme [Extremity] Photography Part 1 & Part 2.  The intention there was to illustrate how to make portraits of people or otherwise interesting images that included only their hands or feet [shoes].  As a photographer you are involved in an active process or decision to include or omit part of your subject.  Your decision to omit most of the subject will result in an incomplete story that leaves the viewer with the task of filling in the gaps.  

Making images involves many decisions.  There are decisions about cameras, film, lenses, exposure, aperture, where to put your feet, when to press the shutter release button, and what to include as well as exclude in the frame.

Without realising it when I set out to write Part 1 and Part 2 blog entries, I has already gathered quite a few images of people showing only their backs.  These are also challenging images and they don’t always work.  In this last of a three-part series, I offer some examples of portraits and some candid street images that include only the back of a person with little else.

Do you think that they work? Feel free to leave comments above. 

Thanks for reading and remember, the light is always right.

 

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/5/blog-55-back-to-basics-extreme-extremity-photography-part-3 Sat, 13 May 2017 11:07:46 GMT
Blog #54 Extreme [Extremity] Photography Part 2 https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/5/blog-54-extreme-extremity-photography-part-2 Blog #54 Extreme [Extremity] Photography Part 2

In last's week's blog, I wrote about a simple idea.  Namely, the process of making images using only a part of someone and why on earth that might be a desirable thing to do. 

Hands were the subject of that blog post.  You might want to try and make hands the subject of your image.  This week, as promised, I offer the second part of this mini two-part series.  

This time, I suggest that you consider using another extremity, namely, feet (or shoes), as the subject of your images. 

You can tell a lot about a person by there feet and shoes.  Shoes connect with the ground and provide clues to the individual's personal aesthetic. Shoes, along with other items of fashion, define occasions. While they do not define a person, per se, they certainly can make lasting [or fleeting] impressions of someone.

By viewing and inspecting the feet, shoes, and "lower portion" of a person such as their legs, you can give clues about them without providing the viewer of the image with all of the information, visually, about your subject.  Subsequently, the viewer is tasked with filling in the blanks so to speak with the rest of the story.  Sometimes you can get away with making your viewer work a little harder than usual to figure out what you are presenting, or better yet, trying to say through your images.

Indeed, I tend to agree with Andy Warhol's statement,  

"Art is what you can get away with". 

If you're tuning in for the first time, check out the Part 1 here

Otherwise, look on and remember...

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) feet people photographer photography portrait professional shoes study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/5/blog-54-extreme-extremity-photography-part-2 Mon, 08 May 2017 12:46:16 GMT
Blog #35 Extreme [Extremity] Photography Part 1 https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/5/blog-35-extreme-extremity-photography-part-1 Blog #53 Extreme [Extremity] Photography Part 1

According to Cig Harvey, pictures can work well when they are about things rather than of things.  Everyone can easily relate to photos of people that include all of most of the subject. However, images can be composed such that the subject is a body part such as hands or feet [shoes].  When the photographer intentionally omits information from an image, the result can be interesting or conceptual, in other words something if left to the imagination.  

Photos of hands or feet allow the viewer to place themselves in the image, so to speak, and to generalise the scene to their own experience. In this blog post, Part 1 will be all about hands. The next blog post, Part 2 will be all about shoes and I will share my attempt to tell a story only through shoes. 

Photographer Jason Eskenazi said it well.

“As a photographer if your photos are too obvious then you’re missing the point. Photos are about mystery, about not knowing, about dreams, and the more you know about that—then you can recognize them on the street.” 

My aim here is to inspire you to get off your beaten path, so to speak.  If you are not used to making images of this type, go make 36 to experience a fresh perspective or specific type of image.  Why 36? Because that’s how many frames you get in a 35mm roll of film! Try to make the viewer pause and have to work for the meaning in the image. 

Try this approach to add a fresh perspective to your work. One caveat. Be patient. Sometimes you need to let these types of images come to you and reveal themselves. Just hands hands are notoriously one of the most difficult things to draw or paint, these are difficult images to fish for as well, but are well worth the effort in the long run.  The point here is to be open to all perspectives, angles, and possibilities. Incorporate hands into your project, or the story that are are working on. 

Happy hunting. 

Remember, the light is always right. 

 

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/5/blog-35-extreme-extremity-photography-part-1 Tue, 02 May 2017 04:39:36 GMT
Blog #52 Marc Levoy’s 18 Lectures on Digital Photography https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/4/blog-52-marc-levoy-s-18-lectures-on-digital-photography Photography is fun! Learning about how to make pictures and the underlying principles about how it all works can be equally fun.  Whether you are an amateur, hobbyist, or aspiring professional, the field is vast and the breath of knowledge is deep.  Past blogs have discussed and encouraged formal instruction in photography as a form of self-improvement (see also Part 2). Becoming better at making pictures and putting in a little effort and practice can yield lifetime of enjoyment in the medium for you and others. 

iPhone 7+

iPhone 7+

Marc Levoy has offered 18 lectures on the topic of Digital Photography online through You Tube.  Click here to begin watching Video & Lecture 1. Dr. Levoy is a very knowledgable professor emeritus.  His background is in architecture, and computer science.  His lectures are all available online and for free.  Click here.

Topics include: a history of photography, color theory and related information, cameras, lenses, lighting techniques, and other related subjects within photography.  Caveat! There is a heavy emphasis on the math and science behind the principles and techniques.  Discussions about sensor architecture are somewhat interesting but you might not find them so.  He uses algebra, geometry, and calculus along with some advances operations and visual graphic displays to illustrate the points.  All this gets a bit tiresome for the non-electrical engineers in the audience [such as myself].  Students in his lecture are typically engineers from Pixar, Google, and other silicone valley agencies.  However, just as you’re about to fall asleep he changes topics into areas that are more interesting albeit relevant to the typical photographer.  

The lectures wavered between irrelevant and review for me, personally. However, they were entertaining and interesting on some level.  

iPhone 7+ iPhone 7+ iPhone 7+

On another topic, in my recent Blog #48  titled Five Reasons Why it’s Better to Shoot with a Real Camera Over a Smartphone I wrote about shooting with a camera versus a smartphone.  There are obvious advantages to using a real cameras such as having a larger sensor, higher resolution images that is required for printing larger than A4 size, and who doesn’t love interchangeable lenses? That’s all fine and good, however, the purpose of that article was not to hate on smartphones. I shoot with my iPhone 7+ although I prefer my other cameras.  To illustrate this point I have included a few recent images made on the iPhone within this blog post just to shake things up a bit.  Am I a hypocrite? I don’t think so I just have my preferences and through sharing my viewpoints, I find that it helps me to shape my own attitudes and approach to my photography.  

 

The light is always right. 

 

jhg

iPhone 7+ iPhone 7+ iPhone 7+

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) digital levoy photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/4/blog-52-marc-levoy-s-18-lectures-on-digital-photography Fri, 28 Apr 2017 15:10:30 GMT
Blog #51 Shooting People, Especially Children https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/4/blog-51-shooting-people-especially-children Blog #51 Shooting People, Especially Children.

In this week’s post, I will describe the practice of shooting people, especially children. The title is supposed to be a catchy to get your attention. Did it work? At any rate,  basically there are three types of settings that I will describe here: candid, environmental portraits, and or the studio portrait.  I will also share some of my experiences in shooting children.  I have four of my own children, two boys and two girls so I get a lot of practice making images of my own ankle biters.  Also, as I have mentioned in previous blog posts, I work in an international school.  I shoot children quite often in many different activities throughout their school experiences.  Photographing children has unique challenges. 

People are everywhere unless you live at the South Pole,  in which case I suppose one is shooting a lot of, penguins? One of the most (if not the most) common subject of the printed image is people.  We have all seen thousands of images of people although some work better than others for various reasons.  This is quite a broad topic indeed.  However, I will focus on just three types of images of people. 

The candid photograph can be anytime, anywhere and normally the subject is not aware or knowingly participating in the process.  Candid photos do not need to be in the street, per se. Also, the candid photograph may or may not have the subject making eye contact with the viewer (camera).  Candid photos can be planned or spontaneous and tend to reveal some natural quality unique to the individual in the photograph. Look for gesture, pose, and include other elements that are generally important such as background and composition that should be considered in pretty much all images that contain candid or street portraits. 

Environmental portraits are generally images of a person in their element.  For example, environmental portraits include: a football player on a field, a student in a classroom, a chef in the kitchen.  The background is part of the story and is related to what the person does or who the person is.  

Studio portraits are unique due to the unnatural nature of the studio environment. The person is generally isolated and not only the subject of the image, but the entirety of the image.  Lighting is crucial.  There are many lighting options. One light, two light, three light, or more are typical. The number (and position) of lights is an important element that functions to communicate the mood of the photo.  Everyone needs to be lit differently.  There are a plethora of techniques that can be employed to highlight or hide features.  One effective technique that can be accomplished in the studio is to light the person based on their mood and or the personality or attitude that they radiate.  A dark mysterious teenager can be lit in low light using one light from a 45 or even 90 degree angle, while a playful child can be brightly lit to portray their bright spirit.  It is to the advantage of every photographer to have experience lighting different people and practicing this as an important skill even for the amateur or hobbyist.  

Regarding shooting children, often the best images will occur under conditions when the child, regardless of age, is calm and relaxed and familiar with the photographer.  This can be accomplished in many ways, however, flexibility and patience are essential to a successful photo shoot with a child. Be prepared to make a lot of pictures of a child to get a few keepers due to the unpredictable nature of most children, especially young children under 10 years old. Toys, prompts, and a playful approach will all go a long way under these conditions.  

On the topic of shooting people in general, a word on lens selection, namely focal length.  Although shooting portraits with wider than 35mm lens is certainly possible, the distortion will make the person’s nose look bigger than it really is unless you have an expensive lens that corrects for this effect that is characteristic of wide angle lenses. This is generally not flattering.  Use a nifty fifty or better yet, an 85mm lens to compress and flatten the subject’s face, slightly.  An 80mm-200mm lens can work well but you may need a lot of space to shoot with longer focal lengths or else you will fill the entire frame with the subjects face.  This might be the look that you are going for but I suggest starting with 50 and going up in 25mm increments to achieve the look that you want. 

Lastly by all means, avoid poles sticking out of people’s heads and keep the composition clean and tidy.  Look at the images in this post. It should be fairly obvious which of the three types of portraits each image falls into.  Most of all, practice, and enjoy the process. 

Remember, the light is always right. 

 

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm people photographer photography portait professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/4/blog-51-shooting-people-especially-children Mon, 24 Apr 2017 12:59:54 GMT
Blog #50 *Special Feature* Process Over Product https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/4/blog-50-special-feature-process-over-product Blog #50 *Special Feature* Process Over Product

Wow! Fifty blog entries to date.  Thank you to all of my readers for sticking with me through the thick and the thin.  For this week’s milestone blog entry, I want to share my experience with color film developing at home.  One of my 2017 photography goals that I set for myself was to learn to develop colour film at home.  I’ve been developing black and white 35mm and medium format film at home for some time now like for a couple of years and I wanted to try to challenge myself further since color is supposedly more difficult.  I really enjoy the process of developing film.  The product is better in my opinion as I do love the look and feel of film as compared to digital, but it’s really the process that keeps me hooked on film. 

There are basically three types of film processes: black and white, color negative [C-41], and slide film or color reversal process [E-6].  I wanted to knock another one off of my photography bucket list.   So I drove over to Camera Film Photo’s shop and picked up a box of DIGIBASE C-41 Process.  The box contains three aluminium packs that resemble juice boxes that we would drink as kids.  Each is 500ml.  There is a developer, bleach, and fix.  The chemicals are re-useable and can be used to develop about 14 rolls of film.  The kit costs $256 HK or about $18.29 HK per roll [$2.35 US].  

The process is pretty straight forward and an easy adjustment [small step] for anyone already familiar with the black and white film developing process.  For black and white, there is developer, stop bath, fix, and rinse.  The for color negatives the process is develop, bleach, then fix.  It is recommended that stabiliser follow the fix stage but I simply rinsed the film with water then hung it up to dry in my shower like I usually do with black and white film.  The film responded well to this finishing and drying process. 

The difference between B&W and color film processing is the chemistry, as mentioned above, and the temperature.  A more careful control of temperature needs to be adhered to.  A large tray used to bring the bottles of chemistry up to temperature and a thermometer [or two] is a must.  The good news here is that 20 or 25 degrees celsius are basically your options, both of which can be considered around room temperature.  

The results are decent and I’m generally happy with my first attempt.  I think that a more precise treatment of the temperature in the development stage would yield even better results.  I used Kodak Portra 400 35mm film and a Nikon L35 AF point and shoot for this experiment.  The reels and tank and changing bag can be used from your black and white kit, if you already have one.

If you would like to get into DIY photography and are interested in playing with film, I suggest starting with black and white which is more forgiving and easier to start with, arguably.  

I’m looking forward to shooting more colour and to perfecting the color C-41 process in the coming months. 

 

You can too!

 

The light is always right. 

 

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm developing diy film photography professional https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/4/blog-50-special-feature-process-over-product Wed, 19 Apr 2017 13:09:39 GMT
Blog #49 Experiment During Travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/4/blog-49-experiment-during-travel Blog # 49 Experiment During Travel

Travel photography is practically it’s own genre with countless tomes of information written about the subject.  The goals of this genre may be to capture the essence of a place and its people, or to reveal the undying feel of a place by photographing as a local would.  It has been suggested that rather than making the same image of the Eiffel Tower that others have made, turn your camera around, or get in very close [or far] to capture a fresh perspective.  

In this week’s blog entry, I offer an alternative perspective for the photographer when travelling. In one word, experiment!  Try a new genre and get out of your comfort zone.  The best place to do this is away from home and your normal routines.  I suggest that there is value in the new place, new approach to making pictures concept. When we are at home, we fall into routines and photograph similar or even the same places [streets] week after week.  While great images may result from this practice, shaking things up a bit can also result in some novel and wonderful results. For more on the subject of experimentation in photography click here and using film click here.

On a recent family holiday to Cebu in the Philippines, I made lots of images of my family, and our beautiful surroundings as one does on a family holiday.  However, I also planned to take the opportunity to experiment with some underwater photography.  

A few metres off of the beach from our resort, under the otherwise pristine aquamarine peaceful waters of the Philippines Sea , there was a whole universe of life to explore.  

While planning for my dive into underwater photography [pun intended], I brought along a small point a shoot camera that has waterproof capabilities to about 12 metres or 40 feet.  There are a few manufacturers that produce these models that can be had for under $400 USD.  For more thoughts on gear for travelling click here. I covered myself in sun block, strapped on my mask and snorkel, and dove into the cool and refreshing waters.  

Trying to remember the cornerstones of good photography, away I went, out into the big blue.  Light, subject, colour, and compositional rules [guidelines] ran through my head as I floated along with my face in the water looking for subjects to shoot.  The ocean revealed an underworld teaming with life, colour, and beauty.  I snapped away.  I took big deep breaths of air and dove down under the water until my the pressure made my ears ring and my head pound.  I wanted to get closer to get up front and personal with my subjects as we try to do when shooting street photography.  

It was a learning process, and thankfully one that I had a few days to work on.  There were many [mostly] mistakes and blurry shots.  This is an absolutely brutal [albeit beautiful] environment to make images.  Each day we would wake up, grab some breakfast, cover ourselves with sun screen which barely did any good since the sun seemed to go right through it; we were all pink and burned but happy as clams.  I was back into the waters each day like it was my job to catch a few “keepers”.  

I saw a sea urchin, some sort of scary looking eel, clown fish, and other amazing species such as these skinny fish that seemed to be up and down like pencils floating in the water.  With a depth of just a few metres, and the bright sun beaming down and reflecting off of the ocean floor, there was enough light to keep my tiny point and shoot’s sensor happily functioning at about 100 ISO. 

You can see some of my results from above and below water in colour [JPEG] and black and white [just because] in this blog entry.  

Next time you are away from home, do some photography an a genre that you don’t normally work in. You might be pleasantly surprised that you did and you will learn things about yourself and your photography that you might not expect. 

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) experiment photography professional study travel underwater https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/4/blog-49-experiment-during-travel Sun, 16 Apr 2017 09:30:36 GMT
Blog #48 Five Reasons Why it’s Better to Shoot with a Real Camera Over a Smartphone https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/3/blog-48-five-reasons-why-it-s-better-to-shoot-with-a-real-camera-over-a-smartphone Blog #48 Five Reasons Why it’s Better to Shoot with a Real Camera Over a Smartphone

 

This week I’m tackling another controversial topic within our beloved field of photography. Have you ever noticed that there are so many controversial topics in photography? We have film versus digital, RAW versus JPEG, black and white versus colour, grainy and noisy images versus tack sharp, full frame versus cropped sensors, Nikon versus Canon, and the list goes on. Perhaps the topic of controversial topics in photography can be addressed in another blog sometime down the road. 

For this week’s blog, I would like to share five reasons why it’s better to shoot with a real camera over a smartphone.  To qualify this statement, there is nothing wrong, of course, with making images with a smartphone. Many amazing images are being produced these days with a cameraphone.  Real camera are expensive or out of the reach of some amateurs or hobbyists. I get that.  This essay is not about dissing smartphones, but rather about why it is better to shoot with a real camera.

First I will admit that I am an Apple fan boy and chose the iPhone 7+ due to the improved camera and Portrait mode that can throw the background out of focus through a combination of hardware and software algorithms (yes, I love any excuse to write algorithm)The 12mp helps a little as well along with image stabilisation, and other bells and whistles baked into the software. I do make images with this device but really don’t get the same kick as using a film camera or even one of my beautiful little mirrorless gems from Fujifilm.  Here’s why. 

  1. Smartphones are not really cameras 

 

Although our smartphones have cameras that have come a long way and are currently dangerously close to or can even shoot at or above the quality of most point and shoot cameras, this is not the intended purpose of the device. The smartphone is an evolution from it’s predecessor the Palm Pilot that was essentially a datebook, address book, and data managing device with simple applications like a calculator, or gaming device. Somewhere along the way, a radio transmitter was added and, voila! the first smartphone was invented. The camera function was added later. 

2) Smartphones are for consuming information, not creating it

The second reason why you need a real camera to make images is because it’s a dedicated devise for one purpose only and that basically for consuming information not creating it.  Smartphones are for making calls, checking the weather, reading and tweeting, reading the news over coffee, keeping track of your expenses, making appointments, texting your friends that you are going to late to the party, and looking up your neighbour’s phone number to complain about the noise. The camera function is relatively new and most digital immigrants simply are not accustomed to using a phone as a camera. Have you ever tried to make a photo while your friends are Whatsapping you or your mother calls from Florida? Annoying, I know. 

 

It’s a smart-phone not a smart-camera.

3) Better Images

In spite of the rapid develop and success of the smartphone camera, the image quality is still pretty crappy.  The image sensor in your smartphone is a few millimetres square.  Compare the medium in which the image is made from a smartphone to a 35mm film frame or APS-C sensor and you don’t need a doctorate in electrical engineering to figure out which will produce a superior quality image. Sure, image quality is not everything. The purists out there are beating there fists in the air about the gesture and the composition! Yes, I agree, but have you ever tried to edit a smartphone image or worse, print one? Yuck! 

4) Creative Control

 

Try as they might, the geniuses at Apple or Samsung are try to wring every pixel out of those tiny lenses and sensors but there are some physical properties of image making that cannot seem to improve through software algorithms alone (ummm, algorithms).

Zoom lenses, blurry backgrounds, high ISO, fast shutter speeds, motion blur and other creative effects are pretty wonky when it comes to smartphones. Sure, you can snap on a mini 3” telephoto lens and go shoot that football game. How did that work out for ‘ya? Smartphones can do a good job at macro  photography, portraits, and some landscapes, but it ends there in my book.  You know what my iPhone 7+ is good for? Video! Time lapse and slow motion are pretty good and the iMovie editing app and sharing features are pretty awesome.

5) Making Images

 

It’s been said that the camera doesn’t make the image, the photographer does. It’s also been said that we don’t take photos we make photos. As a form of art, there is a kinaesthetic or visceral experience in carrying a camera, turning dials and the focus ring, and that oh-so-pleasing click! of the shutter. You feel it. This is the experience of making an image. You lift the camera to your eye and for a moment, it’s just you and the frame, the rest of the world disappears and all that is left if what you can see and feel through the viewfinder.  Click! Bang! Nailed it! You push the button and camera pushes back with a physical affirmation.  You are one.

Your feeling, sight, and hearing are all engaged in the process. Develop your own film and you will become intoxicated by the process and weird but wonderful smells of the chemistry. This process is infinitely more gratifying than holding a skinny 5.5” metal and glass slab at arms length and pressing the screen with no feeling.  The camera manufacturers built in a Click! noise to emulate the sound of a shutter slapping around but its not even close.  Use a light meter.  Measure the light.  Dial in the aperture, shutter speed, now focus. Bang! This is what photography is about. This is how images are made. 

I get the whole lure of the digital smartphone thing.  Shoot, post, like, comment, repeat.  This will be emblazoned on the flag of the new millennials if they ever cared enough about anything to demand one. I’m from Generation X and we use REAL cameras to make images.  We use film, real digital cameras,  and Oh, sometimes an iPhone 7+ ;o).

The images in this post are my own and were made with, you know, a camera.

Two middle aged Japanese men catch Pokemon on Kimberly Road in TST, Hong Kong

The light is always right.

jhg

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) camera iPhone image photographer photography professional smartphone https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/3/blog-48-five-reasons-why-it-s-better-to-shoot-with-a-real-camera-over-a-smartphone Wed, 22 Mar 2017 14:16:13 GMT
Bog #47 Composition, Composition, and More Composition https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/3/bog-47-composition-composition-and-more-composition Blog #47 Composition, Composition, & More Composition 

Composition as it relates to photography is best described as a verb rather than a noun. It is not simply a description of what is in the image but rather how the photographer decided to arrange or place the objects within the frame. This is a deliberate process and one that we should all be paying particularly careful attention to. 

Rhythm NationRhythm Nation Nikon D610

For this week’s blog post, I will not be sharing comments on The Rule of Thirds or The Rule of Odds, or any other dos or do nots related to composition. I will, however, make reference to a far-from-exhaustive short list of purposeful attempts that a photographer may make in an effort to draw the view’s eye towards the subject within a given image. You can view that piece in Casual Photophile’s Tips And Techniques column here

One very pleasing albeit often overlooked compositional technique is the use of visual rhythm.  Rhythm is defined simply as a movement or procedure with uniform or patterned recurrence of a beat, accent, or the like according to dictionary.com. The term is usually applied to music or dance but can also be useful to describe the repetitive compositional elements in a painting or photograph. Visual rhythm is not simply the lining up of all of your ducks in a row.  Creating visual rhythm, much like a drum beat in a song, can be very simple and constant, ascending, descending, interrupted, or even complex.  The subject used can be quite broad and, if executed well, almost any subject can work when visual rhythm is applied.  This concept is executed successfully when the viewer's eye is lead through frame.  If one were to track the viewer's eye it would touch on all of the areas in the frame and perhaps be directed towards the subject or bounce around the subjects or perhaps even visually walk around and around again, always staying within the frame.  The role of the photographer can be said to escort the viewer (through the use of composition) through the frame like a proper gentleman (or lady, of course). 

In my view, using visual rhythm is one of the more obscure and seldom exploited composition techniques within photography.  The images shown here are my own and represent my attempts to illustrate this concept.

On your next photo shoot, aim for visual rhythm and compose your score with intention and gusto.  Follow your own beat and draw your own visual signature. 

The light is always right. 

 

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) art composition frame photographer photography professional rhythm study visual https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/3/bog-47-composition-composition-and-more-composition Wed, 08 Mar 2017 13:52:11 GMT
Blog # 46 What Makes Art Worthy? https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/2/blog-46-what-makes-art-worthy Blog #46 What Makes Art Worthy?

The topic of what makes art worthy, can be a controversial but relevant topic.  Worthy of what you might ask? What makes art worthy of being art?  This is a philosophical question and one that is as relevant to photography as it is for any other medium in which art can be expressed.  The question of whether or not photography itself can be considered or viewed as art  has been discussed in my previous Blog #11.  

The LookerThe Looker EnvyEnvy Of course photography is art! You don’t have to take my word for it, go look in a museum and if you find photographs there, then photography is art. I rest my case.  Now that that issue is behind us, let’s dive into this week’s blog post. 

In order for a photograph or any other piece of art to be considered worthy it could be said that it should have meaning. For art to have meaning, there are two ways that this may be accomplished. The first way that a photograph or piece of art can be described as having meaning is through its communication of something to the viewer.  The experience or feeling of the photographer should come through in the image.  The photograph should say something.  The second way that a photograph can convey meaning is that it should contain a theme.  Images that contain a theme are generally more universal and can connect to more viewers.  I have expanded on this topic in Blog #33 here.  

“Time eventually positions most photographs, even the most amateurish, at the level of art”, said the late great Susan Sontag.

Really? I agree with 99% of her brilliant commentary from On Photography but regarding this statement, I beg to differ. 

Let’s pause for the cause. How do we describe art that is not worthy? Well, that too becomes a philosophical question.  Art that attempts to be worthy, but falls short we might describe as being mere decoration.  The world most definitely is improved and enhanced through decoration.  This is a description and not intended to be an insult, per se.  Some art is nice but is ineffective at satisfying one of the two conditions mentioned above.  Namely, the photograph or painting, or sculpture communicates no meaning to the viewer nor does it contain a theme in  that it fails to connect with the viewer.  Art that is worthy usually has the qualities of being accepted, successful, and lasting.  Art that is worthy contains value on an individual and cultural level.  This is frequently the goal of the artist either on a conscience or unconscience level.  

Man at WorkMan at Work Wealth ContrastWealth Contrast Wah!Wah! Shady EncounterShady Encounter

In my view, to produce photographs or any art for that matter, at some level, the artist strives to achieve worthiness.  We want to share our art as an expression of our own thoughts and feelings.  We want others to experience the joy or pain within contents of a photograph much as we have experienced that joy or pain.  

The dictionary defines essay as an attempt.  In this blog post, I submit a photo essay where I attempt to illustrate the concept of making photographs that contain meaning and themes. This, of course, is much easier said than done.  Nevertheless, I offer a few examples.  View these with an open mind and feel free to critique them any way that you feel comfortable. Good luck! 

Shadow ContrastShadow Contrast Taxi in the Rain at NightTaxi in the Rain at Night Under CoverUnder Cover Rhythm NationRhythm Nation Man at Bird Market with African GrayMan at Bird Market with African Gray

The light is always right. 

 

jhg

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) art meaning photographer photography professional study theme themes https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/2/blog-46-what-makes-art-worthy Mon, 27 Feb 2017 11:07:16 GMT
Blog #45 Getting Intimate with Your Subject https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/1/blog-45-getting-intimate-with-your-subject Blog #45 Getting Intimate with Your Subject

Now that I have your attention, I would like to encourage you to make images that include gestures and intimacy.  I am not talking about being inappropriate during a portrait shoot here. The photographer is a professional and does not cross that line with their subject.  Nevertheless, rather than launch into an ethics debate here, I prefer to focus on making images that count, images that matter. 

One way to make images that count, or images that matter is to include gesture or intimacy into the frame.  This is much easier said than done.  It is really difficult to make an exciting or memorable image of a person simply walking down the street.  Many of us fall prey to this type of cliché image or proverbial low hanging fruit.  I am guilty of this practice from time to time as well.  It is a false belief to expect that simply because the image meant something to you because of how you felt when you made it, that feeling will automatically translate to the viewer.  This quote from W. Eugene Smith captures the point perfectly, “What use is having a great depth of field, if there is not an adequate depth of feeling?”.   Gesture usually include living organisms such as people (or cats, of course). Gesture may be of an intimate nature such as between two (or more) people who are in love.  While many successful artists have made strong images that included gesture in their work, perhaps one of the leaders in this area is photographer Nan Goldin who is nothing short of a master at capturing gesture and gestures with intimacy.  For example after example of this concept, check out the book titled Nan Goldin here.

Intimacy need not be of a sexual nature. Intimacy can be between a parent and a child, for example.  Forget your gear and settings and look for hands, smiles, winks, scowls, hugs, kisses, and drama! Avoid cliché. Let this new year of possibilities be about making images that matter, images that wow your audience.  Communicate the feeling that you experienced when capturing that moment, through the frame, to your viewer. Is that not the ultimate goal of photography? 

Happy New Year!

The light is always right. 

 

jhg

 

 

 

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm gesture image intimacy matters photograph photographer photography professional quality study that work https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/1/blog-45-getting-intimate-with-your-subject Mon, 23 Jan 2017 13:35:31 GMT
Blog #44 Juxtaposition & Humour in Photography https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/1/blog-44-juxtaposition-humour-in-photography Blog #44 Juxtaposition & Humour in photography

Happy New Year! Welcome back to my blog. 

I’m starting off this new year with a blog post to discuss the topic of juxtaposition and humour in photography.  Of course these are mutually exclusive events and are not necessarily related but I tend to consider these elements within an image as going well together like chocolate and peanut butter or as Forrest Gump might suggest, peas and carrots. 

On the topic of making good images that work, the subject is the most important ingredient.  For my piece on subjects that was published on Casual Photophile’s website, click here.  Juxtaposition can be viewed either as the subject itself or as a technique that you can employ to draw attention to the subject. It can be obvious or subtle.  Juxtaposition can be defined as the placement of two objects next to each other for comparison or contrast.  You may include this deliberately or accidentally.  Quite often, the results can be quite humorous as well.

Magnum photographer Elliott Erwitt is a master of juxtaposition and humour in his images. Below are a few of his that really stand out and illustrate the concept.  Surely, most if not all of these were not planned. The use of juxtaposition in the image really makes it pop and provides a strong subject that connects with just about any viewer albeit they are made in a serendipitous manner. 

(c) Elliott Erwitt(c) Elliott Erwitt (c) Elliott Erwitt(c) Elliott Erwitt (c) Elliott Erwitt(c) Elliott Erwitt Juxtaposition can be illustrated or accomplished by placing objects or subjects within the frame in an opposite manner that go together or compliment each other.  Examples of this might include old and young, big and little, include a pattern of more than two elements, or create a dialogue between the two in some way.  Subjects within an image might emulate one another as the images below exemplify. This comparison may be obvious and jump out at you or be more subtle and take a while to identify.  In either case, the inclusion of two or more subjects that are obviously related in some way will usually help an image to work and connect with the viewer. The degree to which the subjects are related might be in direct proportion to how well (or unwell) the image works.  

Nikon D610

So to make images of this kinds you need essentially two parts subject and one part luck.  That being said, in the famous words of Edna Mode from Pixar’s The Incredibles, Luck favours the prepared, darling”. So slip on a comfortable pair of kicks, get outside, and make some magic. 

 

The light is always right. 

 

jhg

                                

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) humour juxtaposition photographer photography study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2017/1/blog-44-juxtaposition-humour-in-photography Wed, 11 Jan 2017 12:49:59 GMT
Blog #43 That Crazy Monkey https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/12/blog-43-that-crazy-monkey Blog #43 That Crazy Monkey

 

2016 was the Year of the Monkey according to the Chinese Lunar Calendar. 

Monkeys can be quite unpredictable and even aggressive and I would describe the past year as nothing short of either. 

It was a very busy year for me and my photography.  For this week’s blog and the last one of 2016, I will highlight some of my achievements over the year. 

  • Way back in February to conclude the completion of my Project 365, fellow photographer and artist, Kirill and I had our first photography show.  It spanned across two days and I sold one piece.

 

  • I attended many shows over the year including the Gordon Parks Invisible Man show at the Chicago Art Institute. 

 

  • This and other activities led to the expansion of my collection of photography books for research and appreciation.  

 

  • This year marked a number of many contributions to the field and published articles across photography websites.  Most of these can be viewed here.

 

  • The Harbour School’s darkroom is up and running and I’m involved with teaching classes to students on shooting, developing, and printing images using 35mm and medium format film. This involves ongoing developing, printing, framing, and teaching work.  I’m also developing film at home for convenience. It’s really fast and easy.

 

  • Commercially, I have been quite busy as well.  I’ve shot within my parameters doing:  portraits, events such as the 500 Yards record release party with Metro Vocal Group, and food for Fugazi in Kennedy Town.

 

  • I’ve drafted a few photography books that I am in the process of publishing.

 

  • Since I carry a camera almost everyday, I shoot and share whenever possible. 

 

  • Of course I’ve been blogging away to you, my readers, and for that I am most thankful.

Goals for next year include four: 

  1. Learn to develop colour film using C-41 & E-6 processes
  2. Print and frame for home, office, and sales
  3. Continue various projects that I’ve started and keep three at a time active
  4. Publish book projects

Here’s to another year of making images, making friends, and making a difference.

 

The light is always right. 

 

jhg

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm 365 film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/12/blog-43-that-crazy-monkey Mon, 12 Dec 2016 15:09:47 GMT
Blog #42 It's All in the Details https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/12/blog-42-its-all-in-the-details Blog #42 It’s All in the Details. 

Images can be presented in many ways.  We are all familiar with common ways that images are displayed.  Paper prints such as in books or frames on the wall, projection onto a screen, and LCD screens such as a laptops or smartphones are the most common for viewing images.  Detail in an image is an important and controversial topic. Film and digital photography differ in their approach to detail within the image.  This week’s blog piece will address the concept of detail in the two dimensional image, albeit in a brief manner with an emphasis on the final printed image. The proverbial devil is in the details.

In the last decade or so, and especially the last few years, film photography, digital, and even smartphones have come to produce similarly good quality images.  There are no bad cameras anymore. When viewed on a 13” screen (laptop) or 4.5” screen (smartphone) there is no discernible difference detectable in the image quality of just about any image taken by any camera. Our eyes can only see up to about 300dpi and detect differences in images up to about 600 dpi only so anything more than is sort of overkill. There are serious professional forums and online discussions about this topic for the scientifically inclined reader. 

Let’s start with film.  Film photography under went many changes in it’s humble beginnings.  Paper and chemistry were crude and the task of fixing light onto a surface was a messy process at best.  After some trial and error and many decades, photography made some significant advancements.  Chemistry and paper had come a long way and in the early 20th century, images started to look very good and retain archival quality.  Many printed images have survived 100 years or more without fading much or completely disintegrating. 

There are many different sized negatives: 35mm, medium format, 4x5 (inches), large format which is around 8x10 and others. In general, the common and widely available 35mm size can make acceptable prints in the 8x10 size to the 11x14 size.  It is possible to make acceptable prints from a 35mm negative that are 16x20 in size but there could be some image degradation.  The details and quality of an image is a combination of many variables.  The camera, lens, lighting, film, and developing, are all variables that effect the final quality of the negative.  For images 16x20 and larger, you would be wise to use a medium format negative or larger to be on the safe side.  Of course the final print size is determined by the intended size of the print as determined by the artist, the quality of the image (negative) and the photographer’s tolerance of the grain in the given image. Medium format film is almost three images larger than 35mm. See the illustration for six comparison below. 

Grain or resolution (expressed in units called dots per inch or pixels per inch) as well as the distance at which an image is viewed are significant factors in the overall success of how the image is displayed and presented.  A general rule of thumb is as follows. The viewing distance should be around twice the diagonal of the image. For example let’s say that we have a print that is 8x10.  That’s rectangle vertical or horizontal. There is a diagonal line that can be drawn to make two triangles within the rectangle. This is the measurement that we are interested in. 

This formula will apply to the image rather than the paper size. Many images are printed with a matte around it or a border, ignore that for the purposes of this point. The hypotenuse “c” of this picture is the square root of a squared times b squared since the length of the two sides, a and b, is known.  Sound familiar? That’s because you learned this in primary school and it’s known as the Pythagorean Theorem.  Thanks Pythagorus! Now, just multiply the result by two and you have the proper viewing distance for your image. This formula will work for proportionally larger images. 

If viewed closer than this “Goldie Locks” viewing range for optimal quality, the image may become blurry or deteriorate.  Chuck Close is a brilliant artist and painter who more or less illustrates this concept through painting large portraits using a pixel-style in his work that, when viewed as a far enough distance, you can see the person but up close, his work just looks like a bunch of coloured squares.  

Figure 1.  An 8” x 10” image (without matte or borders) has a diagonal (hypotenuse) of 12.81”.  Multiply 12.81 x 2 to get 25.62” or the proper viewing distance of this photograph.  Viewed closer, and the grain or resolution (quality) of the image may start to deteriorate and degrade.  Quality might be lost with this viewing range. 

With regard to digital files, in general the more megapixels the larger size the image can be printed without loosing image quality.  RAW images contain all of the information captured by the sensor and can are therefore more malleable in post-processing.  JPEG images are compressed and tend to be less forgiving when post-processing adjustments are applied.  TIFF files can be manipulated from RAW files and are uncompressed. Use TIFF files when enlarging prints for maximum detail retention.  

The images shown come from four different sources.  One is from an iPhone 7+, 35mm film, 120 medium format film, and one digital JPEG from a Fujifilm X-T1 16mp mirrorless camera. Without looking at the labels. can you guess which is which? They will be displayed at the end of the blog post with labels for identification purposes.  You can try prints of different sizes to experiment with optimum viewing options for your printed images.  

“A photograph doesn’t exist until it is printed”, according to Constantine Manos. Indeed, a printed image is a real thing whereas an image on a screen will fade as with the day and become lost in the sea as sands on the beach.   

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

 

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 120 35mm film format medium photography https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/12/blog-42-its-all-in-the-details Mon, 05 Dec 2016 13:05:33 GMT
Blog #41 The Top 10 Reasons That I Love Hong Kong https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/11/blog-41-the-top-10-reasons-that-i-love-hong-kong Blog #41 The Top 10 Reasons That I Love Hong Kong

For this week’s Blog, I will share my passion for living in Asia’s World City, Hong Kong.  When an expatriate stays in the region and works, continuously, for seven years, they are entitled to Permanent Resident status.  After the application process, if accepted, you are given a new Identification Card that reads Right to Abode on the back.  Last month marked the seventh year of my residence in this fair city.  I’m a PR (permanent resident).  Hong Kong is my home.  Therefore, I find it fitting to share my top 10 list through images of what makes this city so awesome, in my view.  

10.  Food and Custom Clothes 

The quality and diversity of food here is just amazing.  Even the most experienced foodie will have an endless playground for the pallet.  We have Michelin star rated restaurants galore.  The Cantonese style Dim Sum is delicate and flavourful, fruits like dragon fruit (pictured) are sweet and juicy, and the variety keeps us coming back for more.  Eating out is the norm since flats and kitchens are tiny and not very conducive for cooking meals, especially for single or small households.  Custom clothing can be had at a bargain as well.  At roughly $300 Hong Kong Dollars ($38 US) per custom made oxford shirts, you can feel like a king and be comfortable all day long in the office.  This is another one of Hong Kong’s little treasures that makes it such a unique city.

9.  Service

HongKongers in general are excellent workers. Service is usually fast and efficient.  Delivery drivers will call you religiously an hour before delivery to ensure that someone is home to receive your package.  The mail system is fast as well.  Logistics is a huge industry here and Hong Kong port is one of the biggest in the world.  Being so close to Shenzhen, one of China’s factory cities, it’s no wonder things move here at the speed of business.

8. Shopping

Hong Kong is a mecca for cheap and good products.  Hong Kong has it all from Sneaker Street in Mong Kok to Hardware stores along Canton Road that you would swear have every single nut and bolt every fabricated by man.  You can wheel and deal and bargain your socks off.  Clothing, food, electronics, jewellery, furniture, you name it, it’s here and waiting for you to bargain your way to material bliss. 

7. The Great Outdoors

The weather in Hong Kong is generally warm.  We do get quite a bit of rain and when one of the eight (on average) typhoons come close enough the the city, A “Typhoon 8” signal is hoisted and everything closes and everyone stays home.  There are dozens of hiking trails and about 15 beaches in Hong Kong.  The trails range from easy to super challenging but all are generally safe and have water fountains and toilets along the way for comfort and convenience.  It’s amazing to live in Mid-Levels, for example whereas you can walk down the hill and in 15 minutes be amongst skyscrapers and dense urban chaos, or walk uphill  and be on a country trail in the middle of the forest with no buildings anywhere in site.  It’s really a place of extremes, geographically, with its mountains, islands, and ocean. The beaches are great with surfing at Big Wave Bay, and many other places to push your toes into the sand, and catch up on some rest and relaxation from the busy office and work life.  

Junk boat parties are super fun and when your lucky enough to get invited to go on one, you’re really in for treat.  A day on the water, sun, friends, fun, music, drinks, and a swim are all on the menu.  Oh, and Ocean Park is blast as well! 

6.Transportation and Free Motorbike Parking

Our fair city has arguably the best transportation system in the world.  Busses, ferries, taxies, and the MTR underground train systems move the city’s 7 million inhabitants around every day in a safe, clean, efficient, and inexpensive manner.  You really don’t need a car here, motorbikes are the way to go.  The city boasts tons of free motorcycle street parking everywhere. For bike nuts like me, that’s really something to love! 

5.  Chinese New Year 

The Chinese Lunar New Year celebrations are fun and festive.  Most of the city closes for one week around the end of January.  Traditional foods are eaten, families and friends get together to enjoy each other’s company, and don’t forget the awesome fireworks! The holiday schedule here is quite generous at their are both Western holidays as well as local Chinese holidays that are observed by most businesses.  

4. Macau

Macau is a close one hour fast ferry boat ride away.  Also a Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China, Macau has sporting events, casinos, beaches, shopping, culture, good food, and attractions.  See the House of Dancing Water Show, chill poolside at the Hard Rock Hotel where you can jam on a Fender guitar in your hotel room, or grab an authentic egg tart from the Venetian. Macau is all about fun and convenience and there is tons of both and a whole lot more.  I’ve gone to the Macau Grand Prix every year for the seven that I have lived in Hong Kong and it’s a really fun and fuelled up weekend every November with friends.  

3.  Lan Kwai Fong & Nightclubs

LKF (as we locals call it) has a plethora of bars and nightclubs to shake off that hectic work week.  There are many watering holes within a small area and you can bounce from one to another all night long.  You will always see friends in these places or maybe even bump into your boss! DJs spin tracks from around the world and there is always more ear candy around the corner. 

2.  Everything Photography

Photography in every size, shape, and form is alive and well in Hong Kong. There are the best deals on new digital equipment, film and developing, even university courses, meet ups, galleries, workshops, and everything in between.  The photography community here is international, talented and passionate.  This year marked the fourth international photo festival.  It’s a heaven for anyone with a camera. For food, urban, landscape, environmental portraits, and all types of genres there is an unlimited subject matter to shoot.  There are many camera stores that have good deals on film cameras as well as new ones of the digital variety.  Hong Kong is heaven for photographers. 

1. That Skyline

I’ll just let the picture do the talking.

The light is always right.

 

jhg

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm film hong kong photography professional travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/11/blog-41-the-top-10-reasons-that-i-love-hong-kong Sun, 27 Nov 2016 09:11:41 GMT
Blog #40 Shooting For The Sport Of It https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/11/blog-40-shooting-for-the-sport-of-it Blog #40 Shooting for the Sport of it

I shot the 63rd Macau Grand Prix event this past weekend. It was the 50th Macau Grand Prix for the Motorcycles and a grand race it was with late braking, overtaking, and the whole lot. 

The weather was hot and bright overcast. Thankfully, there was no rain although some was forecasted. My press pass allowed me to basically go anywhere around the track, including the special press podiums that are elevated and positioned around the grandstand and pit areas for maximum field of view of the cars, motorcycles, riders, and pit crews. 

In terms of gear, I brought three cameras, two digital and one film.  The film was a small Olympus 35RD that uses a fixed 42mm f/1.7 lens.  I brought one special roll of film for it, Rollei CR 200 “Chrome”. This is an amazing slide or positive film that gives good colour and a warm tone that really takes you back to another time with its true vintage tones. For a review of this and other great films, click here.  My backup camera was a Nikon DLSR with 50mm f/1.8 prime lens.  Although a very capable camera in its own right, thankfully, I never needed to use it. 

My main camera for this and all of my commercial shooting is my trusty Fujifilm X-T1.  Paired with the outstanding Fujifilm Fujinon XF 50-140mm f/2.8 R LM OIS WR both camera body and lens are weather resistant to the point of borderline submersible.  I was ready for the rains that never came. The size and weight of the body and lens combination is acceptable and I never really got fatigued in spite of running around and being on my feet all day.  The 50mm “low end” of the focal length (75mm full frame equivalent) was not really wide enough but it worked.  The APS-C sensor in the X-T1 body gives a nice depth of field that is wider than a full frame sensor so teleconverters and more lengthy (heavier and more expensive) lenses are not entirely necessary.  

While I would have preferred to have had a second body with wide angle lenses such as in the 16mm-55mm focal length range (24mm-83mm full frame equivalent) to be able to switch back and forth, or teleconverter in lieu of a longer focal length such as 400mm, those really didn’t hinder my shooting or prevent me from “getting the shot” at any point. I did bring the Fujinon XF 16-55mm f/2.8 R LM WR but didn’t use it at the Grand Prix.  Changing lenses in the middle of shoot is tricky and I try to avoid that when outdoors. The 50-140mm proved to be enough and performed flawlessly.  

You get a lot of practice on your panning technique with the five separate 10+ lap races all day long.  It’s hit or miss for the most part, but I am satisfied with some of the images that I was able to grab of the cars, bikes, and riders.  While most of the attention was on the track during the race, The behind the scenes shots I also found interesting.  These put the viewer right into the action and most people do not get to see these types of images. 

It’s a truly exhilarating experience to be right on the edge of the track.  The smells of race fuel and race rubber, the sounds of finely tuned race engines ready to pounce are around you all of the time. 

For the published write up of the event, look here: HKFP.  The images in this blog entry are more behind the scenes shots. Shooting sports can be a real challenge, but totally worth the effort. 

The light is always right. 

 

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) action grand lens macau pan panning photography prix professional sports telephoto https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/11/blog-40-shooting-for-the-sport-of-it Mon, 21 Nov 2016 13:56:01 GMT
Blog #39 Drawing with Light and Words https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/11/blog-39-drawing-with-light-and-words Blog #39 Drawing with Light and Words

For this week’s blog I’m reflecting about writing about photography.  The political climate this month (November) is depressing to say the least in my home country of USA and it’s not much better in other places around the world.  I’m looking for a creative and healthy escape from the hectic and stressful day to day grind.  Writing requires all faculties and can be instrumental as a distraction from the multitude of life’s challenges.  I’ve decided to take on multiple writing projects that I will explain more about later. 

Rollei Infrared 400 FilmRollei Infrared 400 Film The word photography  was derived from the Greek root words “phōtos” meaning light and “graphé” meaning lines or drawing.  Hence, the term literally means drawing with light.  Photographers can and do also write with words.  We have been including titles to our work probably since the start of the medium around 1838.  It is commonplace for photographers to include a title to an image, series, or body of work.  While some rebel against this practice, many photographers title their images as painters and other artists have done over the years.  Artist statements are frequently included at the start of printed photography books before the pictures are presented.  Frequently, this statement is provided by the artist himself or herself.  Alternatively, the publisher or editor will provide a bibliography of the photographer.   Rollei Infrared 400 FilmRollei Infrared 400 Film There is such a vast collection of written books, articles, blogs, and other resources for photographers these days that no one could possibly read all of it.  We read what we can, yet, the river of information continues to flow harder and faster.

How does it benefit the photographer to write about photography?  I will offer an answer to that question here.  First, writing about a subject forces me to take some time to research the topic.  This results in a deeper level of understanding about a given topic or subject manner.  As an educator, this process is familiar to me my other professional endeavours have made it easier to write about topics in photography.  

Rollei Infrared 400 FilmRollei Infrared 400 Film Second, I also find it fulfilling to contribute to the field.  There are social benefits in terms of forging professional relationships and friendships through the sharing and contribution process.  Forming social networks is important for personal and professional growth and support. 

Rollei Infrared 400 FilmRollei Infrared 400 Film

To summarize some recent writing, I’ve been fortunate to establish some of these connections recently. Digital Photography School published a tutorial piece that I did on post processing digital images to achieve the look of film.  I’ve blogged about various topics such as Japanese Style in photography, setting goals, and ten ways that shooting film can benefit your digital work. I try to vary the topics to keep you, the reader, interested.  

Rollei Infrared 400 FilmRollei Infrared 400 Film Next month, The Inspired Eye, will feature me and some of my work through their interview series.  It’s really an honour to be featured and happy to contribute to photography's global community in that way.  More pieces will be featured in the near future from Japan Camera Hunter  and Casual Photophile sites as well. 

Rollei Infrared 400 FilmRollei Infrared 400 Film I’m reminded of the old English Idiom , a picture is worth a thousand words. Reversing this phrase would require one thousand words for one picture. While taking this literally might not be possible, it is a worthwhile process to shoot, write, and consider the balance of these and other creative pursuits for all photographers. 

P.S. The photos included in this blog were the results of shooting Rollei Infrared 400 35mm film.  I developed the film at home using Rollei Supergrain for 15 minutes at 1+15 dilution. A red #25 filter was used over my Nikon AI 35mm f/2 lens of my Nikon FE SLR.  I like the high contrast and moderate grain levels from these images.  The processing reflected my vision for how I expected the images to come out. Keep experimenting ! 

The light is always right. 

 

jhg

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm blog blogging creative film photographer photography professional study writing https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/11/blog-39-drawing-with-light-and-words Sun, 13 Nov 2016 14:31:46 GMT
Blog #38 Photography Health Report https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/11/blog-38-photography-heath-report Blog #38 PHOTOGRAPHY HEALTH REPORT 

 

We all know that it is recommended that every year we are supposed to go to see the doctor to have a medical check up to see if everything is in working order and test for disease.  Cameras, too, occasionally need a clean, lubrication, and adjustment (CLA) service.  What about the whole of the photography field in general? Are there any measures that could help photographers to gauge and assess our field as a whole? In this week’s blog entry, we take a look at some indicators that may point to the general health of photography. 

Camera Fair 2016Camera Fair 2016 There were a lot of ups and downs in photography over the years. From its humble beginnings, the patent wars were already starting between France and England after it all started in 1839 in by Louis Daguerre. For a while, photography only existed in the hands of a capable few who could handle the large format camera, steel plates, and crude chemistry needed to produce images from light.  Across the pond, things settled down at the beginning of the 20th century with the start of Kodak in Rochester, New York.  The Brownie camera was created, and every household could own a simple camera for their personal usage. 

Checking out the goodsChecking out the goods

Fast forward about 100 years. Now, we are living on a planet with a billion smartphone users.  All have the capability to shoot and post images at the touch of a button or even through voice controls.  Recent estimates are that about 4 billion new images are posted to the internet daily. Wait! Stop the press! What happened to film? A few years after we partied like it was 1999, we saw the development of consumer digital cameras.  Photography changed forever.  This represented a significant paradigm shift and in the field.  Thus, the film vs. digital wars have been raging ever since.  This time has been cited by historians as the Great Schism.  Actually, the Great Schism was a religious event that happened a few hundred years before photography was invented and had nothing to do with photography, but I was just seeing if you were paying attention.  As far as wars go, there have been some great images unfortunately, made on the battle field (Robert Capa )but there are not actual wars being fought between photographers over film or digital. Can’t we all just get along? I digress. 

Happy Camera PeopleHappy Camera People

Film suffered through the initial excitement and trend in digital.  This was evidenced by the 2012 “crash” of the mighty Kodak Company who filled for bankruptcy and needed to sell off over a half a billion dollars worth of patents to Apple and other giant technology companies to stay alive.  Thankfully, Kodak survived, and is still making film.  Their colour motion picture film industry is actually quite robust.  Hands off the panic button, mates. 

 

Film has arguably rebounded recently.  In 1995, Lomography  started with some students who shared a passion about photography.  This company has evolved into a world-wide lifestyle brand centred around film photography.  Closer to home, here in Hong Kong as I type this blog entry, we are in the middle of the 4th Hong Kong International Photo Festival.  Amongst four months of photography related activities that include: major exhibitions, collaborative exhibitions, tutorials, and other related activities including the Classic Camera Fair.  Participating are thousands of photographers at various stages of their development from newbie to professional.  Of note were the numbers of 20 somethings present who seemed to be passionate about photography and film! The word resurgence is a bit of an understatement. 

(Young) Happy Camera People(Young) Happy Camera People

 

The photos in this blog post were all made at the Classic Camera Fair. Warning! Technical information ahead! These images were shot on my Minolta CLE with Leica 40mm f/2 lens using a Yellow #8 filter.  I develop my own film at home (Nerd Alert!) and I used Rollei Supergrain Developer diluted to 1+15 and scanned on an Epson V600 at 2400dpi.

Gear Nuts Unite!Gear Nuts Unite!

Hong Kong has a handful of film camera stores, workshops, classes, and multiple film developing shops that are all busy all of the time. Savannah College of Art & Design (SCAD) did a massive renovation to an old colonial magistrate (government) building and has a robust state-of-the-art photography program along with many other creative career tracks.  I do my own little part through The Harbour School (International) in our own dark room where we teach primary students how to shoot, develop, and print film in multiple formats.  When their image appears on the paper in the darkroom for the first time, it’s like magic and they love it! It’s really cool to watch the students experience this. 

 

In terms of digital cameras and photography, they have been on a steep learning curve.  Every major manufacturer has produced annual stunning examples and digital improves all of the time. Each year, they keep outdoing themselves. There is no such thing as a bad camera anymore.  They are all good and It’s an amazing time to be a photographer.

 

There are more blog sites, YouTube channels, photography shows, and retrospectives now more than ever.  Oh, and, Instagram. Need I say more?  Social media and the whole Snapgramtwitface thing is completely out of control and I mean that in the best way possible.  Everyone is a photographer and that’s a good thing for photography.  So, how do we summarize the general health of the field? Photography is like an adolescent in the prime of its youth, feeling invulnerable and impervious to death.  Photography is strong, daring, and reeks of immortality.  It’s got the world by the tail (lens), so to speak, and it’s just getting warmed up. 

 

Here’s to the next 100 years of making magic with photons!

 

The light is always right. 

 

jhg

 

P.S. That's me and Bellamy Hunt from Japan Camera Hunter. He's got some of the nicest film cameras anywhere plus he's a trove of knowledge of all things camera. Check out Bellamy here:  http://www.japancamerahunter.com

Me & Bellamy Hunt (Japan Camera Hunter)Me & Bellamy Hunt (Japan Camera Hunter)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm Hong Kong cameras film history photographer photography professional https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/11/blog-38-photography-heath-report Mon, 07 Nov 2016 15:42:52 GMT
Blog #37 Ready, Set, Goal! https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/10/blog-37-ready-set-goal Blog #37 Ready, Set, Goal!

 

    Based on the title of this week’s blog entry, you can probably tell that the topic of the discussion will be goals in photography.  We are getting to the end of the calendar and I tend to become reflective around this time of year. In any profession or hobby where improvement is expected,  it is appropriate to establish goals.  This is usually sufficient but not entirely necessary for improvement to happen.  Sure, you can go about making images willy-nilly but then improvement will be strictly accidental.  The photographer without a goal-oriented process will make images that are good or even great from time to time, based on chance, or serendipitously.  It will be difficult to replicate good work or to have consistency in that work without a work flow that is goal-oriented.  

 

Black CityBlack City

From Black City Series

 

You can approach this process with three factors that you should consider when setting photography goals for yourself.  The three factors are as follows:

 

  1. How many goals should you establish.
  2. How long will you have to complete the goals, and 
  3. What is the content or relative size (difficulty level) of the goals. 

 

    Goals should be established based solely on your own expectation and what you want to accomplish.  The first factor is number.  Most likely, somewhere between around three to five goals but fewer than 10 would be a good place to start. This can be adjusted later once you assess the difficulty level or effort involved in each of the goals that you set.  However, since you cannot really predict how long a given goal will take, and what might get in the way of you achieving a given goal, you want to work with a reasonable number.  The goal of setting goals is to complete them! 

 

Disctant FiguresDisctant Figures

From Distant Figures Series

    

    In terms of the duration for your goals, many people may find it suitable to work on a one year time line.  This allows for: unexpected obstacles to sort themselves out, flexibility across the goals that you set for yourself, and also a reasonable amount of time to work on a given goal or project.  Many projects can and do span decades or even a across the lifetime of the photographer.  However, even those need to start somewhere.  You will of course be able to go at your own pace throughout the process.  You might start one goal and stop that one to move on to another in the process of one year.  This is an appropriate starting point and you can always adjust after the first year of goals.  Some may also carry over the following year.  That will be up to you and the complexity of the goal that brings us to the last and final factor in setting goals. 

 

 

Urban AnglesUrban Angles

From the Urban Angles Series

 

           

    The third factor of setting photography goals for yourself is the content or difficulty level of the goal itself. Learning how to reliably develop black and white film, for example, will require a learning curve of around a few weeks or even months. Researching gear for travelling  might take just a few hours or a few days.  A Project 365 will take, you guessed it, 365 Days. It would be a helpful ingredient to your goal setting and planning to vary the size or effort of the goals.  The three examples above represent short, medium, and long term goals.  Include all of those in your three to five annual goals for optimum success. 

 

Abstract NightlifeAbstract Nightlife

From Abstract Nightlife Series 

 

 

      A few years ago I decided to become a professional photographer.  Soon after, I set a lofty seven goals for myself. I was able to complete six out of those seven goals and one of them (Project 365) carried over the next year.  

I was so motivated by my success in completing this first set of goals that I set eight goals the following year.  Although some of the goals were short and relatively easy to accomplish, I think that the key to the success was having a variety of difficulty levels built in from the start.  

Black CityBlack City

From the Black City Series 

 

    One goal that I would like to share is the creation of series or collections related to a theme.  Sometimes, there are projects  that photographers work on over months, years, or even decades.  The projects can increase, and decrease, and change over time.  Establishing a collection of theme related images is one type of basic project.  The organisation and editing of these images is a crucial factor in the creative process.  For the photographer who works on this process, a collection or series will emerge.  One goal or outcome related to this practice is to create a body of work.  A body of work can be defined as “the total output of a writer or artist (or a substantial part of it).”

    Printing images and putting them into books for viewing, critique, and submission for publication are all worthy, albeit challenging, goals related to this process.   What goals will you work on for 2017? 

 

The light is always right. 

 

jhg

 
]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) Nikon books goals photographer photography study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/10/blog-37-ready-set-goal Mon, 31 Oct 2016 14:07:40 GMT
Blog #36 Creative “Constraint” https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/10/blog-36-creative-constraint Blog #36 Creative “Constraint”

 

Most photographers appreciate the complexity and engineering that goes into a fine camera whether it uses film, digital, or anything in between.  They also realise that to make good or even great images, one needs to develop themselves as well (pun intended).  There are many cameras that have been fully operational for 100 years or more. The reliability in the last 50 years has been excellent.  Leica rangefinders reportedly require adjustment after over 100,000 clicks of the shutter.  For the average snap shooter, this might represent a lifetime of usage.  With the recent introduction of consumer grade digital and mirrorless models, many manufacturers have produced outstanding results.  A recent release from Japan, for example, can shoot with an ISO sensitivity of 4,000,000!  In other words, it can see in the dark and is more sensitive than the human eye. This is simply astounding and more like an instrument from the USS Enterprise rather than something we might recognise as a camera. 

(c) Jeremy H. Greenberg(c) Jeremy H. GreenbergNikon D610

However, as we all know, the camera does not make the image, the photographer does. There are many pros and cons about the myriad of cameras out there and this model versus that model.  There are many camera review sites and gear bloggers out there currently posting the latest unboxing (hashtag cameraporn). It may be challenging to avoid the keeping up with the Joneses attitude.  After all, who wouldn’t want the next model camera for that 5 mp increase in image quality, 10 minutes more of battery life, and 20mm smaller body, if money was no object?

 

(c) Jeremy H. Greenberg(c) Jeremy H. GreenbergNikon D610

There are some photographers that swear by the one camera, one lens ethos and stick to their guns on this issue.  As admirable as that might sound, for many amateur or hobbyists, we might expect that one camera is all that a person should need.  However, over time, the serious hobbyist or professional will most likely want  to up their game.  The path of improvement and experimentation, inevitably, is paved with coated glass. The creative’s appetite will grow for that choice wide angle lens that is perfect for landscape photography (even on Mars), that out-of-this-world 85mm f/1.4 Nikon glass  , or the latest perfectly ergonomic offering from Fujifilm.

(c) Jeremy H. Greenberg(c) Jeremy H. GreenbergNikon D610  

 

There are Magnum photographers such as the very accomplished David Alan Harvey who advocates for using one lens for up to two years.  This is for the benefit of really learning the focal length and view angle. View angle is the photographers proverbial canvas and it’s difficult to argue otherwise.  Cheap camera challenges from the guys at DigitalRev TV and others such as Ted Forbes from Youtube’s The Art of Photography suggest that using cheap plastic Holga’s, for example with basically no controls will expand or force one’s creativity. With few or no controls, Mr., Forbes would suggest, the photographer is forced to move their feet, seek out interesting subjects, focus on composition, and use other perhaps novel creative techniques to make images with substance.  While I happen to agree with the approaches mentioned above, I offer an alternative view. 

(c) Jeremy H. Greenberg(c) Jeremy H. GreenbergNikon D610

Using the same tool over and over day after day, is flat out boring.  Who wears the same pair of shoes, or eats only toast with jam for breakfast everyday? Monetary limits aside, variety is the spice of life.  While it might be false logic to expect that the purchase of a new camera and/or lens will necessarily lead to better pictures, it is also false to assume that it won’t.  A new bicycle encourages the child to hop on and go for a ride.  A new pair of running shoes begs for a 5km break in and and that new impact drill is begging to start that new project for which it was bought in the first place.  Everyone likes new things.  A new camera combination that is comfortable, ergonomic, and speaks to you is worth it.  That shiny new (or used) lens with focal length X might be just the thing to give the photographer that extra push to get outside and work on their composition or technique. 

(c) Jeremy H. Greenberg(c) Jeremy H. GreenbergNikon D610

Of course, I am not advocating we all go out on a shopping spree tomorrow, but there must be some happy medium that exists for each of us as photographers.  We have a strange relationship with our gear, granted.  However, many view the camera as an extension of their body so go figure.  It is not necessarily detrimental to the creative process to purchase or acquire a new camera, lens, tripod, bag, or other gear related item.  There is some proportion of gear that each of us needs for that ultimate happiness and creativity combination.  Sometimes a new thingamabob is required for the creative juices to get flowing and to overcome whatever the photographer’s version of writer’s block might be.  Many photographers go through a trial and error period of learning what they like to shoot in terms of film, digital, both, wide angle or standard lenses, this brand or that brand.  This is a natural growth process and each of us must find his or her own way.  Different gear speaks to different people for different reasons.  

 

Given that it’s typhoon season here in Hong Kong, we have about eight typhoons per year. Last week we had a “Typhoon 8” that means that everything is closed because a typhoon is close to the region.  Most people stay home.  However, I needed a cure for some cabin fever around late afternoon so I went out into the storm to photograph the typhoon.  I brought my little underwater point and shoot digital camera and a Fuji HD-M 35mm film camera from the 1980s that is also submersible down to 10 metres or so.  Without these particular cameras, neither of which is expensive or complicated, there is no shooting in the rain let alone underwater.  

 

Now, this is an extreme example of the gear equals creativity argument, but it does illustrate the point and hopefully drive it home.  All but a few dedicated underwater cameras would have been toast in less than one minute in hard rain and windy conditions on that day.  These photos were made with the both of these cameras.  

 

Need inspiration? Get your gear on, get out there, and make some magic.  

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

(c) Jeremy H. Greenberg(c) Jeremy H. GreenbergNikon D610
]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) cameras creativity gear photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/10/blog-36-creative-constraint Mon, 24 Oct 2016 14:26:57 GMT
Blog #35 The Are-Bure-Boke aesthetic from Japan https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/10/blog-35-the-are-bure-boke-aesthetic-from-japan  

Blog #35 The Are-Bure-Boke aesthetic from Japan

 

“Are‑Bure‑Boke” (pronounced ah‑reh bu‑reh bo‑keh) is a Japanese term, coined to describe a particular style of photography that became increasingly popular in Japan in the late 1960s and early 1970s.  Are‑Bure‑Boke means, “rough, blurred and out-of-focus.” A group of about three to five photographers published a magazine titled Provoke and presented photos of the protests and unrest of that time.  Using black and white film, their photos were very much abstract and represented a rebellion in their own way against “the establishment”.  While others were making sharp images and colour photography was becoming increasingly available and of better quality, these artists preferred to show their world as dark, contrasty, and mysterious.  

(c) Daido Moriyama(c) Daido Moriyama

Before the first of only three issues of Provoke was published in 1968 and 1969, it was likely that the founders were influenced by others such as William Klein’s and his Life is Good and Good For You In New York Ed Van Der Elsken’s work,  or the work of Shomei Tomatsu.  Other examples from this period include:  Takuma Nahahira’s For a Language to Come, Yutaka Takanashi’s Toshi-E (Toward the City), and perhaps the most popular and mainstream of the original Provoke group, Daido Moriyama.

(c) Daido Moriyama(c) Daido Moriyama

The aesthetic of the Are-Bure-Boke style was received well and was deemed cool and unique for its time.   The term bokeh (bō’kā) is Japanese for out of focus and has made its way into our modern photographic vernacular. This should not be a surprise given the multitude of camera companies and excellent models that were developed in Japan in those days. 

(c) Daido Moriyama(c) Daido Moriyama

This style is just as significant today as is was 40 years ago.  Photographers today might want to experiment with this more abstract style or capture the look of film that comes with a distinctive aesthetic.  One advantage of presenting this style of image is that the viewer is given the task of filling in the blanks, so to speak. Subjects in your image that are not entirely in focus or even blurry can be representative of anything or anyone.  Your image can be more open to interpretation by the viewer as compared to an image that was sharply composed with a subject that is obvious. In other words, you might want to leave some room for mystery in your images.  Film photography or working towards the look and feel of film can do that for your images.  As the image moves away from a sharp image with a clearly identifiable subject and action, the viewer is given less factual information that might leave more to the imagination. 

 

The three above photos are from Daido Moriyama and the three below are my attempts at this style of film photography. 

 

The light is always right. 

 

jhg

 

(c) Jeremy H. Greenberg(c) Jeremy H. GreenbergNikon D610 (c) Jeremy H. Greenberg(c) Jeremy H. GreenbergNikon D610 (c) Jeremy H. Greenberg(c) Jeremy H. GreenbergNikon D610

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) aesthetic are boke bure dado film japanese klein moriyama photography provoke style https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/10/blog-35-the-are-bure-boke-aesthetic-from-japan Mon, 17 Oct 2016 14:35:59 GMT
Blog #34 Ten ways learning to shoot film can positively influence your digital work. https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/10/blog-34-ten-ways-learning-to-shoot-film-can-positively-influence-your-digital-work Blog #34 Ten ways learning to shoot film can positively influence your digital work.

 

As digital photography improves and trickles down to the masses, the argument still prevails about film vs. digital. There are many pros and cons to both mediums, however, the purpose of this week’s blog is not to enter into that debate.  For more on that subject, please refer to Blog#5 .  Many photographers (yours truly) find value and advantages to working in both mediums and rest comfortably in both camps.  It’s not really an either or issue, but rather a both issueI will admit that my preference is the look and feel of film.  For some, there is a nostalgic, visceral feeling that you get when shooting with film and manual film cameras that the point and shoot experience of using a digital camera just cannot provide.  To offer one analogy there is the CD and electronic music files, and then there is vinyl.  In spite of film’s resurgence, comeback, or chants from the long lines of picket holders whose signs read Film is not dead, digital is here to stay.  The top ten list below offers some encouragement to those forward lookers who have not yet embraced their past and taken the time to learn about the roots of photography from the good ‘ol days. 

 

1.  Film slows you down.

 

When making images with digital, there is no throttle or no end to the fun.  The only drawback is if and only if your memory card gets filled up or your battery dies (oh,I have a spare right here). Off you go to do another 1000 images. To make images of quality and meaning, it it not necessarily required but it is more likely the case that slowing down and thinking about the subject, composition, or emotion in the image should have an improved effect.  When you have only 12 or 35 exposures all day to work with, you will be extra careful about when and if you will be pressing the shutter release. 

 

2.  The excitement of waiting for your images to magically appear before your eye. 

 

Either you send you film away for processing, or you do it yourself. Either way, there is that time between you press the shutter release button and you actually get to see your image.  You must wait for a while in image purgatory. Who needs instant gratification when you can wait a whole week to see what your pictures look like?

 

3.   Get it right in camera. 

 

Lightroom, Photoshop and other software programs are replete with image correcting, manipulating, pushing, and pulling options. You can literally move objects around inside the frame like in a jigsaw puzzle. I’m not one for sitting for an hour in front of the computer to work on one image. If that’s your bag then more power to you.  Film is less malleable in the post processing world than digital. The options to the photographer are fewer and that’s a good thing. After working with film and experiencing this phenomenon, your digital images may tend to improve as well.  You will likely reduce or even abandon thoughts such as,"Oh well, I just crop it out later or fix my poor composition or lighting later in post".  

 

4.  Enjoy the tactile and visceral feel of shooting with a manual camera. 

 

Design, metal, fit, finish, dials, knobs, and clicks, this is the stuff that film cameras are made of.  Film cameras are beautifully crafted machines. Ergonomically balanced and a pleasure to interact with, real tools.  Modern day DLSRs or point and shoots are plastic and awkward to say the least.  Most of them are ugly as sin and not worthy of handing down to your children but rather giving to your dog when they inevitably jam or crack, or become rendered obsolete after three months of usage.  A film camera can last 100 years and some longer! 

 

5.  Limited controls increase your creativity.  

 

Manual cameras usually have three basic controls: aperture, shutter speed, and focus.  That’s all you get.  You need to use your feet to focus (especially when using a prime lens). So to get certain images a certain way, you need to be creative within those parameters.  Fewer choices somehow increases creativity.  Film cameras can do this whereas digital cameras have a dizzying array of controls leaving some in decision paralysis. 

 

6.  Find subjects that are best expressed in black and white or colour.

 

When you load your film into the back of the camera it’s one of two types, black and white, or colour.  You will need to look for subjects and scenes that are best captured in either or.  If the colour is there and central to the subject, or maybe the colour IS the subject, then fire away.  Black and white photos tend to be best when texture, form, line, emotion, or some other compositional element is prominent.  These limits can help the photographer to achieve acceptable or even fantastic results.  You can scan colour film images and convert them to black and white but usually its best to keep it real and avoid doing so.  

 

 

7.  Develop your editing skills since there will be fewer images to edit/critique.

 

After a day of shooting digital, you could end of with literally hundreds or thousands of images.  This will take a long time to sort through and edit.  You will only have a few decent photos or "keepers".  Alternatively, on that same day, you leave your house with a handful of rolls of film, each having a maximum of 36 exposures.  Even if you bring 10 rolls with you, you will have a mere 360 images to edit and select from for editing or posting purposes. This will likely function to increase your hit rate. Less time selecting and editing means more time out and about shooting and socialising.  Health experts claim today that sitting is the new smoking.  Film, in this regard, will literally improve your life.   

 

8.  Get in touch with the look and feel of film and experiment with another medium.

 

You’re a photographer.  You’re an artist.  You’re a creative. It’s in your nature (or nurture if you prefer) to experiment.  Shoot film. You might actually enjoy the process and have fun. Don't forget about that Oh-so-delicious-grain.  It creates an atmosphere and texture to the image that is why many of us fell in love with photography in the first place. 

 

9.  Get over the urge to “chimp” your photos.

 

Looking at the back of your LCD screen immediately after making a photo is called chimping due to the “oo - oo” noises that one tends to make when admiring their own work.  This will undoubtedly interrupt your concentration and flow of your work. Avoid this even when you do shoot digital.  When you shoot film, this is not an option.  Arguably, this interrupts the work flow which shooting and decreases ones concentration on the subject matter and distracts from your living in the now. Photography is very much about living in the now. Shoot now, develop later. 

 

10.  It’s not the kill, but the thrill of the chase. 

 

I’m not sure who ever said that but the expression applies to photography for sure.  Walking the streets, working in studio, on a project, or during an event is a dynamic, socially uplifting, and professionally rewarding, wonderfully creative experience that should be relished.  Sure, viewing and sharing beautiful images is fun and contains it own rewards.  Manual film cameras simply connect with the photographer.  It’s the journey that we ought to enjoy since that makes up most of what photographers actually do.  Here’s another analogy, you can take the bus to work or ride that vintage motorbike with the intoxicating smells, comfortable feel, and delicious sound track.   

 

Enjoy the Ride! 

 

The Light is Always Right!

 

jhg

 

Bank of China TowerBank of China Tower Aberdeen HarbourAberdeen Harbour Taking a restTaking a rest 35mm Film Test35mm Film Test

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm digital dslr film photographer photography professional https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/10/blog-34-ten-ways-learning-to-shoot-film-can-positively-influence-your-digital-work Mon, 03 Oct 2016 13:30:20 GMT
Blog #33 Think BIG! https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/9/bog-33-think-big Blog #33  Think BIG!

 

Given the title of this week’s blog post, you might think that I will be commenting on some aspect of gear such as sensor size, or the focal length of a lens.  While sensor size is a perfectly lovely albeit technological topic unto itself, there have been countless articles to address that topic from various perspectives. Size does matter where focal length is concerned.  Shorter (wide) focal lengths have their purpose usually for landscapes while longer telephoto lenses are better for capturing wildlife, sports, and compressing the elements within a frame to give the impression of a shorter depth of field. 

 

Neither of those topics will be the focus of this blog post (pun intended).  Rather, this blog will address the topic of thinking big.  It’s all fine and good to make individual images that document the places you go or the people you meet or even the food that you eat (sort of).  These days everyone is a photographer and there are essentially no rules. Shoot, eat, post, sleep, repeat summarizes today’s zeitgeist.

 

Many photographers as hobbyists or professionals, begin in the field happily snapping away at whatever strikes their fancy.  However, for those photographers that seek to make the leap to professional, or even serious hobbyists, over time, a feeling of emptiness or disconnect may seep in to our photography.  We may feel aimless, disconnected, or even worse, uninspired.  All artists and creatives go through this from time to time.  The cure for this photographer’s writer’s block can be to start a project.  

 

I’m not talking about a collection of photos of door handles here. Door handles are nice. But seriously, who cares? A series of door handle images says nothing about the world except that there are many different (and some beautiful) types of door handles. Collections of photos can be fun and can help the photographer to narrow their scope of subject matter and to get out into the big bad world and start to make images again. So long as their is a fair amount of variation in the images this may be a worthwhile task, or exercise.  

 

I recently went to a photography book fair that featured a well-known photographer that published a book on a collection of images. All of the images, in their own right were well-produced due to their interesting perspective of the subject matter, and well composed frames. However, the entire book was image after image of not just the same subject matter but all of the same subject matter. For example, who would be interested in an entire book of images of door handles? Someone obsessed with door handles, most likely that is short list. The images were so alike, I couldn’t even finish looking through the book. About a quarter way through the book, I had to put it down.  There was too much repetition for my taste and such as lack of variety that the book simply did not hold my interest long enough to get past the first few pages. The lack of variety and sheer volume of like images led to a dry and stale experience for the viewer.  How many proverbial door handles can one person appreciate in one sitting? Three? Five? Twelve? I think the answer is somewhere between one and the limit of your attention span.

 

Even National Geographic hosts an “Assignments & Stories” section that usually has simple topics such as Birds, or In the Shadows.  I was even fortunate enough to have one of my images chosen for the Built to Walk competition.  Contests can be beneficial as well as challenging to participate in not to mention helpful to view other photographer’s interpretations of the subject or theme. This was more of a theme project than a collection. Collections are nice to share with friends or family, and social media. Sure, there are photographic collections hanging in world-class museums but there are other ways to think big in photography.

 

Thinking big, in my view, is about making images that have a theme.  Images that have a theme have more gravitas than snap shots. Themes can include: solitude, love, friendship, loneliness, joy, anger, or childhood, to name a few.  Photographs that evoke the concept of a theme are more memorable because many themes are universal and people can relate to the image since we all share a lot of the same experiences, in a broad sense. 

 

A photographer who thinks big will make efforts to work within genres that require theme based collections or series.  These include photo journalism, visual storytelling, and social documentary. To work within these areas, the photographer will be required to produce multiple images that are connected by some underlying theme or common denominator.  

 

There are two ways to achieve this end. The first is to set out to make images that are related to a theme or to tell a story.  Poverty in the city, the education of women in developing countries, the Winter Olympics, or child care by grandparents in urban settings could be interesting topics that one could document.  At some point, words may be put to the images or the photographer could choose to let the photos speak to the viewer without verbal mediation.  

 

The second way that a story might come emerge from a selection of photos is through a more organic process, per se.  There is a simple technique that photographers might use to try to assess their style.  This technique simply requires one to survey a large set of their images and look for themes. Sorting the photos into piles (using prints or digitally into folders) that have some commonality.  The photographer might find that they like to shoot candid portraits in color, candid portraits in black and white, landscapes, food, people at work, or travel photography.  Finding the common factors in ones work could lead to the development or emergence of a story of some type.  

 

In both processes briefly described above, the results should be instrumental in aiding the photographer to identify a body of work on a given theme or subject.  This body of work might take months or years to be formulated into a presentable and publishable piece.  There are big bodies of work and smaller project-based bodies of work.  Either is a worth endeavour and a proper challenge for the hobbyist and professional alike.  Thinking big is about having something to say and allowing your photographs to do the speaking for you. 

 

The three images below are presented as a small set. Can you identify a story emerging from them? Is there a theme? Are they saying anything to you? There are many challenges to the photographer these days. Perhaps the greatest of all challenges is to think big and the only person who can stand in the way of that is you. 

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

 
Theme Photo 2 of 3Theme Photo 2 of 3 Theme Photo 3 of 3Theme Photo 3 of 3 Theme Photo 1 of 3Theme Photo 1 of 3
]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) journalism photo photographer photography professional projects https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/9/bog-33-think-big Mon, 19 Sep 2016 15:33:20 GMT
Blog #32 Experimentation in Photography: Report #1 Comparison: Four Conditions using 400TX https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/9/blog-32-experimentation-in-photography-report-1-comparison-four-conditions-using-400tx Blog # 32 Experimentation in Photography: Report #1 Comparison: Four Conditions using 400TX

 

The concept of experimentation can easily be applied to the arts as well as to traditional scientific endeavours.  It is likely the case that all artists and photographers experiment throughout their careers. In fact, the field of photography lends itself nicely to the practice of experimentation.  In photography, there are a plethora of options available.  The artist photographer can vary the conditions under which they are producing images in a multitude of ways.  For example, the question of film or digital is pervasive in the field at the present time. If the choice is to use film, there are many sizes, and types of films not to mention the obvious difference between black and white or color.  There are many types of lenses that the photographer may decide to experiment with. Wide angle, standard, prime, zoom, telephoto, fisheye, and portrait are but a few of the options that are available to the photographer. Sure, there are conventions such as making landscapes with a wide angle (i.e. 28mm or wider) or a portrait with a portrait lens (85mm) but the photographer is free to change, replace, and break those conventions or rules as he or she sees fit.  For more discussion on the topic of experimentation in photography, see here

 

There are multiple genres to be explored such as portrait, landscape, social documentary, macro, food, architectural photography, and others. Most photographers will explore most, if not all, of these genres when they are starting out to find out what they like and what they are good at. If you are a newbie and not sure what genres you are most comfortable with, I suggest a project 365 that will help you to narrow your approach. See Blog #2 for my first blog on the subject. 

 

Aside from decisions about gear, there are filters, lenses, and post-processing options.  Push/pull processing regarding film and developing options in the days of darkrooms needed to be done at the point of developing while the dodging and burning during the printing process used to lighten or darken parts of an image can be very difficult to control with a high degree of precision.  There are many other variables that can be systematically manipulated or tested to aid the artist in what he or she is trying to express in their vision. 

 

This blog post will report on a simple experiment that aimed to test four different developing types using the same camera, film, and lens. The camera used was a rangefinder type body by Minolta called a CLE that contains a light meter and an Aperture Priority mode for shooting. The same lens was used and that was a Leica 40mm f/2 prime lens. The same film was used and that was Kodak Tri-X 400 (400TX) speed black and white 35mm film.  

 

The camera, lens, and film combination was exposed (pun intended) to four different conditions.  Two conditions varied the dilution of developer and also the development time. The two conditions were 1+12 dilution and 1+15 dilution of Rollei Supergrain brand developer to water. The difference was a mere 4ml of developer, however, the development times are required to be varied, slightly as a function of the different dilutions used.  In both conditions, a Yellow #8 filter was used on the lens on and off in both conditions.  

 

So the four conditions were:

  1. 1+12 Yellow Filter #8
  2. 1+12 No Filter
  3. 1+15 Yellow Filter #8
  4. 1+15 No Filter

 

It is true that there were slight lighting variations across the conditions in the photos, however, all images were made in the afternoon hours under very cloudy conditions with no flash used in all photos. You can view the images larger and with their titles (experimental conditions) in the Galleries/Blog Photos Folder here.

 

The results that were observed were that the photos that were developed using the 1+15 dilution process had increased contrast.  This is mostly apparent in the black areas of the photos.  The blacks were blacker and the tonal range appeared to be slightly enhanced.  Regarding the grain structure, this was difficult to determine with the naked eye but my feeling is that the grain structure was slightly smoother or more fine with the 1+15 development process.  It is possible that the size of the grain was smaller as well.

An analysis of the images viewed a a 1:1 enlarged view might show different results but since photos are not normally viewed at that size, I opted to use the normal view only for this comparison.

 

The use of the yellow filter also clearly added contrast to the image. This can be observed clearly in the difference between the images of the men playing checkers and the Tai Chi group.  These images were made within minutes of each other and also within a few meters and therefore essentially the same lighting conditions.  The Tai Chi group image that was made using the yellow filter has brighter whites (practically blown out) and blacker blacks (little detail in the woman’s black shirt closest to the camera).  

 

An even more clear comparison of the effects of a yellow filter can be made using the image of Christine in the entrance to Jamia Mosque with and without the use of the yellow filter. The images were made within one minute of each other will all variables held constance except for the filter.  Both were developed using the 1+15 condition.

 

It was an interesting to see the results of the differing levels of contrast and possible effects to the grain structure. This was a simple and fun experiment and similar effects can be tested across film types, for example. I will likely continue with this column using various camera, lens, and black and white film , and developing combinations.

So what’s your next experiment going to be? 

 

The light is always right. 

 

jhg

 

1+12B1+12BMinolta CLE, Leica 40mm f/2, Kodak TRIX400 Black and White 35mm Film 1+121+12Minolta CLE, Leica 40mm f/2, Kodak TRIX400 Black and White 35mm Film 1+12YELL1+12YELLMinolta CLE, Leica 40mm f/2, Kodak TRIX400 Black and White 35mm Film 1+15B1+15BMinolta CLE, Leica 40mm f/2, Kodak TRIX400 Black and White 35mm Film 1+15A1+15AMinolta CLE, Leica 40mm f/2, Kodak TRIX400 Black and White 35mm Film 1+15YEL1+15YELMinolta CLE, Leica 40mm f/2, Kodak TRIX400 Black and White 35mm Film 1+12YEL1+12YELMinolta CLE, Leica 40mm f/2, Kodak TRIX400 Black and White 35mm Film 1+15YELL1+15YELLMinolta CLE, Leica 40mm f/2, Kodak TRIX400 Black and White 35mm Film 1+15NOYELL1+15NOYELL

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm 365 experiment film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/9/blog-32-experimentation-in-photography-report-1-comparison-four-conditions-using-400tx Wed, 14 Sep 2016 15:04:42 GMT
Blog #31 Photography Quotations https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/9/blog-31-photography-quotations Blog#31 Photography Quotations

This week's blog post will include a list of quotations that I have collected over the years.  I read, collect, and re-read these from time to time to draw inspiration in my photography, and in my life.  These short and simple quotations from old masters and some great living photographers help me to review the basics, reflect on my work, and generally try to improve my images.  Most photographers would likely agree with most of the quotations and immediately identify the value offered from them.  However, some are controversial. The purpose of this blog will not be to debate or analyze the validity each quotation.  They are all, obviously, the informed opinions of the artists who said them. They are simply food for thought.  You may, of course, agree or disagree but I hope that they may prompt some constructive dialogue, inspire some critique, or otherwise help you to shape your own ideas and approach to drawing with light.

At the end of Susan Sontag’s On Photography she has many pages of truly amazing quotations about photography.  Buy the book and read it. Don't just skip to the end and read the quotes. It's worth the read and the book is as relevant today as it was when she penned those essays in the early 1970s. See my Blog #22 for a review of Sontag's book.

I include a few non-photography quotes (just for fun) and also a link to the oh-so-quotable Albert Einstein. At the end of the quotations there are a few sample images that I have been making using various black and white film processing techniques at home. More on that topic will be described in subsequent blogs. 

Jeremy's selected quotations related to photography

 

What use is having a great depth of field, if there is not an adequate depth of feeling? 

W. Eugene Smith

 

A camera is easy to use, but a proper use of the eyes requires a long, long apprenticeship offer capped with great pleasure.

Marc Riboud

 

The pin-sharp world of street photography is like high-definition television; what ultimately matters is the quality of the show. 

David Gibson

 

The world is going to pieces and people like Adams and Weston are photographing rocks! 

Henri Cartier-Bresson

 

A Camera is a tool for learning how to see without a camera

Dorothea Lange U.S. Photographer/Journalist 1895-1965

 

A photographer takes an instant out of time, altering life by holding it still. 

D. Lange

 

Embrace light. Admire it. Love it. But above all, know light. Know it for all you are worth, and you will know the key to photography.

George Eastman, Founder of Eastman Kodak Company, 1854–1932

 

I have a deep-seated distrust and even contempt for people who are driven by ambition to conquer the world ... those who cannot control themselves and produce vast amounts of crap that no one cares about. I find it unattractive. I like the Zen artists: 

they’d do some work, and then they’d stop for a while.

Saul Leiter 

 

Twelve significant photographs in any one year is a good crop.

Ansel Adams US Photographer, 1902-1984

 

A camera is a passport to enter a special part of the universe that most people do not see;

a place between reality and the imagination.  

Jeremy Harris Greenberg

 

If you shoot film, you’re a photographer. If you shoot digital, you’re an editor.

Charlie Kirk 

 

Photography is not objective. It is deeply subjective, my photography is consistent ideologically and ethically with the person I am. 

Sebastião Salgado 

 

Seeing is not enough; you have to feel what you photograph.

Andre Kertesz

 

You take 35 degrees out of 360 degrees and call it a photo. No individual photo explains anything. That’s what makes photography such a wonderful and problematic medium.

Joel Sternfeld 

 

A photograph doesn’t exist until it is printed.

Constantine Manos 

 

In order for the mystery to work, you need abstraction from reality. Black and white is an additional abstraction, in addition to selective framing, to the freezing of the moment that in reality is a part of an infinite number of other moments (you have one moment and it never moves again; you can keep looking at the picture forever). The black and white is one more step away from reality. Color, for me, is realer, but less interesting.

Richard Kalvar 

 

As a photographer if your photos are too obvious then you’re missing the point. Photos are about mystery, about not knowing, about dreams, and the more you know about that—then you can recognize them on the street.

Jason Eskenazi 

 

Ultimately any photo project that you do isn’t really about the subject matter, it is about you - and revealing yourself. If you don’t reveal anything about yourself, you are boring everyone. It is a confession in some ways.

Jason Eskenazi 

 

In photography everything is so ordinary; it takes a lot of looking before you learn to see the extraordinary.

David Bailey, English Photographer 

 

An artist is a man who seeks new structures in which to order and simplify his sense of the reality of life. 

John Szarkowski 1966 

 

Mallard said that everything in the world exists in order to end in a book. Today everything exists to end in a photograph.

Susan Sontag

 

Time eventually positions most photographs, even the most amateurish, at the level of art.

Susan Sontag

 

The heart and mind are the true lens of the camera. 

Yousuf Karsh

 

Non-Photography related quotations

 

There is no greater violence than to deny the dreams of our children.

Kailash Satyarthi (Nobel Peace Prize Laureate 2014)

 

Work is the Curse of the Drinking Class

Oscar Wilde

 

You miss 100% of the shots you don't take.

Wayne Gretzsky 

 

I have not failed. I’ve just found 10,000 ways that won’t work.

Thomas Edison

 

The creative adult is the child who has survived

Ursula K. Le Guin

 
If you can't explain it simply, then you don't know it well enough
Albert Einstein 
 
For more inspiring quotes from Uncle Albie click here.

 

My Facebook Page

 

My Website

The Light is Always Right.

jhg

Micky & MinnieMicky & MinnieMinolta CLE Rangefinder, Leica 40mm f/2,
Kodak 35mm TMAX 400 film
CheckmateCheckmateMinolta CLE Rangefinder, Leica 40mm f/2,
Kodak 35mm TMAX 400 film
Today's KillToday's KillMinolta CLE Rangefinder, Leica 40mm f/2,
Kodak 35mm TMAX 400 film
Sunday Domestic Helper CampoutSunday Domestic Helper CampoutMinolta CLE Rangefinder, Leica 40mm f/2,
Kodak 35mm TMAX 400 film
Child playing in Central Market, Hong KongChild playing in Central Market, Hong KongMinolta CLE Rangefinder, Leica 40mm f/2,
Kodak 35mm TMAX 400 film
Knife SharpenerKnife SharpenerMinolta CLE Rangefinder, Leica 40mm f/2,
Kodak 35mm TMAX 400 film

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm 365 film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/9/blog-31-photography-quotations Mon, 05 Sep 2016 12:08:51 GMT
Blog #30 DIY Photography https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/8/blog-30-diy-photography  

Blog #30 DIY Photography 

 

Two significant photography events happened this weekend that seem coincidental. 

However, I don’t believe in coincidences. I prefer to call them significant events.  The law of determinism states that events occur because of other events.  In other words, everything happens for a reason.  The topic of this week’s blog is film photography. Indeed, film is not dead . In fact there has been some evidence to the contrary.  There may very well be a resurgence in film photography.  

 

The first of the two significant events is that I read this great article in  Artsy  by Molly Gottschalk about the resurgence of film that contained the interesting metric about a third of the film shooters these days were between 20-30 years old.  If this is true, then it is refreshing to know that the newer generation of artists, professionals, and hobbyist photographers are embracing film.  

 

Second, I started to develop film at home. I bought a few materials and chemicals and developed my first 35mm black and white roll a few days before writing this blog entry.  That’s right, DIY (Do-It-Yourself) all the way. It’s amazing how simple, and time saving it can really be.  The next step is that scanning at home should be a breeze.  I purchased an Epson V600 for the job.  It’s a pretty basic scanner and should do the job just fine.  I love the idea of multi-tasking.  When the film is drying (that takes about an hour), I can doing other things like work or read at home. The scanning can also take an hour or less but when you’re at home, the images can go right into Lightroom for post processing and sorting.  Developing at home should actually save a little bit of money in the long run especially if you calculate time and travel to the photo store.   

 

My last work flow routine is something that I will still need to do for colour film.  That is, drive or take the MTR (train) to the photo place in TST (almost an hour), wait 1-1.5 hours for the processing of 1-2 rolls of film. Drive or train it back home, then load the CD into the computer and download the images into Lightroom.  I estimate that I will save at least an hour on every developing activity.  That’s really worth it if you ask me.  There are tons of resources and applications online for everything that you need to develop and scan your own film.  Colour, however, is more complicated and easier to screw up so for the time being, I’m sticking to black and white.  I actually prefer it most of the time, anyway.  It’s a real zen experience to shoot, develop, and scan (or print in the darkroom). It’s really about enjoying the process of making images.  It’s the thrill of the chase, not the kill, sort of thing. 

I will still need to access the darkroom at work (International School) for making contact sheets or prints but I don’t need to do that to regularly. 

 

The materials needed are really simple. You need running water and a sink as well as a place to hang dry the film. Some fishing line and a few clips will do just fine.  Any bathroom, regardless how small should work.  In terms of chemicals and hardware, the minimum requirements are as follows:

 

  • Developer (Duh!)
  • Stop Bath  (Essential to stop the development process)
  • Fixer (critical step that removed the silver oxide fairy dust from the emulsion)
  • Developing Tank (usually comes with 1-2 film reels)
  • Changing bag (lightproof for removing the film from the cassette and loading it onto the reel)
  • 1-2 film loading reels for 35mm and/or 120mm (medium format film)
  • A few different sized plastic measuring beakers for measure the dilutions of chemicals to water (i.e. 50ml, 260ml, 500ml)
  • Scissors (for cutting the leader and end go the film and cutting the film into strips for storage or scanning
  • Plastic negative film holders (acid free and archival quality is the way to go)
  • Thermometer suitable for water (most films get developed at 20 degrees celsius)
  • Timer or application on a smartphone that will alarm at the appropriate time intervals to guide you through the process 

 

That’s it! All of this stuff actually takes up a surprisingly small space to store. The box that I am using to store this stuff is about the size of a boot box or two shoe boxes.  A scanner is not small but its certainly not prohibitive and can be packed and stored when not being used.  The chemicals and hardware cost a total of around $ 200 USD and should last many years.  The amount of chemicals should be suitable to develop 50-60 rolls of film. The scanner is about $200 USD but should last many years as well.  All in it’s around $400 USD give to take depending what you buy but this is pretty much the basics. Most of the materials are re-usable except for the consumable chemicals of course. Don't drink them! consumables are not all for drinking. 

 

So, are you ready to become a DIY-guy? (or gal).  It’s quite liberating to be self-sufficient at anything really, not to mention fun. If you’re a film shooter and get regular enjoyment out of shooting film then doing the DIY-thing is a worthwhile investment. 

 

Good luck! 

 

The light is always right. 

 

jhg

 
Roll #1 Developed at homeRoll #1 Developed at home Basic DIY Film Developing SuppliesBasic DIY Film Developing Supplies
]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) DIY develop developing film negatives https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/8/blog-30-diy-photography Mon, 29 Aug 2016 13:22:57 GMT
Blog #29 Experimentation in Photography https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/8/blog-29-experimentation-in-photography Blog #29 Experimentation in Photography

 

From the moment that we come into the world, we experiment. Babies cry until they reach the right volume or duration that results in successful achievement of their parents’ attention, food, or to get a new nappy. Once we can walk and talk the experiments become more elaborate and of a physical nature such as making attempts to escape the room with a younger brother’s new shiny toy, unnoticed.  The young child may conduct an experiment to avoid eating broccoli by surreptitiously feeding it to the dog waiting under the dinner table like the driver in a getaway car waits for the bank robber.  Did mommy see? No? Ok, proceed with replication procedure tomorrow. During school age, we test our friends, relationships, and especially our teachers.  We test our curfew times throughout adolescence and the limits of our selves, co-workers, and bosses once we enter the workplace. Creativity, problem solving, and experimentation, seem to be human nature. “The creative adult is the child who has survived” said the brilliant and accomplished fantasy novelist and author Ursula K. Le Guin.  Artists, too, experiment to find their creative voice.

 

As photographers, the world is our laboratory. The experimental possibilities are endless.  Whether you purchased your first DSLR last week or you are a seasoned veteran who has been shooting since before the days of digital, experimentation is an essential part of the growth process for any artist who draws with light. Many of the masters can be seen as going through stages or changing their style over the years or decades.  Irving Penn was a wonderful and innovative photographer for Vogue Magazine for decades who shot travel, portrait, fashion, and even abstract genres within photography in his later years.  Penn can be clearly seen, like other masters before and after him, to have continuously evolved and developed their unique styles. There are many ways in which the photographer can experiment. 

 

Experiments can come in different sizes such as large or small.  Large experiments can be conducted over longer periods of time. Large experiments might include tests involving gear.  This is the obvious and (usually) first choice for many photographers as they enter into the foray.  Do I shoot with my smartphone, film, mirrorless digital camera, or all of the above? Most film photographers will at least try various films and/or film sizes (i.e. 35mm, medium format, 4x5, etc…). Do I shoot in black and white, or in color? Trying out other genres may consist of a various sequence of experiments that a photographer may work through over time such as moving from portrait, to landscape, to macro, for example.  This would constitute a large experiment one that could literally last a lifetime (and rightfully so). Abstract photography is something that most of us dabble in to explore the possibilities.  After all, there really is no such thing as a bad picture suggested Susan Sontag in her epic text On Photography in 1973.  

 

Small experiments can be conducted to hone one’s skills or style such as playing with sensitivity settings, shutter speed settings, lighting set ups, and so on.  Lens selection and the learning of the various applications of the many focal lengths is a common area that photographers will experiment with sometimes from day to day or even frame to frame. I continue to oscillate between the use of my two favourite focal lengths 50mm & 35mm, although even that is changing as I have recently become enamoured with my 85mm f/1.2. Ooo, the sharpness, Ahh the Bokeh, give me more of that, baby! 

 

Experimentation has various functions for the artist photographer.  Learning to use various types of equipment such as camera bodies and lenses, developing ones style through exploring genre, and overcoming the photographers equivalent of writer’s block are a few of these functions.  Writer’s block for the photographer can be aptly named brain lock up that is similar to unintentional mirror lock up with an SLR.  The thing just stops. 

 

I regularly switch between digital and film, black and white and color, and various lens options to find that just right fit given the subject and conditions that I’m shooting in.  I will then stick to these formulas and rarely alter them once I find a winning combination.  Although I’ve been favouring 35mm film mostly for personal assignments there are so many planets to explore even within the 35mm film medium. Different film brands, sensitivity ratings, and exotic film types such as infrared (IR) are just a few.  Recently, on a day hike on one of Hong Kong’s outer islands Po Toi bringing nothing more than my trusty Nikon FE SLR, 24mm 2.8 prime lens, 36 exposures of Rollei 35mm black and white infrared 400 speed film and a Hoya 25A red filter I set out to see what I might come back with.  Instead of shooting black and white or colour, I really wanted to try some IR landscape photography just to keep things interesting. Next came the trip to the darkroom and the development process began.  All seemed to go well in general until I saw the results. What the hell is that? Bubble stains? This was very unusual, indeed. I have developed dozens of films using the same chemicals and procedure that I used on this film, however, the results came out different.  I suspect that the Photo Flo agent used in my final rinse reacted with a particular compound in the emulsion used in the IR film. I will try to go back and re-wash the film or give it a dip in a stop bath again as was suggested by a friend and local distributor of all-things film photography related.  I was of course a bit disappointed about the results of this little experiment but alas! The famous Thomas Edison had it right when he concluded “I have not failed. I’ve just found 10,000 ways that won’t work”. 

 

In conclusion, experimentation is inherent in human nature, and the same is true for photography.  It begs the question, does photography bring out the creative, artistic tendencies in the photographer in each of us lying in wait just below the surface? Alternatively, are generally inquisitive or curious people determined to be photographers so that we can continue our insatiable appetite for experimentation through photography? Perhaps the real question is what will be your next experiment? 

 

The light is always right.

 

jhg

 
 
Po Toi Landscape (IR), Hong KongPo Toi Landscape (IR), Hong KongNikon FE 24mm f/2.8 AI Lens
Rollei Infrared 35mm 400 Speed Film
Hoya 25A Red Filter
Pagado, Po Toi Island, Hong Kong (IR)Pagado, Po Toi Island, Hong Kong (IR)Nikon FE 24mm f/2.8 AI Lens
Rollei Infrared 35mm 400 Speed Film
Hoya 25A Red Filter
]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm experiment experimentation film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/8/blog-29-experimentation-in-photography Mon, 22 Aug 2016 13:50:10 GMT
Blog #28 Gear for Travelling, Revisited https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/8/blog-28-gear-for-travelling-revisited Blog #28 Gear for Travelling, Revisited. 

 

There’s an old Jewish express that says man plans and God laughs. The Blog post #26 was before my 10 day trip to the south of France where I discussed my decisions about the gear that I planned to bring along for the shoot http://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/6/blog-26-gear-for-travelling-light-is-right. I did, in fact, bring all of the gear that I planned to bring. It all fit snuggly in the backpack so nicely.  As luck would have it, things didn’t work out as planned but, thankfully, I managed to avoid major drama.  The first issue was regarding the film camera. I learned quickly that it was a bit to optimistic to think that I could travel with a 30 plus year old film camera and have no issues.  The Minolta rangefinder (RF) CLE body I brought was one of two that I have and previously tested. The first one worked perfectly. I like this camera so much that I bought another as a backup. When I recently received the backup body, I tested the light meter and found that it worked, however I failed to fully test the camera and discovered, while away, that the focus was off. To focus a rangefinder, there are a series of small mirrors in the top of the body that interact with the lens to make two images that are placed in focus in the viewfinder by moving the focus dial on the lens.  This was not working for some reason.  The moral of that story is when travelling far from home with old film cameras, BRING TWO!

 

I switched to my old faithful and reliable Fujifilm mirrorless X-T1 with the 16mm-55mm zoom lens and used that for the first few days.  The X-T1 performed perfectly and I managed to grab some really cool images in the gorgeous sunshine and landscapes of the south of France summer light. Strong contracting colours, epic landscapes, and beautiful textures of the ancient stones and buildings were a pleasure to shoot. Oh, the fields and fields sunflowers! If you are interested in checking out a few of these shots, go to my Facebook page here: https://www.facebook.com/jeremyhgreenbergphotography/photos/?tab=album&album_id=1667480096908390.

 

My preference is always to shoot with film, especially while travelling, and I had about 10 rolls of film waiting to be exposed to the beautiful scenes across the small towns across the Côte d’Azur or blue coast as they call it.  After running around for a few days trying to find a film camera shop that might sell me a cheap alternative to my CLE to not avail, it dawned on me that I could still shoot with the RF even with the broken (out of alignment) focus issue. Zone focusing can be used especially on RF cameras whereas you set a focus range and simply eyeball or estimate the range of which the subject should be in focus or relatively so.  Fortunately, the Leica 28mm lens that I brought for the CLE has the focus scale markings on it that align with the f-stop scale so that you can gauge zone or range of focus given the f-stop that you are using. More might equals a higher 

f-stop (smaller aperture) and leads to a larger zone of focus. I though that I would give this a try.  

 

Upon arriving home, I quickly developed my photos. The four colour rolls went to Dotwell for one hour processing and scanning and the following day, I developed the two and black and white rolls myself in the darkroom, made contact sheets, and printed a few 8x10.  I was pleased to see my results. All but a few of the images were in focus or close enough that the images worked at least technically. I was very relived that I was able to accomplish my goal of making some memorable images of my holiday trip using the gorgeous wide-angle Leica glass and the colour film to capture the atmosphere of this magical place.  The photo below was made with the Leica 28mm f/2.8 lens most likely at f/2 using Kodak Portra 400 35mm film at Le Commerce Restaurant in Mirepoix, France of some Baguette and house wine bottles. 

 

Shifting back to digital, the X-T1 did well and I used it on and off throughout the trip.  Interestingly, the Fujinon prime 23mm f/1.4 (35mm full frame equivalent) that I brought was never used. I got used to the moderately large and heavy zoom lens and really enjoyed the flexibility that it offered.  Touring landscapes and castles requires a wide angle lens and it was nice to have the ability to take it all in using the lens at its widest focal length of 16mm (24mm equivalent on a full frame).  Just as well, the ability to zoom to 55mm (85mm on a full frame) was equally as welcoming to get closer or to a subject that was farther away or to exclude (i.e. blur) the background thereby isolating the subject from the background.  Although I never took the 23mm prime out of the bag, the Webelos Scout Master of my youth would be proud of my ability to Be Prepared.  I am almost convinced that the relatively fast f/2.8 zoom lens is the only lens one needs for basic travel. For the photos that I was making of market wares, people, landscapes, and architecture this one zoom lens easily handled all of it and met my needs.  There is a lot to be gained from accepting a strategy of less is more and travelling light with regards to photography gear.  One might argue all day long that they need this lens, and that lens regardless of where they travel to, always, but at the end of the day, it’s more to lose, more to get stollen, and more liability to schlep more gear around the globe.  With fewer camera bodies and lenses, the photographer has fewer gear choices and quickly learns the camera and lens combination that they have with them.  This lack of decisions regarding gear leads to a focus on the only two decisions that really matter. Namely, the decisions boil down to where to stand, and when to press the shutter release button.  

 

In conclusion, the south of France is outstanding in every way especially in the summer just steer clear of terroristic attacks. I missed the Nice attach by one day 

I'm still a bit freaked out by it. The other photo below was shot the day before in the Christian cemmetery above the beach area where the incident occurred. 

Viva la France! 

 

Happy travels to you and yours wherever you might be going this summer. 

 

Remember, the light is always right. 

 

jhg

 
Restaurant Le Commerce, Mirepoix, FranceRestaurant Le Commerce, Mirepoix, FranceMinolta CLE RF
Leica 28mm f/2.8
Kodak Porta 400 35mm Film
Nice, FranceNice, France
]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm France Landscape cameras film food gear holiday interior lenses travel https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/8/blog-28-gear-for-travelling-revisited Tue, 02 Aug 2016 06:31:04 GMT
Blog #27 If the suit maketh the man, the lens maketh the camera. https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/7/blog-27-if-the-suit-maketh-the-man-the-lens-maketh-the-camera  

 

A camera can be simply defined as a light-proof box. The camera holds the medium in which the light will come into contact with become it becomes a photograph.  Film of any size or an electronic sensor of any size, and sometimes photosensitive paper is loaded into the light-proof box such as when used in the pinhole camera http://www.kodak.com/ek/US/en/Pinhole_Camera.htm.  The medium is exposed correctly using settings that are based on the exposure triangle that includes aperture, shutter speed, and ISO or the sensitivity of the medium being used.  A lens is not required although the lens has been the subject and focus (pun intended) of many discussions about the quality and characteristics of a photograph.  Lenses are generally made of one or more elements of glass that may be coated with various substances to prevent lens flare and improve clarity or other measurable dimensions of the lens.  Lenses and materials have evolved and improved over the roughly one hundred-and-fifty-year history of photography although it’s mostly the technology used to create them where the real gains have been made.  The aspherical lens, for example, contains multiple layers or elements that reduce or practically eliminate distortion and other unwanted side-effects of bending light through multiple layers of glass and directing it towards the medium that is required in the process of making images.  There is a plethora of information available on the pros and cons of various types of lenses, materials, and physics involved in lens construction.  Full frame versus crop sensors or other film sizes is another dimension of the discussion of lens that is worthy of mention.  However, the technical aspects of lenses will be beyond the scope of this blog entry.  Instead, here I offer an introduction to the camera lens, and present some various factors for the photographer to consider when selecting lenses for a various applications.  

 

Focal length is essentially the size of a given lens as measured as the distance from the medium within the camera body to the front element of the lens.  The general categories of lenses from smallest to largest with correlating sizes measured in millimetres are as follows: super wide angle, wide angle, standard, telephoto.  A focal length of about 35mm or 28mm is considered a wide angle. Super wides are smaller such as 21mm, 18mm, or even 12mm sizes.  A standard or prime lens is the 50mm and considered an “honest” lens due to the fact that humans see in the field of vision or angle of view of around 40 degrees that is normally represented by the 50mm lens.   For more on the science and technical aspects of the physics of lenses, click here: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Angle_of_view

The 85mm lens is generally ideal for portraits in which the photographer seeks to separate the subject from the background.  This focal length (as well as 50mm) can blur the background and create the generally pleasing effect of isolating the subject through this blur or bokeh https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BokehThe 50mm prime and longer telephoto lenses also function to compress the two dimensional image and flatten objects in the frame.  In contrast, 35mm and especially wider angle lenses tend to distort the image making objects in the centre of the frame seem closer to the camera than they really are. Of course, there are compromises in lenses as in life. A wider angle of view gives you more of everything but that everything might be distorted.  Telephoto lenses magnify and give you less angle of view but compress or flatten the image.  

 

Of course, there are longer telephoto lenses that create larger magnification while reducing the angle of view.  These can be anything from an 85mm, 120mm, 200mm, 300mm, 600mm, or even a 800mm.  An 800mm lens is a whopper of lens that requires massive effort and heavy duty tripods to use correctly http://www.imaging-resource.com/news/2015/03/31/what-do-telephoto-lenses-really-do. 600mm is 60cm or about the length of an adult person’s arm so 800mm is massive! Telephoto lenses are used for wildlife or sports photography since it may be impossible or dangerous to be very close to the subject.  There are specialty lenses as well such as macro, fisheye, or tilt shift lenses, that can be used for close-up photography, special effects, or architectural photography.   

 

A camera is a light-proof box, but it is also a tool.  The lens is a tool as well and one of the most important decisions that the photographer as technician or artist must make is which lens to use for which application or desired effect.  Landscapes will require wide or super wide angles (such as the 28mm or smaller), while street, documentary, or portrait shooters generally require something in the 35mm-85mm focal length range.  After experimentation for street or documentary photography, I have found that 28mm is to wide, 50mm is bit to narrow, and 35mm is just right.  Although I oscillate between those three focal lengths for a majority of my work, most of my images are made at the 35mm focal length that is  considered a wide angle lens.  There is merit in getting familiar with one focal length as you develop the ability to quickly frame a scene a “see” the world in that focal length.  I see in 35mm.   It just feels right. Experiment and you will find what feels right to you.  

 

Another decision that is required by the photographer is the number of lenses that they purchase and maintain in their arsenal.  What lens comes along to a given event, or place? These decisions may be governed or influenced by needs, cost, or travel-related issues.  Weather may influence the choice of lens as well since some modern lenses have a weather resistant rating that allows then to be used in virtually all conditions on land. 

 

In addition to the focal lengths, there are prime or zoom lenses. A prime lens is one focal length such as the 50mm or “nifty fifty”, although there are other popular primes such as the 28mm, 35mm, and 85mm.  Zoom lenses are adjustable to two or more focal lengths.  A popular kit lens that may be purchased with most modern day DSLRs is the 28mm-85mm, for example.  Zoom lenses are practice and useful since you effectively get three or four lenses in one.  As terrific as this sounds, the disadvantage to these lenses are that they are not as fast as prime lenses.  The speed of a lens refers to its maximum aperture.  Zoom lenses have relatively fast aperture such as f/2.8.  This may be good or good enough for many practical applications, but not great in low light conditions.  In low light applications, a faster lens (one that has a bigger aperture or opening with a lower number) will perform better by opening wider and letting more light into the camera to come into contact with the medium (i.e. film or sensor).  Prime lenses are simpler in construction, have fewer moving parts, and can therefore be made to have wider apertures.  Aperture numbers and sizes such as f/1.8, f/1.4, or even f/1.2 are common on prime lenses.  The rule is the smaller the number, the bigger the opening, and higher the price! Leica makes a prime 50mm f/.95 aperture lens that costs over $10,000 US that might be the widest aperture lens made https://en.leica-camera.com/Photography/Leica-M/M-Lenses/Noctilux-M-50mm-f-0.95-ASPH.  Some would argue that there is no significant difference between an aperture of 1.4, 1.2, or .95.  An aperture of f/1.2 is extremely low and fast enough for 99% of applications.  If you are the type of photographer that needs to spend thousands to cover that last 1%, then more power to you! Stops of light are measured in thirds and lenses deliver what they are built to deliver, it’s as simple as that. 

 

To review, basic decisions that the photographer must make regarding lenses are as follows: What subject or subjects will I be shooting? Will I need a longer or shorter lens other than my 50mm? How much money do I have to spend on lenses? Do I get one or more primes, or simply one zoom to cover many focal ranges? Will I need a lens that works in low light conditions? Where will I be travelling with my lens or lenses?  Do I need enough lenses to cover the entire focal range such as 10mm to 1000mm or maybe 28mm-200mm will be suitable for the types of photography that I enjoy or plan to do?  There are other considerations such as the use of camera systems.  Many photographers have multiple brands of camera and most lenses will only work with cameras that match manufacturer.  There are adapters for this lens and that body and the possibilities become extremely complex quickly http://www.popphoto.com/how-to/2013/02/lens-adapters-introductory-guide.  Further complexity can be achieved when swapping lenses made for film cameras onto digital or modern camera bodies, or visa versa.  

 

Most photographers would agree that the nifty fifty is an essential component of even the most basic of camera systems.  If given the stuck on a deserted island scenario with one camera, and one lens, the nifty fifty would likely be a popular choice.  As a prime lens, these are usually inexpensive, relatively fast, and a great all-around lens.  Zoom lenses that cover the 28mm-85mm range are usually a good buy as well. If you can find one with an aperture number of f/2.8 and weather sealing (bonus), this would be a great lens to use when the shooting situation calls for various focal lengths, but carrying and/or changing lenses I not really an option under certain conditions.  

 

Then comes the dilemma that all serious hobbyist and professional photographers face.  If I have a zoom that goes from 28mm-85mm with f/2.8 do I get the 85mm prime portrait lens with f/1.2? Is the f/1.2 redundant and an unnecessary expense?  At first, there seems to be little difference between these lenses or at least hardly enough to justify adding the 85mm prime to one’s collection when it comes with a price tag in the neighbourhood of $800 US dollars.  Every photographer is different and has different needs.  There is sometimes a big gap between want and need. Sometimes the gap is so small or imperceivable that want becomes need and G.A.S consumes even the most frugal of photographers  http://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog2015/7/blog-4. There are those of you out there of the die-hard I’m a one camera and lens photographer philosophy. I for one, am not that kind of photographer.  I’m a strong believer in the right tool for the right job approach and for better or for worse, photographers are generally immune to buyers remorse.  How many photographers have ever said “I really should not have bought this vintage Nikon DSLR”, or “I really wish that I didn’t buy this 28mm f/2.8 with aspherical elements that do not distort?”.  It’s a healthy, albeit expensive, practice to experiment with different cameras, systems, and lenses, at least in the early part of one’s entry into the field of photography, even for amateurs, serious hobbyists, or professionals. Wait! I thought that it’s the photographer that makes the image, not the camera.  While that statement is true enough, better tools make for better performance and effect confidence as well as image quality, some might argue.  

 

Is that next lens really worth it? That depends. The answer is that if you want the best, then it probably is.  If you are serious about making great images, then you will need to invest in the right tools for the right jobs.  Camera bodies come and go and slight improvements are made from year to year.  High quality glass, however, lasts for decades.  Leica glass can be used reliably for one hundred years, by some estimates.  The price is high, but the quality is outstanding.  Old Nikon glass is also beautiful.  Modern lenses are all really great for the most part.  There has never been a better time to be an image maker.  Keep your lenses.  Save, but don’t compromise.  As the old adage goes, If the suit maketh the man, the lens maketh the camera.

 

The light it always right! 

 

jhg

 

 

Portrait with 85mm f/1.2 Prime LensPortrait with 85mm f/1.2 Prime LensFujifilm X-T1
85mm f/1.2 Prime Lens
Illustrating the sharpness of the subject with smooth bokeh and blurry background. the separation of the subject from the background creates depth in the two-dimension image and draws the viewers attention to the subject.
]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) film lens lenses photographer photography professional https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/7/blog-27-if-the-suit-maketh-the-man-the-lens-maketh-the-camera Wed, 06 Jul 2016 16:15:36 GMT
Blog #26 Gear for Travelling (light is right) https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/6/blog-26-gear-for-travelling-light-is-right Blog #26 Gear for Travelling (light is right) 

Gone are the days of carefree travelling with massive luggage allowances.  These days, the lighter the better and if you are anything like me when it comes to travel, minimalist is the name of the game. I’m not talking about one pair of underwear sort of minimalist but when it comes to gear and camera equipment, light is right. Sure, you could pack your clothing and stuff your smartphone in your front pocket and get out to the wilderness, and yes, you would have a very small and light travel camera.  However, smartphones are good enough but not when it rains, and not in low light conditions. I have been caught in both of these scenarios enough times to want more out of my cameras and gear.  

 

After many years of failed attempts to nail that perfect camera and bag combination, and getting it wrong, I think that I have finally found that ultimate travel photography set up. The Japanese have a business practice called Kaizen where they work towards constant improvement.  I subscribe to this belief in my professional and person life as well https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kaizen . The purpose of this blog is to share my little discovery in the area of travel photography with you.  This blog entry will not discuss the What or When of travel photography (see Blog #24, http://www.zenfolio.com/jeremyhgreenberg/e/pages/blog.aspx#333462549 ) but will rather focus [pun intended] more on the gear. 

 

For me, analog film and digital is a way of life. It’s not an either or thing. I must travel with both. You might want to go with film or digital and that’s fine. Either way, I suggest two camera bodies and a maximum of three to four lenses are essential.  Use both or use one as a backup in case one of them fails, more on that later. Let’s start with the bag. You want something fairly small and light that has rain protection. I have a whole closet full of bags and backpacks and my preferred bag is the Lowe Pro Photo Hatchback BP 150 AWII.  It’s got the absolutely perfect amount of space that forces you to take only the essentials. Technically, it’s 7.7W x 4.3D x 5.9H in (19.5 x 11 x 15 cm) at 1.8 lbs. or 0.8 kg in weight. It’s a simple bag with large outside padded pocket that can easily fit an iPad Air (although I only travel with my iPhone 6 and extra battery charger).  It has a top section for storage of a light jacket, small loose items, and the padded camera area that is accessible only by taking the bag off (see photo below).  It is placed low to keep the weight towards the lower back, adding comfort.  Side pouches on both sides can fit a small travel tripod (optional but not recommended) while also carrying a water bottle or two (highly recommended) in the opposite side so that the bag remains balanced. The Photo Hatchback also includes a removable waist belt and chest connection so each shoulder strap can be attached to each other preventing the shoulder straps from falling off of your shoulders while hiking, bending down to tie your shoes, or even running. There is a rain cover that discretely stows in the bottom of the bag when the sun is shining.  Simple, functional, everything you need, and nothing you don’t. 

 

In terms of my digital camera selection, the mirrorless FujiFilm X-T1 is outstanding. Its APS-C sensor size and weight are such that you forget that it's there white avoiding the feeling of carrying roughly the weight of a three-year-old hanging off of your neck for nine hours straight!  Superb colour and image quality at 16MP is more that enough to appreciate images viewed on a 27" monitor or printed A3 size.  The X-T1 is weather and temperature resistant with full functionality, video, and acceptable low light, high ISO quality that make this camera my number one choice.  In fact, it is my only digital camera that I own.  There is a high range of exceptionally good lenses for the X Mount Fujifilm system.  Some of the Fujinon lenses water resistant as well. How water resistant? Very. I’ve shot in absolute pouring rain such that the camera was continuously 100% wet and it all just worked. Thank you Fujifilm! I travel with the 16-55mm (24mm-82.5mm full frame equivalent) f/2.8 weather resistant zoom lens and the prime 23mm (35mm full frame equivalent) f/1.4 for low light applications.  The zoom might be enough be since it is slightly big and heavy, sometimes I just like my go-to focal length 35mm equivalent and let the good times roll. This covers the effective focal range of 24mm wide to 82.5mm portrait and gives enough reach to get me to the other side of street, so to speak, without crossing the road. Longer range lenses are bigger, heavier, and not optimal for travelling light.  Plus, for street, documentary, night, portrait, landscape, or architectural photography (usually the stuff of travel), the bazooka lens is best left at home in its dry cabinet. Long lens are generally for sports or wildlife. If the travel that is planned may include one or both of these situations, of course the big guns must come out for those conditions. I rarely encounter these circumstances while travelling so I find that around 85mm is long enough.  

 

For film, in the early 1980’s there were compact 35mm film camera wars between American, European, and Japanese manufactures and more so across the various Japanese manufactures.  Minolta of Japan around 1982 partnered with Leica of Germany and built one of the most incredible, small, light, and capable cameras ever made, the CLE (pictured below). It uses Leica’s M Mount system. The is a superb camera that has a mini sized flash and is so small a light that it really can only be beat by the Rollei 35.  Other benefits to this rangefinder body style is that its light meter uses two small SR43 batteries that are inexpensive and readily available in most places plus they last for months or even years.  The CLE has an aperture priority mode so that the only controls are aperture and focus, the camera does the rest.  The CLE was designed to use the perfectly normal framed Leica Sumicron -C 40mm f/2.  I would add the Leica 28mm f/2.8 Aspherical lens (German Edition) as a wide angle compliment. Both lens are tiny and quite possibly the best in their class in terms of image quality, size, and weight.  Other than their bloody expensive price, these are heirloom quality lenses that most photographers would agree represent quite possibly the best optics available to the consumer or professional.

 

The flash that comes with the Fujifilm X-T1 is tiny and powered by the camera itself. The Minolta CLE rangefinder (pictured below) has a tiny but effective (up to about 15 feet or 5 meters) flash that takes two AAA 1.5V batteries. Extra batteries (and charger for the X-T1) are essentials with adapters for the given country or regions that I will be visiting.  The blue box holds 10, 35mm cassettes (rolls) of film usually ample for one to two weeks of travelling.  I usually bring about half and half colour and black and white. Black and white I can develop myself while the colour I will bring to the shop for processing when I return home.  An x-ray proof film bag (not shown) is also used to protect the film from airport scanners http://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/185375-REG/Domke_711_15B_Film_Guard_Bag_Large.html.  A small holder for extra SD cards is essential as well (not shown) for the X-T1. Pelican Cases makes a brilliant dust and moisture proof container for SD cards that I use http://www.pelican.com/us/en/product/watertight-protector-hard-cases/micro-case-series/memory-card-case/0915/.  The only other gear related item is the lens cleaning kit (green) from Cura Japan. This contains a small high quality brush, lint free cleaning cloths and special alcohol-free liquid cleaner made for cameras and lenses.  That's about it folks, two bodies, two lenses each.  The whole kit fits inside this small sized bag and should not draw the type of attention that would entice even the most novice of would-be-thieves.  Sans tripod sticking out of the bag like a COME STEAL ME neon sign, I should stay relatively safe.  I also use a small combo lock on the outside zipper to avoid getting nicked while waiting in lines (I'm from New York, you can never be to careful).  I also avoid camera straps with large colourful writing on them (Nikon, are you reading this?) for the same purpose of trying to keep on the DL (that's Down Low for you Millennials).   

 

There should even be enough room for small compact umbrella (in the side much in lieu of tripod) and a light jacket or hat for cooler, rainy, or sunny weather.  With one of the camera out and worn, the bag gets even lighter and can be used to store that bottle that I’m saving for after dinner…oh… I mean souvenirs. 

 

Of course, the stuff that I listed is for recreational holidays and not necessary suitable for location based portraits or large scale commercial work.  A tripod would be a must for such conditions. I plan to visit the south of France in the coming weeks and plan to bring exactly the aforementioned gear.  Check here next month for a report on the optimal gear set-up for travel and some images from this experience.  

 

May the light be with you, always. 

 

jhg

 

Minolta CLE M MountMinolta CLE M Mount Ultimate Travel GearUltimate Travel Gear

 

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/6/blog-26-gear-for-travelling-light-is-right Mon, 27 Jun 2016 15:25:30 GMT
Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room]. https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/6/blog-25-don-t-be-afraid-of-the-dark-room Blog #25 Don’t Be Afraid of the Dark[room].

 

In previous blogs posts, I have discussed the Photography Club that colleague and photographer Brendan Fielding and I have been hosting for primary international school students at The Harbour School. We have finally completed the darkroom. We have successfully developed 35mm film, made contact sheets, and are now making prints. 

 

Making prints will be the topic of this week’s blog.  The steps to make a print are somewhat similar to processing film.  Starting with a CLEAN negative, an enlarger, and photographic paper, step one is basically to make a test strip.  The test strip provides information, given the settings on the enlarger (i.e. height, focus, f-stop, paper sensitivity, and time of exposure).  Small sections of a strip of paper are exposed for equal intervals of time such as 2 second, 4 seconds, 6 seconds, and so forth.  Then, changing nothing but time, you block off sections of the paper making a strip of paper exposed to 3, 4, or 5, (could be more) exposure times.  The test strip gives you information about how long the proper exposure for a given negative, paper, and enlarger settings needs to be in order to make a print that is exposed properly.  It doesn’t take long to make the test strip; less than five minutes usually. 

 

Next comes the developing part that mirrors the processing of film.  At this stage, you already prepared four trays in the appropriate size for your paper (i.e. 8”x10”, 11”x 17”).  The first tray contains a dilution of paper developer and water, the second had the stop bath, the third has the fixer, and the fourth is a tray with only water for final rinsing.  There are other steps such as anti-static agents and paper treatments, but these steps are not essential to make basic long-lasting paper prints.  The paper is moved through the process and then placed on a drying rack to air dry, hung up, or otherwise placed in a flat drying machine until try. 

 

There are basically two types of paper: fibre based and RC or plastic (resin) coated paper. In general, fibre is more expensive and may make better prints, while the RC stuff is more durable and just fine for regular usage while being less expensive and tries flatter and is less subject to curling. Within these two paper types, there are various finishes or sheens such as high gloss, glossy, semi-matte, matte, pearl and some other similar variations or tones of white such as bright white, to yellowish or warmer tones. This is really a matter of personal taste and depends on the preference of the artist/photographer. 

 

Unlike developing film which usually takes about 20-30 minutes from start to finish, paper is much faster. Paper gets exposed to light for around 3-10 seconds, developing takes 120 seconds, stopped for 20 seconds, fixed for 2-5 minutes (depending on the type of paper), and then placed in the final rinse for up to about 10 minutes.  The cleaner or chemical free the paper is, the longer it will last.  Then the paper is dried and the print is ready to be handled, scanned, or framed. 

 

The process is fairly straight forward, albeit complex with much room for error.  A proper understanding of the settings of the enlarger is required. The photographer must read the manual or risk making prints that simply do not come out right.   When developed correctly, the resolution of photographic paper is the best that there is and the process is highly rewarding.  There is a quiet calm, and zen like feeling in the darkroom when one goes through the motions and gets in a rhythm.  Every photographer be they hobbyist, amateur, or professional should have this experience. It’s fun! 

 

Don’t be afraid of the dark[room]. 

 

jhg

 
Darkroom ready for paper developingDarkroom ready for paper developing Scanned 8x10 Print on RC PaperScanned 8x10 Print on RC PaperScanned from Kodak TX400 & Berger RC Paper
]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm blog film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/6/blog-25-don-t-be-afraid-of-the-dark-room Wed, 22 Jun 2016 14:26:01 GMT
Blog #24 Go to the Show: Part 2 https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/6/blog-24-go-to-the-show-part-2 Blog #24 Go to the Show: Part 2

 

I have no idea why, but this spring seems to be raining photography exhibits. After my amazing experience in Chicago, I returned to Hong Kong only to be blessed with two new photography shows in the same week.  The first is an internal tour titled WOMEN: New Portraits by the world-renowned Annie Leibovitz.  The show was strongly in an industrial building within a ten minute walk from my office in Kennedy Town of all places.  The second show was titled LIGHT ON SURFACE: 292 SFA Graduates’ Showcase 2016 and was in the Hong Kong Visual Arts Centre.  There were eight graduates from Savannah College of Art & Design’s (SCAD Hong Kong) photography class.  

 

First, the Annie Leibovitz’s show featured some of her stunning and recent works of A5 sized landscape portraits almost all in colour of celebrity, politically successful, and otherwise, amazingly artistic, athletic, and creative woman, mostly middle-aged or older.  The photos were lit extremely well and for the most part showed the subjects in their offices, natural habitats so to speak, and some studio shots.  Adele, Jane Goodall, Aung San Suu Kyi and Malala Yousafzai were but a few of the over-achieving, highly accomplished, and ultra professional woman featured in the show.  The collection spanned many continent and represented some outstanding achievements by influential and powerful women in the 21st century.  The portraits were faltering and highlighted the strength and conviction of their subjects.  The colours highlighted the subjects and almost punctuated their achievements using only visual highlights. 

 

The show also featured some older images the Leibovitz made while working with Rolling Stone and Vanity Fair in previous decades. For example, the celebrity photo of John Lennon and Yoko Ono (New York City, 1980) was placed next to a head shot of Ono in New York City 1981, eyes closed, with an air of pain and mourning.  These were both iconic and powerful images. It was instantly obvious that Leibovitz was a master craftswoman who gained access to some of the greatest popular icons and moments of the late 20th century. What a treat to see and appreciate this wonderful collection at a time in the world when woman’s achievements can be highlighted and  celebrated.  One cannot help to be touched by the collection as well as the collective achievements  of its subjects.  The show leaves viewers with a strong and optimistic sense of how far we have come and elevates their feelings of feminism. 

 

The other show “Light on Surface” was the final presentation of a group of SCAD graduates. There were eight artists featured and each had very distinct and clear visions. There was a wide range of subjects and treatment of photography as a medium.  Many of the pieces were large and printed beautifully on archival quality ink jet printers. Most reflected Hong Kong and its landscapes, the political zeitgeist, and interesting three-dimensional works that skated the line between photography and sculpture or modern art.  For example, Clement Chan’s photos of colourful shapes from video monitors represented a reverse process of digital to film. This was a fresh and colourful treatment of form, colour, and the various mediums within photography. Many creative and fresh perspectives could be seen in this new batch of photography artists. The show is there for only about a week so there is still some time to check it out and get inspired. 

 

Annie Leibovitz - Yoko Ono 1981Annie Leibovitz - Yoko Ono 1981 Annie Leibovitz - John Lennon & Yoko Ono for Rolling Stone 1980Annie Leibovitz - John Lennon & Yoko Ono for Rolling Stone 1980 Light on Surface Art Show SCAD 16 June 2016Light on Surface Art Show SCAD 16 June 2016 Light on Surface Art Show SCAD 16 June 2016Light on Surface Art Show SCAD 16 June 2016

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/6/blog-24-go-to-the-show-part-2 Thu, 16 Jun 2016 14:16:44 GMT
Blog #23 Go to the Show https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/6/blog-23-go-to-the-show Blog #23 Go to the Show 

 

In this week’s blog, I want to share a few recent experiences in the form of photography exhibits that I attended. So last week I was in Chicago at the 42nd Annual Association for Behavior Analysis International Convention. There, I attended paper presentations, symposia and presented a paper, chaired a few colleagues' symposium, and sat on a panel to discuss international dissemination in my field of applied behavior analysis.  This was all fine and good and I had a great conference.  While in town, I managed to take advantage of a few photography events that the great city of Chicago had to offer. I attended two shows at the Art Institute of Chicago and one at the Museum of Contemporary Photography. This was an amazing feat that could only be accomplished in an urban environment where everything is within a 30 minute (brisk) walk from everything else.  

 

At the Art Institute, I viewed 100 pieces of abstract photographs by the famous Aaron Siskind titled Abstractions. This exhibition examined the New York artist’s abstract series that explored what he called “the drama of objects”. There were some interesting pieces, but many were so similar that they could barely hold my attention. Still, abstract photography is a bit of a niche genre within the medium and it was a treat to be able to view the pieces, unencumbered, and up close and personal.  This gallery was in the lower level where some pieces from the institute’s massive permanent photography collection were hanging.  Pieces from Diane Arbus, Daido Moriyama (who I greatly admire), icon Ansel Adams, Saul Leiter, Walker Evans, LeRoy Henerson, and others were framed and displayed. It was an eclectic group of images, all about A4 to A5 sized prints in black and white. All were stunning. Each was a virtual masterpiece in its own rite.  Pictured below is Leroy Henderson’s First Anti-Vietnam War March (1967).  

 

The other exhibit at the Institute was the Invisible Man, Gordon Parks and Ralph Ellsion in Harlem http://www.artic.edu/node/6233.

There were amazing photos from the 1940’s of Harlem, New York of the African-American Experience. I bought the book from this exhibit in the Institute's shop since I needed more time to absorb those amazing images. 

 

I almost didn’t get there due to time constraints, but the third show that I did manage to catch was at the Museum of Contemporary Photography (Columbia College of Chicago) titled Burnt Generation: Contemporary Iranian Photography.  As a Westerner, Contemporary, Iranian, and Photography are three words that I never would have expected to see in the same sentence. The show included eight photographers, mostly men but some women.  These were beautifully rendered and powerfully stated collections of the struggle for woman’s rites, conformity to social and religious norms, and political freedoms that Iranians have had to endure in recent years. All of the images and stories portrayed were well executed and moving. You can see them here:

http://www.mocp.org.  It was so interesting that many of the collections within the group of photographers had similar themes even though there was huge difference between their styles and approaches to photography.  It was like they were all saying the same thing but speaking in different ​visual languages. My take-away is to get out of my comfort-zone once in a while to allow other artists to share their worldly views. 

 

It was such whirlwind of a trip, I am still digesting the conference and fabulous shows that I saw. There is something very touching and inspiring about seeing art up close. You feel a strong sense of the artist and effort that was given to travel, compose, shoot, print, frame, and display photographs that you cannot get from a book or a computer screen. Next time you have the chance, go to the show. You will be glad that you did.  First Anti-Vietnam War MarchFirst Anti-Vietnam War MarchLeRoy Henderson (1967)

 

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/6/blog-23-go-to-the-show Tue, 07 Jun 2016 14:40:37 GMT
Blog #22 On Photography https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/6/blog-22-on-photography Blog #22 On Photography

 

On Photography was a book compiled in 1977 from a collection of essays that were written between 1973 and 1977 by Susan Sontag. The book was chosen by The New York Times Book Review as one of the top 20 books of the year.  Susan Sontag is nothing short of a scholar on the subject of photography. She recants the history of the medium from its humble beginnings in 1839 France through the modern day. She eloquently compares and contrasts photography with painting, and discusses in great detail, the definition, impact, and effects of photography on the photographer, the field, and society. Sontag relates photography to philosophy and makes a thorough commentary on its impact on the world over the almost 150 years that had spanned its existence at the time that she wrote her piece. 

What Sontag does not do is debate the medium’s impact on art or challenge the contention that photography is, indeed, an art form. “Aesthetic distance seems built into the very experience of looking at photographs, if not right away, then certainly with the passage of time.  Time eventually positions most photographs, even the most amateurish, at the level of art” (Sontag, 1977, p.21). 

 

There are several references to the old masters such as Mathew Brady, Nadar, Weston, Brandt, Arbus, and the great Cartier-Bresson, to name a few.  She discusses in detail each of their contributions to the medium and how their styles or approach to making pictures helped to shape the medium as an art form.  It is not only what she writes about regarding the old icons of photography, but it is the way she writes about them. There is a familiar tone that she uses to describe them almost like they were her old friends. 

 

Sontag writes very philosophically and profoundly about the subject of photography and the impact that photography has had on society.  “Mallarmé, said that everything the world exists in order to end in a book.  Today everything exists to end in a photograph.” she writes (p. 24).  This statement is truer today than when it was written in 1977.  There are many other parallels to today’s world that can be made throughout the book.  References are made to world-travellers sharing images that far surpass those subjects that could be represented in traditional paintings. The camera helped to develop a new way of seeing.  Photographs created interest by displaying the new visual decisions made by the artist photographer. She describes formal treatment of photography and she perfectly describes photography as the bridge between art and science

 

On the subject of our collective conscience about photographs, she defines the very subject of humanity. “It is a quality things have in common when they are viewed as photographs” (p. 111).  All things in the world can be made into art, or at least more interesting when viewed through the lens of a camera. Some make images just to see how the world looks as a photograph.  

 

Sontag takes a deep dive into the topic of photography. The book is historical, profound, and takes a perspective and stance that is strikingly as current and relevant today as it was when it was typed four decades ago.  For the hobbyist, amateur, or professional photographer, On Photography is a must read. 

Exhibit at Art Institute of ChicagoExhibit at Art Institute of Chicago
]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 365 art books photographer photography professional https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/6/blog-22-on-photography Tue, 07 Jun 2016 13:23:40 GMT
Blog #21 Photography! But Why? https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/5/blog-21-photography-but-why Blog #21 Photography! But Why? 

In this week's blog post, I'm feeling very reflective of my recent experiences and many successful activities within the art of photography. Those include: an art show, publications, contest selections, paid portrait work, completion of the professional course in photography from NYIP, teaching a film class to students, building a darkroom, and others.  Riding the wave of these activities has caused me to become introspective all of a sudden.  But why? Why photography? What's it all for, anyway? Why is it that I feel the need to carry a camera and make photos, like everyday? It is simply fun? Or do I feel a compulsion to document my life so that when I'm old and senile I can scroll through hundreds of thousands of images to remember the good ol' days?

For some insight as to why I might be so compelled to make photographs, I sought the advise of my dear old mother. It's no coincidence that I'm writing this blog during the week of the Western holiday of Mother's Day. My mother graduated from Rhode Island School of Design (RISD), a prestigious New England art school sometime in the late 1960s. She studied art history, design, fine arts, and painting. Afterwards, she was a painter for many decades.. When I was very young, she would take my into Soho, New York City to help her with art shows in galleries in the City. I had fun helping her set up and then she would let me kicking it around Canal Street while she did her thing.  Her style is abstract (see below). She still paints and has developed her craft over the decades although she mostly does abstract pieces.  She's 70 years old now and recently had a painting selected by the Boca Raton Art Museum in Florida. Over the years she has dabbled in sculpture, drafting, and interior design and decorating work. I never really asked her "Why do you paint"?.  In researching the topic for this blog, I finally got to ask her this question.  Her response was "To breathe".

When asked "Why do you paint"?, my mother responded "Why do you breathe?". "I have to", she continued. It was an emotional outlet for her. Painting and being creative makes her feel free and happy.  She views painting as work, however, not a simple fun pastime or hobby. The reason for this, she explained was because there are many decisions that she is required to make in the creative process. This can be the cause of some degree of stress and challenge. Nevertheless, there is a drive that pushes her to paint. It all started to make sense to me. 

As a photographer, I can relate. I will get dressed each morning, throw the camera over my neck, and head out into the unknown. It's become completely normal. I carry a camera to casual events, work, formal events, the beach, just about everywhere.  I get a weird sense that I'm forgetting something if I don't have it then I remember that and can (and do ) always use my iPhone. Sigh of relief, carry on. 

Photographers have at least as much if not more decisions to make in the process of making images. What camera should I use, full frame, medium format (120mm), APS-C cropped sensor, digital, film, colour, black and white, should I use a wide angle lens, a standard (50mm), telephoto or portrait lens? What about ISO, shutter speed, or aperture? Do I want a shallow depth of field (DOF - Focus)  or a deep DOF? Should I bring the flash today? These are the decisions that are needed before the shutter is pressed. After the shutter is pressed, there are countless (literally thousands) of possibilities that can be applied to process the image. Darkroom and digital processing have similar adjustments such as cropping, dogging, burning, adding or subtracting contrast, colour choices, black & white, and many other details. How will the image be displayed?  On screen, printed on paper?  What size? Should the print be made on matte paper, glossy, semi-glossy paper? What about the frame? The possibilities are practically endless. 

The basic premise, however, doesn't change for the artist regarless of the medium in which he or she or working.  We make images because we need to. Photography is quite literally life for some of us. Maybe we get paid sometimes, all of the time, or never. This doesn't matter, really. The point is that we photograph because live and live because we photograph. Creative activities are work.  We need to be creative and this is our avenue. It's that simple. You can debate cameras and the audience. all day long but it's hard to argue against the photographer himself or herself as the ultimate first and foremost audience for their own work. Does all of this sound very philosophical and profound? Maybe it is but that's the point. Sometimes, we need to ask the tough questions so that we can discuss the difficult topics, and then move on.

There are a few good articles floating around the internet this month on similar topics. Spencer Bentley from Petapixel wrote a really nice piece about how the camera type makes him feel. http://petapixel.com/2016/05/09/important-camera-feature-makes-feel/.  My take-away from his discussion is that the camera is the photographer's tool and there is a real visceral connection between the two. Sometimes we need to try different cameras to find the right one, or at least the right now one.  Dear Spencer, I feel you, bro. 

Another very talented and insightful photographer is Eric Kim. His recent piece titled "Shoot More, Worry Less" is aimed at those photographers, professional, hobbyists, or otherwise, who occasionally feel paralysed by the myriad of decisions that we are constantly confronted with. Should I even bring my camera out today? What if it rains? What lens should I bring? Ok, stop. Mr. Kim offers a rational approach to troubleshoot this potentially debilitating condition faced by many artists.   http://erickimphotography.com/blog/2016/05/04/shoot-more-worry-less/

In summary, we shoot because we need to. Don't think to much. Make beautiful images. 

Thanks for reading. May the light be with you, always. 

jhg

Original Abstract Painting by Sheryl Iva GreenbergOriginal Abstract Painting by Sheryl Iva Greenberg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/5/blog-21-photography-but-why Wed, 11 May 2016 14:34:42 GMT
Blog #20 Photography Club https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/4/blog-20-photography-club Blog #20 Photography Club 

Most of my professional work life is spent as an educator and administrator with an international school here in Hong Kong. I love my work. It's ever-changing, challenging, and demanding. Teaching is something that I went to school to learn and have been successful working with various students and (training) teachers over a couple of decades ago.  My first passion is my family. Without them, I would be lost in the great void of selfishness probably bordering on destructive behavior (seriously).  My second passion is education with a close third passion being photography.  The natural result or inevitability of these slightly related fields must rest firmly at the intersection of teaching photography. It's been said that if you really want to learn a lot about something, teach it. By teaching, we learn. It sounds cheesy and cliché but there's gold in 'dem 'thar hills. 

Our international school has one of the best kept secrets in Hong Kong. We have a darkroom. We teach pinhole, film, and digital photography to primary school students and have a photography club. One of the board members has an extensive camera collection that spans across decades of beautiful examples of cameras from the 1940s, 1950, and 1960s, mostly.  The school recently moved to a new place and built a dedicated darkroom space. I have been helping to prepare the space, order supplies, and signed up to teach a 35mm black and white film photography course this term over an eight week term. Fortunately, a co-teacher at the school, Brendan, will be the main instructor. Even better, he has a BFA degree in Photography from SCAD Hong Kong, a proper university for creative careers https://www.scad.edu/locations/hong-kong. Another talented parent and teacher with photography and darkroom experience will also assist us.  I am the assistant and will have other assistants, in essence.  With some good experience under our belts, we set out to revive the photography club once again. First things first, we needed to order supplies; time to go shopping! 

After we received our order of developer and other essential chemicals, from my local friend and supplier, Vishal, at https://camerafilmphoto.com (next day delivery) we set out to develop our first roll of film a couple of weeks ahead of the start of the class. My film-loading-onto-reel-in-the-dark skills have not been used since high school in the mid-eighties when big hair and day glow clothing were all the rage. Needless to say, I made a few mistakes,  but we got it done. After eight minutes of agitating in developer, 1 minute of stop bath, and 5 minutes of fixer, and then a final rinse, presto-chango, like magic, the small images appeared on the negatives. Now, there is the drying, scanning, and printing that need to be sorted. Oops! The bulb in the enlarger is busted and it's a USA model, and replacement bulbs are half-a-world-away. No worries, the internet can be made to do our bidding and like magic, a couple of new bulbs will travel across the ocean to our doorstep in a mere 10 days time. 

There are many steps and even more ways to make mistakes in the film development process. Here's what I learned so far:

Rule #1 = Be patient and Read the instructions. 

Rule #2 = Nothing ever comes out perfect the first time.

Rule #3 = If Rule #2 is observed, Start over at Rule #1.  

This is exactly the whole point and the process forces one to slow down, enjoy and appreciate the final result. Digital photography (technically) is so easy and poses almost no challenge. It really is a point and shoot activity.  Many photographers agree that learning the fundamentals of photography and spending time learning to use a manual camera and printing in the darkroom is a valuable and enjoyable experience. We hope to share the experience with our students so that they experience exactly that.  For more on the romanticism of full manual, pros and cons, read Eric Kim http://erickimphotography.com/blog/2016/04/18/in-favor-of-p-program-mode-in-photography/.

There will be mistakes for the teachers and students as there always is when learning something new. Learning can be messy. It can also be fun and lead to bigger and better acts of creativity and a lifetime of artistic expression and enjoyment through photography.  Maybe one of the students will be inspired to teach photography someday to the next generation. That would be one of the greatest outcomes that the photography club could ever hope for. Wish us luck. 

May the light be you, always. 

jhg

 

Below: Shelves fitted with fresh film and supplies in our new darkroom ready to be explored by eager young photographers. 

Darkroom ShelvesDarkroom Shelves

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm camera film photography https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/4/blog-20-photography-club Tue, 19 Apr 2016 15:31:58 GMT
Blog #19 "Travel" Photography https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/3/blog-19-travel-photography Blog #19 "Travel" Photography. For a few decades now, photography has been subject to categorisation and the application of genres much like music has been.  Over the years, some have resisted this process of categorisation. For example, New York Photographer Gary Winograd from the 1960s - 1970s resisted the title "street photographer" in favour of simply being described as a photographer  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wem927v_kpo . Henri Cartier-Bresson, considered by most to be the grandfather of street photography, and a master photographer in his own write, famously traveled and made brilliantly executed images of Shanghai, China, India, and other places around the world in middle of the 20th century.  He also made outstanding images in his own backyard of Paris.  Anther old school and talented photographer who helped to popularise and mainstream colour photography in the late 1960s and early 1970s was William Eggleston.  He lived in Memphis, Tennessee in what some might consider less than ideal circumstances for an aspiring photographer. He made beautiful images of everyday items in his home town that went on to inspire others through his debut show at the MOMA in New York City. 

What I am getting at here is that we all cannot be Steve McCurry and spend three decades hiking around India making photos for National Graphic http://www.featureshoot.com/2016/03/steve-mccurrys-unforgettable-photos-of-india-shot-over-3-decades/ . The colourful streets and people of India are all well and good but they are not the only subject of interest in the big wide world.But, then again, travel is not a necessary ingredient for the making of outstanding, interesting, and inspiring images.  You don't have to live in Paris to make great photographs. Memphis does just fine indeed, as Eggleston famously taught us.   Each photographer has their own backyard, so to speak, that begs to be explored and shared from a unique perspective.  

Of course, it is nice to have the opportunity to travel since it opens our eyes and gets us out of our comfort zones as photographers. During my 2015 Project 365, I had the wonderful opportunity to travel more than I ever had in one year, in fact. This made for a wide range of subjects that were all represented in the Project 365. China, Macau, USA, and Japan, and of course my home of Hong Kong all made their way into the images from that project.  All of those places were visited at least twice.  The photo below Rising Sun Over Osaka Castle was made at sunrise over Osaka Castle, Japan.  I am comfortable doing away with the genre "Travel" photography in favour of just simply, photography. Food is food, right? Sure, there are different combinations but it's all still food. Why can't photography just be like that. 

In the next few months, I am planning to travel to Manila, Central Japan, Chicago, and the south of France after that. I will have a busy travel schedule but in-between I will be back home, here on this little island in the South China Sea. Let's see what my camera will bring home this time.  As the old adage goes, It's good to get away, but it's great to come home. 

May the Light Be with You, Always. 

jhg

Osaka CastleRising Sun Over Osaka CastleFujifilm X-T1

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) castle japan osaka rising sky sun https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/3/blog-19-travel-photography Sun, 27 Mar 2016 16:47:36 GMT
Blog #18 PRINT https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/3/blog-18-print Blog #18 PRINT, So this week's blog falls on the heels of my first photography art show. Friend and photographer Kirill and I printed about 10 photos from our Project 365  (Blog #2 & Blog #17) and hosted an event at a lovely place called Social Room dedicated to Art/Music/People. All three were represented, I am proud to say. We held the event on a Wednesday and a Friday, from about 6:00 PM to 9:00 (later on Friday night).  There was so much to do just for a small event of this size. We printed photos 11" x 17" and mounted them in custom frames that were 12" x 18" with one inch white matting. Thankfully, Kirill ordered the frames while I ran around and secured the venue.  Invitations, posting to social media, personal invitations, framing, printing, buying hardware for mounting on the walls, arranging the drinks at the event, securing the DJ's (also friends)  were some of the tasks that we needed to arrange. There were no major issues, but of course nothing goes entirely smoothly. There was mounting hardware that needed to be purchased in the hour before the first event took place, for example. 

All in all, the show was well attended, and those in attendance heard some cool techno music, enjoyed some cold drinks, and of course, soaked in the color and black and white framed photographs that we had chosen for the event. It was an extremely rewarding and humbling experience to put our work out there for family and friends to see. We we delighted to receive many compliments and to discuss our work in a relaxed and casual atmosphere. When prints are framed and hung on the wall, they take on a different importance. They are viewed differently and a bit more seriously. Images viewed through social media are viewed for a mere seconds while photographs in a show are mounted on the wall for hours or even days. This functions to draw the viewers attention to the pieces and conversations emerge. Statements such as "Congratulations", "I like that one", and "This one is cool because..." began to fill the room and it was clear that there was a greater appreciation for the process of photography.  It's a refreshing experience to be in this type of an environment and present in this type of conversation where art is the centre piece. It was also really helpful to have shared this process with a friend. I think that it would be very intimidating to have a one person show since it was a bit unnerving to arrange this even with a friend. 

We did generate some interest in purchasing some of our works.  This was not the main goal, but I would have enjoyed not having to pack up and schlep all 10 frames back home. Social Room offered to keep some for their walls to give the pieces more exposure, and hopefully sell some moving forward. All in all, the photography show went very well and I would encourage any photographer or artist regardless of their medium to have a go at it at least once. I would definitely be keen to do another show again.  Maybe it's not your thing, but then again, you won't know until you sweat through the experience at least once.  You never know, you might just learn something, and enjoy the process. 

jhg

FramedFramed

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) art frames photography show https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/3/blog-18-print Mon, 21 Mar 2016 15:08:59 GMT
Blog #18 Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the "Like" https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/3/blog-18-criticizing-photographs-or-beyond-the-like Blog #18. Criticizing Photographs or Beyond the "Like".  Most people in the "first world" and many others use social media regularly. Most, if not all, photographers (i.e. hobbyist, semi-professional, or professional) use social media of one sort or another.  These two facts result in thousands or even millions of photographs being uploaded daily. Regardless of the social media platform (i.e. FaceTime, Instagram, Twitter, etc...) the practice of commenting on photos is pervasive. The icon of the thumbs up is used to "like" a statement, link, post, and photograph.  Recent commentary on the practice of "liking" photos has been criticised for being vague, non specific, and of little value to the photographer http://petapixel.com/2016/03/10/great-photo-comments-will-ruin-photography/.  I happen to agree, or, umm, "like" this argument. 

In ​Criticizing Photographs, An Introduction to Understanding Images Terry Barrett (2012), Professor Emeritus at Ohio State University Department of Art Education, explains a professional and proper approach to discussing photographs. Criticism, Barrett argues is really not the judgemental word that we tend to think of. Rather, it is the educated and informed practice of understanding a photograph using a specific vocabulary that is generally free from bias and can be described as striving for objectivity. The purpose of criticising photographs is to accomplish four things: describe, interpret, evaluate, and theorise about a given photograph. Describing asks "What is it?" while interpreting asks "What does is mean?". One needs to be careful in interpreting a photo to avoid "intentionalism" or the practice of making statements about the intent of the photographer. This should be avoided simply because many photographers are making photos without conscience effort or intent for the image to mean anything, per se. In the process of criticising photographs, the viewer ought to understand the difference between the following statements, "This photo means...", versus "This photo means.....to me". Appropriate evaluations of meaning separate the meaning of a photograph from the meaning that a photograph might have on a viewer for various reasons.  The image below received "Honourable Mention" from a given website on a contest using Geometry as the theme. It's great to get praise, but it is more meaningful if the praise is given with evidence or more specific details. 

Criticising, or the art of critique (if you like), usually results in a labelling of types or categories of photographs. In The Photographers' Eye, John Szarkowski (1966) suggests the following five categories that distinguish photography from other forms of art: the thing itself, the detail, the frame, time, and vantage point. Many others have tried to categorise photographs.  Barrett (2012) himself proposes six: descriptive, explanatory, interpretive, ethically evaluative, aesthetically evaluative, and theoretical.  A photograph can fall under more than one category. However, to place a photograph in one or more of these categories is to interpret it. Interpretations, are open to discussion and re-catatgorization.  The evaluator's role is to discuss the category and to provide evidence  for the rationale for their decision. This is all so very fascinating to me and, inevitably, a new vocabulary will emerge resulting from a study of the art of critique. 

Taking a deep dive into art history and reading entire texts on photography is not for everyone. However, it is not necessary to do so in order to provide meaningful comments and/or suggestions on someones work.  An explanation of Why a given image works is the responsible response to a photographic post. The difference between 5, 50, or 500 "likes" is insignificant without evidence provided to the photographer.  After all, is this not Why we post through social media so that we can receive some meaningful comments on our work? A fairly recent and useful discussion on the topic can be found online here: http://www.digitalphotomentor.com/6-tips-on-how-to-review-images-including-your-own/?utm_source=dlvr.it&utm_medium=facebook. This is worthwhile read for any photographer and should give pause to anyone before they click the "like" button next time they are liking an image on social media. Do the photographer a favour and explain Why you like the photo.  Does the photograph work? State the evidence for this statement. Is the subject strong or salient in the frame? Did he or she emphasize the subject using one of many helpful compositional techniques? Was the use of colour in the image justified? Were there to many distractions to make the image work well? Questions of this type can provide evidence for statements about an image working or not working. We should all try to improve our art of critique along with our art of photography.  Receiving comments of this type is constructive.  I will make an effort to avoid the lazy click on the like behavior in favour of browsing images online with intent. If I do "like" an image, I will make an effort to make an appropriate comment. Comment constructively or nothing is my motto from now on where social media is concerned. Photographers, wherever they are in the world of social media, should "like" this and they might just do the same. 

jhg

Bamboo Scaffolding, Hong KongBamboo Scaffolding, Hong KongFujifilm X-T1

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) critique media photographer photography social study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/3/blog-18-criticizing-photographs-or-beyond-the-like Mon, 14 Mar 2016 14:37:50 GMT
Blog #17 Photography Blog Statement of Purpose and Update https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/3/blog-17-photography-blog-statement-of-purpose-and-update Blog #17 Photography Blog Statement of Purpose and Update

Greetings friends of photography. The last blog Post #16 was a special edition related to the final completion of my Project 365. That was exactly two months ago. Boy, does time fly!  I have taken a much-needed rest from the Project 365 and blogosphere, but I didn't take a rest from photography. In fact, I've been super busy with many projects. A lot has happened since the completion of Project 365. In the two months that have elapsed since the last blog, I have pondered the purpose of my blog. The purpose of the continuation of my blog, wait for it..., is to share my journey down the rabbit hole of photography.  Since I re-entered the field of photography in the last few years, I feel that my learning curve has been quite steep and it has become a very important part of my life. Reading , formal study, and of course experimentation have all contributed to this steep learning curve.  I think that it's fair to say that photography has developed into a passion and probably could be defined as an addiction, at times. Yes, carrying a camera every day and everywhere can probably be defined as an addiction. The only other thing I did everyday for the last year was eat.  This blog will function to share this addiction with you, the reader.  Through sharing my experiences, it will help me to reflect on my work and I expect that this reflection process will help to inform the direction that my photography will go into and grow into as well as document the journey for personal historical reasons. So there it is. Every successful blog needs a purpose, and now I have mine. On with it, then. So, as I mentioned above, I have been quite busy where photography has ben concerned. I have planned a show, become a mentor, shot a lot of film, bought two new cameras (more on that later), printed some books, joined a few contests, and I have been very fortunate to have some of my work published (more on that later, too). 

First, friend, fellow 365er, and Brother of the Light, Kirill and I are having a show to display a small section of our pieces from the Project 365 photos.  Another friend, Mike may join the show as well. We are printing about 10 photos each 11" x 17" and using a 1" white matt border in a 12" x 18" frame. The show will be at Social Room, in Central Hong Kong 16 & 18 March from about 6:00PM. If you reading this and you're in Hong Kong, please drop by for a drink and a look. Printing photos is one of my goals for this year. 

Second, through the international school that I work at, one of our middle-school students has been identified as having an interest or passion for photography. Another teacher (who happens to have a BFA in Photography from SCAD Hong Kong) and I have begun to mentor this student.  This has been a challenging but welcoming activity. Through teaching, we learn, whatever the subject.  The same international school is building a darkroom that will be operational very soon and I will be co-teaching a film photography course next term. In preparation for this course, I have been shooting B&W film with my old Nikon FM2. Photography is fun again! This has lead to the third point that I wanted to share. 

My GAS (Gear Acquisition Syndrome, See Blog #4 http://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/7/blog-4) got the better of me and I e-Bayed two (2) new (actually very old) Nikon 35mm film cameras. I bought the best condition cameras that I could find for the money; a Nikon F3 and Nikon F100. The F100 is a recently developed film camera with electronic controls such as autofocus, metering, auto film advance and digital displays. It looks like a modern DSLR but 35mm film goes into the back. The newer, considered by some to be the best film camera ever made, Nikon F6, is next on my list if the newly acquired models do not satiate my GAS well enough.  Nikon is a nostalgic brand for me since that's were my photography journey started. It's hard to give up your roots.  "Don't know your past, don't know your future", Bob Marley sang. I will likely blog on these little treasures in more detail later. 

Fourth, I printed a Project 365 book and another version of Urban Angles - Geometry of a City through the Apple Photos services, the later all in black and white. It's a different experience to feel the photos in your hands compared to viewing them on a screen. I would highly encourage all photographers, novice, hobbyist, amateur, or otherwise, to print from time to time. All of the professional photographers know this and print regularly to get the full appreciation of their work and share it with others. 

Lastly, in an effort to challenge myself further, I took the liberty of joining a few online photography contests. I was pleasantly surprised and delighted to have a photo selected by National Geographic http://www.nationalgeographic.com for a "Built to Walk" themed contest as one of 30 photos selected from thousands of submissions. The photo below is the Nat Geo selected photo. Lens culture.com also published one of my images for a portfolio contest and a local English newspaper, Hong Kong Free Press published two articles showing about 20 images in each. This has all happened in the last two months. Sure, it's cool, but It's a bit surreal and a touch unnerving to be frank. The links to these online publications can be found on my Facebook Page www.facebook.com/jeremyhgreenbergphotography or the About page on this website http://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/about.html .

Being published is exciting and sharing work that I am proud of is definitely a new but humbling experience. 

More blogs to come in 2016. 

May the light be with you, always. 

jhg

Crossing Central - Nat Geo Choice for "Built to Walk" SeriesCrossing Central - Nat Geo Choice for "Built to Walk" Series

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 365 blog books film geo nat photography printing project publishing https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/3/blog-17-photography-blog-statement-of-purpose-and-update Wed, 09 Mar 2016 12:49:37 GMT
BLOG # 16 SPECIAL EDITION 2016: PROJECT 365 COMPLETE! https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/1/blog-16-special-edition-2016-project-365-complete The ToolThe Tool: The Fujifilm X-T1 MirrorlessiPhone 6

BLOG # 16 SPECIAL EDITION 2016: PROJECT 365 COMPLETE! 

First Day of being finished with Project 365. I am going through my Facebook, Photos App, and website to synchronise the content and make sure that it's all there. I am finding some inconsistencies and sorting them out. This is for the purpose of posting all 365 photos on jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com and also to make a book through Apple's Photo Project Printing Service.

 

What's next you might ask?  Kirill Voloshin​ and I are planning a show in a local art gallery. Something like out 12 best printed plus some others perhaps. We will be inviting some of you who are around ½ way done if you would like to attend/participate in the photo show.  In the meantime, I will continue to complete my online NYIP course sequence, shoot street, shoot portraits, and plan to get heavily into film again. I have been getting some paid work doing events and portraits so I will continue that as well. This was one of the most unexpected consequences of Project 365. 

 

I might buy a new lens to congratulate myself for completing this VERY demanding project. As Kirill Voloshin would say, "Why not"?. We had dinner and drinks last night to celebrate our completion! It's a GREAT feeling! I'm interested in the Fujinon 50-140 f/2.8 weather resistance monster lens with image stabilisation something to the tune of 5-stops! It's a killer lens for portraits, wildlife and sports especially when paired with the also-weather resistant  teleconverter 1.4 by Fujifilm. Ummm, gear! 

 

I experimented with almost every genre within photography during this project: landscape, urban exploration, travel, food, cityscape, waterscape, still, trick photography, street, portrait, environmental portrait, sports, wildlife, and macro. I think that the function of a project 365 is to try many genres within photography so that one can decide what they most like making images of and perhaps what they are good at making images of. It's a valuable exercise for any photographer and artist. 

 

My photos included many family and friends and of course lots of random people all over the world. The photos were made in Hong Kong mostly (where I reside), Macau (2x), China (2x), Japan (2X), and USA (3X). That's quite a lot of travel for me! It was very appropriate that I chose this year for Project 365 since I had just about the most travelling I have ever had in one year. 

 

The gear included the full frame Nikon D610 DLSR with a various assortment of lenses.  I began to carry a camera everyday throughout this project and the Nikon was a pain the neck (literally!) to schlep around.  I sold that system and replaced it with my now-only digital trusty Fujifilm X-T1 mirrorless also with a various assortment of lenses. I also shot film using my beloved retro Nikon FM2 (50mm f/1.8 & 28mm f/2.8 lenses also shown in Photo #4/365), my precious Leica M6 with Summicron 35mm f/2, and super fun Nikon 35Ti compact film camera. The film was usually Kodak Portra Color 400 Speed or TMAX B&W ISO 400.  Film photos were processed, scanned, and in some cases lightly edited. Of course my iPhone 6 proved a handy device and I always had that with me.  Post processing usually included Lightroom but rarely Photoshop. 

 

One take-away is that I believe that I am closer to understanding what I like to make photographs of.  This is very important part of making successful images.  I think that I am closer to defining my "style". I seem to enjoy making mostly photos of people.  Most of my photos are portrait, street, and environmental portraits. It's safe to say that I am biased towards black and white.  I also like urban cityscapes and some landscape photography but usually those images include people as well.  Interestingly, I have very much enjoyed playing around and experimenting with abstract imagery using multiple exposure, long exposure, slow synch flash, or zoom blur effects. These images also include people for the most part.  Trick photography like this is amazing and fun although very difficult to have a consistent style with since no two photos will have the same effects. The nice thing about those creative techniques is that they are all done "in camera" rather than in the post-processing software so these techniques are fast and easy but very difficult to do well using film. These tricks are most easily executed with a digital system. 

 

Please continue to shoot, edit, post, and comment! Also, invite others to join. This is not for the faint of heart! It's a damn-difficult project and but one that will force you to grow having a steep learning curve. It's grown organically and that was another pleasant surprise that resulted from the sharing the project 365. It's really people that make it worth doing. 

 

Here's the link to all 365: http://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/p151336832

 

May the light be on your side! 

 

Jeremy H. Greenberg​

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 365 FujiFilm Nikon Project film photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2016/1/blog-16-special-edition-2016-project-365-complete Sat, 09 Jan 2016 12:41:01 GMT
Blog #15 The Ethics of Photography Part 2 https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/11/blog-15-the-ethics-of-photography-part-2 Got 'em!Got 'em! Blog #15 The Ethics of Photography Part 2

Ethical, proper, and correct behavior for photographers is even more important than that of a common citizen since we have the power to hurt or damage someone through the misuse of their portrait or photograph. Therefore, it is appropriate to dedicate a second Blog post to this topic. 

Here are some guidelines that every photographer, pro, amateur, or hobbyist should read. 

http://www.photoshare.org/resources/development-photography-ethics

At the end of the process of becoming a medical doctor. There is tradition where the resident is asked to recite the hypocratic oath based one of the older Greek physicians,  Hippocrates.  Somewhere in one of his early texts, it is written "Do No Harm". 

It is a popular misconception that the phrase "First do no harm" (LatinPrimum non nocere) is a part of the Hippocratic oath. Strictly speaking, the phrase does not appear in the oath, although the oath does contain "Also I will, according to my ability and judgment, prescribe a regimen for the health of the sick; but I will utterly reject harm and mischief", in latin "Victus quoque rationem ad aegrotantium salutem pro facultate, judicioque meo adhibebo, noxamvero et maleficium propulsabo".

Another equivalent phrase is found in Epidemics, Book I, of the Hippocratic school: "Practice two things in your dealings with disease: either help or do not harm the patient".The exact phrase is believed to have originated with the 19th-century surgeon Thomas Inman.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hippocratic_Oath

The edit to do not harm is appropriate for the modern day photographer as well since through social media, it is absolutely possible to do harm to a person through the use of their photograph. 

 

This is not our goal. 

 

So get out there, think, shot, think again, and have fun! 

 

jhg

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) ethics photographer photography professional https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/11/blog-15-the-ethics-of-photography-part-2 Sun, 29 Nov 2015 15:20:54 GMT
Blog #14 The Ethics of Photography https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/11/blog-14-the-ethics-of-photography Blog #14 The Ethics of Photography. It is important to consider ethical, correct and proper behavior in whatever endeavour one is engaged in. For this week's blog, I will briefly discuss ethics in photography or the ethical behavior of the photographer. There are a number of ways to approach this topic but I will break the topic into half and present two views. One view will address the issue of before pressing the shutter release and the other will deal with after pressing the shutter release. 

When considering ethically correct and proper behavior before pressing the shutter release, the issue of ethics can be controversial. What is ok or not ok or illegal to photograph in today's world? Countries will vary on privacy laws and there may very well be inconsistent rules within and across a given country or region. Informed Consent must be given in many cases by individuals or groups that own a building or activity, for example, in order to legally make a photograph of the person, activity, or place. 

Here is a guide that might be helpful for those interested in a deeper dive into the legality of making photographs: http://www.photoshare.org/resources/development-photography-ethics

In the genre of street photography, it might be a bit taboo to shoot homeless people or persons with disabilities, or even children. It is usually the case that the individuals may not be capable of giving informed consent and therefore should left well enough alone. However, National Geographic, Time, and other world news periodicals are chock full of indigenous people. Don't tell me that all of those published and professional photographers requested and completed a written informed consent document for all of those folks who appear in those mags. It definitely didn't happen! It seems that laws about privacy and informed consent only exist in the USA or Europe. Everywhere else, everything is fair game? 

After one presses the shutter, there are 101 ways to manipulate a photo from its original parts through darkroom manipulation [film] or Lightroom® [Software post-processing] that can, in some cases, dramatically alter an image. In other words, there are editorial ethics. There are small adjustments to cropping, focus, and contrast, for example that might improve the technical aspects of an image. However, larger or massive manipulations can also be made using today's powerful software programs and digital files. People and objects can literally be added or subtracted, seamlessly, to an image. Some publications such as National Geographic forbid almost all types of digital or otherwise manipulation of photographs. The photographer needs to get it all and get it right in camera. 

​With today's tools at our disposal, it is rare that photographs remain untouched by even the most "purist" photographers. Ansel Adams was famous for the slighting burning [darkening] the edges of practically every single one of his images. Vignetting, this is called, draws the viewers attention into the photograph, towards the subject, and helps to maintain their attention within the image. Few would argue about Adams' creative decision to do so. 

A photographer should think, before the shutter and after the shutter is released. If you see a sign that says "NO PHOTO" Stop! Don 't Shoot.

 

Panhandler, Hong KongPanhandler, Hong KongNikon FM2 With Kodak Portra 400 ISO 35 mm Film

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/11/blog-14-the-ethics-of-photography Wed, 11 Nov 2015 15:13:17 GMT
Blog #13 B&W or Color? https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/10/blog-13-b-w-or-color Blog #13 B&W or Color? 

 

The history of photography of course began in black and white as did other media such as T.V. In the late 1960's and early 1970's film developers figured out how to layer the film with difference chemicals that were sensitive to red, green, and blue light. Thus, color photography was born. As you might expect, it took a while to catch on as some of the early "experts" shunned and ridiculed color. None of the most serious photographers or artists would think of using color. Then William Eggleston came along and shot mundane items in his little hometown of Tennessee and later had a landmark show in the MOMA which blew everyone away. At first, they didn't get it. He was pretty much a joke to most of the critics. To check out his color photography book that pioneered the art of color photography, here: 

http://www.amazon.com/William-Egglestons-Guide-John-Szarkowski/dp/0870703781/ref=sr_1_1?ie=UTF8&qid=1444049584&sr=8-1&keywords=william+eggleston

If you are like me, then you like both. How does one determine whether ot not to shoot in color or B&W? Well, technically, one should shoot film in color and digital in RAW color. This way, the most information (dynamic or tonal range) is stored on the medium. You can always convert the photo to B&W afterwards in post processing. However, the photographer does not have that option if the original negative or DNG (Digital Negative) was captured in B&W. Start with colour, then go to B&W from there. Or, keep the photo in color if you think it looks better that way. 

Many would agree that B&W photos tend to look better where form and texture are a major part of the subject. Regarding portraits, “When you photograph people in color, you photograph their clothes. But when you photograph people in Black and white, you photograph their souls!” according to Ted Grant. Of curse these days, both are acceptable. 

http://www.goodreads.com/quotes/278884-when-you-photograph-people-in-color-you-photograph-their-clothes

Color has its role in photography and may be necessary due to its major role in the highlighting of the subject.  If it helps, keep it color. Of course, these are my personal guidelines and one ought to be cautious of "rules" in photography. According to the master Ansel Adams, "There are no rules for great photographs, there are only great photographs". The same can be said of paintings or sculptures. There are, however some common denominators to borrow a term from mathematics that seem to be true about many "good" or aesthetically pleasing pieces of art in any medium. 

  • B&W tends to work well in portraits.
  • B&W tends to work well where form and texture are major parts of the subject.
  • Color tends to work well when the color helps to highlight the subject or when color is the subject of the photograph 

We might be able to draw a few more guidelines about whether or not to use color or B&W but I think we should leave it there. 

The use of ​selective coloration eliminates the decision of either or and rests comfortably on the fence between the two.  For 50 great examples of 

selective color or selective coloration, see here: 

http://www.pxleyes.com/blog/2010/03/50-outstanding-examples-of-selective-color-photography/

I happen to like the idea of both in one photo. Why? Why not? 

Dragon FruitDragon Fruit

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/10/blog-13-b-w-or-color Mon, 05 Oct 2015 13:08:03 GMT
Blog #12 The History of Photography https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/9/blog-12-the-history-of-photography Blog #12. The History of Photography

 "Don't know you past, don't know your future" - Bob Marley 

Most people would never guess that photography began way back in the 1800s. According to some sources, some French dude named Nicéphore Niépce succeeded in fixing an image made by light onto a metal-based plate sometime in the mid-1820's https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_photography.

The process of using wet plates  was crude and it took a few decades to get it right. Until the process was refined and made the leap across the pond, not many people could make photographs. George Eastman (Eastman Kodak Company) made the process accessible to the masses through his good old fashioned American business ingenuity somewhere in Rochester, upstate New York around 1892.

Of course the rest is history as they say with the perfection of the camera itself in the 20th century by the Germans (Leica), and further refinement through reliability and affordability done by the Japanese in the late part of the 20th century (i.e. Nikon, Canon, Minolta, FujiFilm, and others).

Digital cameras are relatively new on the scene. Since 2000 digital technology has been evolving at a fast pace. Film is not dead, however.  The film vs. digital debate is alive a kicking and film seems to be having a bit of a renaissance, in part, perhaps to Kodak's coming back from the dead (bankruptcy) in 2012 and announced their plan to continue to make film.  Kodak stopped making digital cameras by the way and made over $500M USD through selling patents to Apple, Microsoft and other tech giants. 

To the purists, film was already perfect. They don't need no stinking digital cameras.  It has been written that "digital photography is creating impotent photographers".  http://www.thephoblographer.com/2015/03/03/digital-cameras-creating-impotent-photographers/#mX6M83M0cRPQoMs1.99

While some artists argue over the medium in which photographs are made, NASA went ahead (as they do) and produced the largest digital image ever created that happens to be of the Andromeda galaxy. It's a 1.5 billion pixel image (69,536 x 22,230) and requires about 4.3 GB disk space.    http://www.scoopwhoop.com/news/wow-nasa.  Most basic JPEG photograph files are between 1 and 10 MB. So if you shot a regular image using a point-and-shoot, iPhone, or basic DLSR camera and it came out a respectable 4.3 MB, to scale that image up to NASA-Sized you would multiple yours 4403.2 times! That's REALLY BIG!

Looking into the future of photography, there are some interesting debates there too.  The future of photography may be markedly different in the near future to even how we make images today http://time.com/4003527/future-of-photography.  There is discussion on the death of point-and-shoot-cameras http://time.com/553/point-shoot-camera/ , and the death of all cameras all together in favour of the already widely-practiced activity of making images with smartphones http://www.newyorker.com/tech/elements/goodbye-cameras.

Well, whatever the future, it will be exciting and that's worth the wait. 

Until then, we will use whatever camera we have with us to do the noblest thing of all,

make photographs of cats. 

jhg

White CatWhite Cat

 

 

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) cats digital film future history photography https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/9/blog-12-the-history-of-photography Mon, 21 Sep 2015 13:24:05 GMT
Blog #11 Is Photography Art? https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/9/blog-11-is-photography-art Blog #11 Is Photography Art? 

"For 180-years, people have been asking the question: is photography art? At an early meeting of the Photographic Society of London, established in 1853, one of the members complained that the new technique was "too literal to compete with works of art" because it was unable to "elevate the imagination". This conception of photography as a mechanical recording medium never fully died away. Even by the 1960s and 70s, art photography – the idea that photographs could capture more than just surface appearances – was, in the words of the photographer Jeff Wall, a "photo ghetto" of niche galleries, aficionados and publications." 

Quote from From http://http://www.theguardian.com/artanddesign/2012/oct/19/photography-is-it-art

According to Wikipedia, 

"Art is a diverse range of human activities and the products of those activities, usually involving imaginative or technical skill. In their most general form these activities include the production of works of art, the criticism of art, the study of the history of art, and the aesthetic dissemination of art. This article focuses primarily on the visual arts, which includes the creation of images or objects in fields including painting, sculpture, printmaking, photography, and other visual media. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Art

There are papers on Seeing to improve yourself as a photography artist http://petapixel.com/2015/03/16/seeing-is-the-essence-of-photography-and-you-can-learn-to-do-it-better, and from other popular sources of photography education http://digital-photography-school.com/10-tips-help-grow-artist-photography.  

​What defines art or an artist for that matter? If there are schools that have degree programs in a subject, would that qualify that subject as art? Most would agree and there is no shortage of B.A., B.F.A, M.A., and M.F.A. degree programs from accredited colleges and universities.  After a quick search online one can find Ph.D. programs in arts and photography! Who knew? http://study.com/articles/PhD_in_Photography_Overview_of_Photography_Doctoral_Programs.html 

If there are clubs, or organisations of photography degree holders, does that qualify photography as art?  Oh, I know! How about if photographs are sold in galleries that also occasionally sell oil paintings, sculptures, and other types of "real" art? Oh, and how about if someone drops like £2.7 million on a photograph like they did in 2011 for Rhein II By Andreas Gursk? I would LOVE to hear what some of those photography-aint-no-art nay-sayers would say about that. 

To me, photography sure FEELS like art. It's complicated, difficult, there are many crap days, some good days (mostly crap days), and I feel very passionate about "getting it right" and upset with myself for not "getting it right". Is this what art is supposed to feel like? My mother is a painter, and went to RISD art school for fine art painting. She's been an abstract painter longer than I've been alive. I have watched her paint, make some beautiful pieces, have art shows, sell some works, stop painting for long periods of time, then do it again, change to interior design, then go to sculpture, then go back to painting.  These days, at the ripe old age of 70 she's showing pieces in museums! People liked her stuff in the 1980's and they LOVE it now. The point is that it's work-in-progress, for fun, career, or otherwise, and I think we can all relate to that.  There are ups and downs such as with life. Photography is the same. We just use light as our medium (paper, or screens, or both). Instead of a brush, we use a lightproof box.  

Is photography art? Ask a photographer. If it looks like art, and it feels like art, then it is. 

Rhein-II-by-Andreas-Gursk-001Rhein-II-by-Andreas-Gursk-001

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/9/blog-11-is-photography-art Mon, 14 Sep 2015 14:35:46 GMT
Blog #10 Self Improvement, Formal Study in Photography Part 2 https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/9/blog-10-self-improvement-formal-study-in-photography-part-2 Blog #10. This is part 2 of another part with the same name. For Part 1 Please go here: http://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/8/blog-7-self-improvement-or-how-to-make-mind-blowing-images

There, I discussed my plan to take up some formal study in photography. So for this week's blog I will share what happened.  I did (am) taking up formal study in photography but not from SCAD as I previously planned. SCAD is terrific, except for the times. Their classes are almost entirely scheduled twice per week in the early or later afternoons. With my other work commitments, there was no way I could attend even one course this term. I will try again next term to see if their schedule is more conducive to working with my other commitments. I also work as an educator and administrator and teacher trainer in an international school on Hong Kong and teach a class at Hong Kong Polytechnic University. More on SCAD can be found here: http://scad.edu

I'm the kind of person that when I make up my mind about something, I will go and get it, plain and simple. So once I had made up my mind about pursuing formal study, It was just a matter of time (and a little money) before I got started. I quickly sought out online options and landed back where I stared from (quiet literally the place of my birth) in New York City. The New York Institute of Photography quickly revealed itself as a great option. NYIP is a one hundred year old institution that is accredited by the New York State Department of Education and rated one of the best (if not the best) online certificate program in professional photography in the world.  I love that they assign a pro as a mentor for the duration of the course.  The entire course is online. There are about 40+ learning models across about six different areas. Pretty much everything is covered from camera basics, to composition, to marketing, post-processing, and much more. There are hands on projects with dialogue from the pro mentor instructors. It takes most people 6-12 months to go through the program according to NYIP website. 

So there it is! I'm off. I'm in. I'm doing it. The information so far is very clear and a bit review for me but I expect that to change so enough. I'm four modules in at the time of this blog entry. Wish me luck! NYIP is here: https://www.nyip.edu/courses

There are three ways to educate oneself in the complicated and vast universe of photography, mainly.  There are:

  1. formal study in the traditional sense that may lead to a bachelors or masters degree in photography or fine art (i.e. B.A., B.F.A., M.A., M.F.A)
  2. Paid online course through NYIP like I've enrolled in, that will lead to a certificate
  3. Free online or self study. 

There are countless options that are paid online or free.

Here's a good paid and inexpensive option that I will likely try as some point: https://www.udemy.com/a-room-for-improvement-the-art-of-figure-to-ground/?couponCode=adammarellino2

Here are a plethora of free options to keep even the most devout student of the arts busy for long while: http://petapixel.com/2014/07/03/best-free-online-photography-courses-tutorials.

Even our photography friend Eric Kim has shared his 103 tips about street photography after a long time of dedicated self study: http://digital-photography-school.com/103-things-ive-learned-about-street-photography. 

So which will you choose? Whatever it is, you will need training and mentorship just like in an other educational, trade, scientific, or art. 

Good luck! 

jhg

New York Institute of PhotographyNew York Institute of Photography

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) School education learning photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/9/blog-10-self-improvement-formal-study-in-photography-part-2 Mon, 07 Sep 2015 11:56:54 GMT
Blog #9 Photography Books https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/8/blog-9-photography-books Blog #9 is on Photography Books. Eric Kim who I have discussed previously is very quotable. One of his best quotes is something like "Buy books (or experiences), not gear".  Money spent on books for the purposes of education and self improvement, or travel for the purposes of documenting or photographing new people and places is a far better investment in one's photographic skills than the purchase of new gear. Sure, we all might want another lens here or there but ultimately, we don't need it.  Arguably, the study of other great or classic photographers old or new will lead one to appreciate and understand what is so great about those great photos. The color, texture, grain, composition, and gestures that make up great photos will jump off the page. 

The popular street photographer has many references that he shares for free on his site: http://erickimphotography.com/blog/books.

Amazon ships pretty much everywhere and there are hundreds of references there: http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=nb_sb_ss_c_0_11?url=search-alias%3Dstripbooks&field-keywords=photography&sprefix=photography%2Caps%2C343

Amazon as lists many references from Magnum Photography: http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=nb_sb_ss_i_3_6?url=search-alias%3Dstripbooks&field-keywords=magnum+photography&sprefix=magnum%2Cstripbooks%2C336&rh=n%3A283155%2Ck%3Amagnum+photography

Read and view the greats. I am working on my collection that I look at over and over. I have books from Alex Webb, David Gibson, Vivian Maier, Robert Frank, William Eggleston, Leica Fotografie International (Magazine), and a few others such as ​Tilting the Lens: Telling The Story of Sham Shui Po that was a gift from a SCAD administrator here in Hong Kong when I went there to visit.  They are pricey but not as much as throwing down $2K for a new body or zoom lens. 

This week, I'm reading Shoot - Photography of the Moment by Ken Miller. The cover is below. It's an absolutely fabulous volume of 205 pages of mostly color but some black and white images.  There are a few from the 1970s but most are from 1990-2009 from about 20 different photographers. It's good to look at as much as you can, and more than once. View the older classics like Robert Frank who influenced just about everyone who came after him through his masterpiece The Americans. 

Photography books are like candy for the eyes and creative capacity. Buy the photogapher in your life a proper photopgraphy book. You will make their year!

May the Light Be With You, Always. 

jhg

Shoot - Photography of the Moment By Ken MillerShoot - Photography of the Moment By Ken Miller

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) Photography books improvement reading self study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/8/blog-9-photography-books Mon, 31 Aug 2015 11:04:58 GMT
Blog #8 Printing Photographs https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/8/blog-8-printing-photographs Blog #8 Printing Photographs will be the topic of this week's blog. In the throws of the information age, we are all glued to our screens probably way to much. What's in danger of being lost in the new digital age is the tactile and visceral experience of viewing photographs on paper in all of their glory.  I consider photographs to be a form of art.  This statement is debatable and will become the subject of a subsequent blog entry.  A photograph is two-dimensional art like a painting.  The edge doesn't count since nothing is printed on it.  Therefore, it is best viewed on the material that it was invented to be viewed on.   You wouldn't prefer a digital image of a painting over the real thing would you? I'm not sure about you but I get a huge boost of inspiration after visiting a museum than I do sitting at home looking at photographs, regardless of how good they are, on my computer screen. 

Remember a decade ago when smart phones didn't exist or before retina displays were on every device? Paper is a technology that has existed for many centuries thanks to its invention and proliferation by an inventor from the Chinese Han dynasty, Cai Lun https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_paper

Paper these days is still the best medium for viewing photographs in their proper and correct manner. The tones in black and white photography, texture, and even the colour is presented at it's best on paper. If you have ever felt and flipped through a high quality photography book such as The Suffering of Light by Alex Webb you will undoubtedly agree that the mood comes through the page and brings you into the scene.  The photo below in the text has amazing color that hardly is apparent through the screen that you are reading this on. I debated even showing it since it's so much better on paper.  Even if your screen has been color calibrated (highly recommended) this image is still better on paper in the book. Our history is with paper so this should not be such a surprising experience.  Our eyes are more accustomed to viewing images on paper than on screen. Mine get irritated after a while and I still prefer reading real paper books over reading on a screen. 

The sheen on the paper whether it is matt, gloss, or high gloss gives the photographer and printer the ability to control, to some degree, the amount of light that the photograph emits and its subsequent effect on the viewer.  Paper is superior to the monitor or screen since the monitor or screen does not take into a account ambient light and the temperature (color) of that light. Light has different temperatures that are correlated with the warmth or coolness.  There is a plethora of technical information on the interwebs about color and its technical scientific aspects but that discussion is beyond the scope of this blog entry. 

Paper is not the only material that you can print a photograph on. Drinking mugs, key chains, bags, and T-shirts can be included in the loose definition of paper. Here's a DIY on printing on wood from DFS http://digital-photography-school.com/how-to-transfer-a-photo-to-wood-video-tutorial.

If you want to hang a photo on your wall as many of us tend to do, paper is the way to go. There are very high quality papers today that are still produced by the big companies that have been doing so for decades (i.e. Kodak, FujiFilm).  Fuji film has been in the film and printing business for 80 years. The resolution on a printed photograph is far beyond anything that a screen can reproduce.  

Have you ever received one of those holiday greeting cards from some family or friends that has been printed on photo paper? Isn't it a treat to receive one of those and to notice the colors jump off of the page? I think so. This is why we hand on to them and stick them on our refrigerators, indefinately. I encourage you to print some of your favourite shots. Sure, you'll spend a few bucks in the process but the results may be surprising. 

Good luck and Happy Printing!

jhg

© Alex Webb© Alex Webb

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) Alex Color Webb gloss paper printing resolution wood https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/8/blog-8-printing-photographs Mon, 24 Aug 2015 12:14:37 GMT
Blog #7 Self Improvement or How to Make Mind-Blowing Images https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/8/blog-7-self-improvement-or-how-to-make-mind-blowing-images Blog #7.  Self Improvement or How to Make Mind-Blowing Images 

In any photographer's life or in any creative career path there is a learning curve. The learning curve make be steep or flat and time is relative.  There will a learning curve that represents growth and improvement albeit to a point.  Inevitably, the artist will "hit the wall" and become bored or uninspired. What is the artist to do? Well, there are those who have had formal study in a subject and may have attained an undergraduate degree or a masters degree in fine arts. Those fortunate individuals will likely refer to and rely on their formal study to find their motivation and direction.  

If you are a hobbyist, amateur, or have come to photography later in life, but you are not a professional photographer (whatever that means) then you must turn to various resources to educate yourself and self manage your own learning process.  Photography is like anything else in that it requires formal study to know about it, know how to do it, and know how to do it well. If you want to learn dancing, you get dancing lessons.  If you want to learn how to cook, you work with a chef to show you around a kitchen.  If you want to learn Chinese, you find a language instructor and dig in.  You get the point.  

Reading books from the giants in the field and trolling the internet is a good start and you can begin that process immediately. There are literally dozens of instructional sites on YouTube http://www.youtube.com and all over the place online. Here are a few that I have investigated with some degree of satisfaction:

B&H Photography in New York is a killer gear site but also hosts professional photographer tutorials that are brilliant  http://www.bhphotovideo.com

Adorama is also in New York http://www.adorama.com

Digital Photography School has a free weekly newsletter and countless tutorials  http://digital-photography-school.com

Digital Review (Also has a YouTube Channel that is as entertaining as it is educational) http://www.digitalrev.com

Then, after you've clicked and scrolled until your heart's content, go to the best place on earth to view the best photos by the best photographers.

MAGNUM http://www.magnumphotos.com

Now that's a lot of reading and research. Follow these sites, read their newsletters, watch the videos, and pour over hundreds even thousands of high quality photographs. You will feel like you've earned a degree in photography at some point. The only problem is that you did not earn a degree in photography, did you? No, neither did I.  

I want to share a bit of my own journey to photography.  As I shared in Blog #1 http://www.zenfolio.com/jeremyhgreenberg/e/pages/blog.aspx#733468553

I began my love affair with making pictures in high school with a hands on Black and White film course. I borrowed my father's 1959 Nikon F and felt like a proverbial pig in shit. It's such a nice tool to use and then you get to create images. It's nothing short of magic. Fast forward to a degree in psychology and then special education in graduate school where I took a sculpture class as an elective with one colleague. It was a summer course and it was in the basement of Main Hall in Teachers College, Columbia University. After an insanely intense year of full time work, full time courses, and full time everything, this class was seriously the most fun I had in graduate school, in the classroom.  Aside from my mother being an artist and interior designer for ever and having a father with a mechanical drawing and marketing background, I have had no formal instruction. I played with a few cameras over the years mostly taking snap shots of this and that, the wife, the house, and the kids.  Until one day the kids were fighting over the Nikon point and shoot and broke it beyond repair. My photography went very dark for a while after that. Black even.  

Fast forward many years and an impending trip to Japan. I had to but a camera for that and teach myself how to use it.  I bought a Nikon DLSR and there rest is history, as they say. I think I've done some good work in the last few years but I want to be better. Scratch that, I want to make images that keep's your  attention longer than it takes to type a 140 character tweet. Yes, that's the goal in my (photography) life.  I've decided to get serious about my work.  I mean play, serious about my play.  Serious play is one of my new favorite oxymorons!  

I went on a tour to Hong Kong's newest art school SCAD (Savannah College of Art & Design, USA). Their campus was absolutely beautiful.  The photo below was in one of their photography studio classrooms. It had computers, scanners, and printers that were the size of a small Volkswagen.  They have a HUGE darkroom and all the gear you would ever need to processing film. Film! The intoxicating aromas of developer and fixer chemicals from my beloved high school class began to come back like that scene from Pixar's ​Ratatouille when the food critic takes a bite of the dish that makes him flashback to his childhood in the French countryside. I was hooked. Ay! to be a student again but without having to write a paper or take a quiz every week. Like heaven.  

After the tour, I quickly arrived home and applied online. I will try to take one class as a non-degree student. One at a time, and maybe (eventually) I may enrol in a degree program, masters I think.  I have no idea if I would even be accepted.  I'm going for it. 

Wish me luck.

May the light be with you, always. 

jhg

SCADSCAD Hong KongFujiFilm X-T1

 

 

 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) improvement photographer photography professional study https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/8/blog-7-self-improvement-or-how-to-make-mind-blowing-images Mon, 17 Aug 2015 15:10:46 GMT
Blog #6 Projects https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/8/blog-6-projects The Photographer's PlaybookThe Photographer's Playbook

Blog #6 Projects. As photographers, as in any creative activity, we sometimes hit the proverbial wall and run out of ideas. We experience the equivalent of writer's block https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Writer%27s_block . After exhaustive experimentation with various genres within our craft (i.e. landscape, street, travel, portrait, nature, macro) photographers may be at a loss for the next item on their photography to do list. They need a project and that is the very idea of this week's Blog entry.

project can help add focus to the work of the photographer (pun intended). ​ The photo above shows the cover of The Photographer's Playbook ​ (Aperture, 2014) that contains 307 (a lot, I know!) assignments and ideas from many different professional and accomplished photographers. Projects can be anything but therein lies the problem. Anything is to broad of a place to begin.  Books like the one above can provide a good source for inspiration.

A second source for that photographic mojo that I suggest is to try a Meetup group.  Meetup groups are fun ways to experience your hobby or passion with others that share that passion http://www.meetup.com . Usually the organiser or leader picks a topic and the group runs around shooting photographs under that theme.  The photos are then shared and discussed.  I have attended a few good Meetup events that used themes such as creative shutter speed or a worm's eye view at night. Both were loads of fun and I went home with a few decent shoots that I otherwise would not have made.

A third source for photographic subject matter can come from within.  What do you like? I like people, buildings, and motorcycles. Any of these broad subjects can become a project or they can be narrowed down to smaller projects like people at work, historic buildings, or Italian motorcycles. 

For an example, see Eric Kim's Suits project here: http://www.erickimphotography.com/albums/suits

It's not a bad idea to have multiple projects going at once so that if one does not prove to be fruitful, you can shift to the other. My current photography projects include Real Hong Kong where I am documenting the working life of local Hongkongers working on the streets around the region. This is in stark contrast (usually) to the more affluent life of the expatriates living and/or working in the region.  I am also working on a slightly more open-ended project including all black and white street photographs that include people, and another titled Concrete Jungle that depicts the wonderful buildings and urban structures around the city in which I reside.  I also make a point to make a project out of anywhere that I might be travelling to away from home such as another country.  In the travel photos, I try to make photos that are off the beaten path so to speak.  Photos that are NOT the ones that you might expect to see of a given place in other words. 

What project are you thinking about doing? You can try the book described above for inspiration that can be found here: http://www.amazon.com/Photographers-Playbook-307-Assignments-Ideas/dp/159711247X/ref=sr_1_1?ie=UTF8&qid=1439371352&sr=8-1&keywords=photography+playbook

Whatever your project may be, start your project today since It isn't going to start itself! 

Good Luck. 

jhg

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) block blog genres photographer project writer's https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/8/blog-6-projects Wed, 12 Aug 2015 09:41:54 GMT
Blog #5 Film vs. Digital : Let the Games Begin! https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/8/blog-5-film-vs-digital-let-the-games-begin 35mm Film Test35mm Film Test FujiFilm X-T1 TestFujiFilm X-T1 Test

So for Blog #5 I thought that I'd have a crack at the Film vs. Digital debate. There are some obvious differences so let's get those out of the way. Digital costs virtually nothing compared to film no matter what size (i.e. 35mm, 120mm medium format, or larger). Plus it's hard to beat the instant gratification (or FAIL!) of looking at your photograph three seconds after making it. Sorry film, you're S-L-O-W.  But hold on a second, maybe the practice of shooting with a limited number of shots such as in the case with a standard 36 exposure roll and is not such a bad thing. "Chimping" or the act of immediately looking at your photo and saying "Oo-Oo" is not exactly conductive to the creative process and focus of the photographer.  It may distract from the assignment that you might be working on and at minimum it interrupts the work flow of whatever and wherever you are shooting. 

Another advantage of film of course, is quality or as we say in photography, the resolution or dynamic range of the photograph.  Well, actually that is untrue. Film has better detail by far compared to even the best most expensive cameras of today.  This might change in the next 10 years or so but film has more photo points than digital sensors that allow more light to be captured and more color to be expressed in the final image, especially when printed on paper. The act of scanning film negatives onto a scanner to be manipulated digitally using computers and software degrades the image quality. Sad but true, I know.  

If you want more information on the technical reasons why the above is true, read this: http://istillshootfilm.org/post/114131916747/the-real-resolution-of-film-vs-digital?utm_content=buffer6cfd8&utm_medium=social&utm_source=twitter.com&utm_campaign=buffer,

and for a comparison look here:http://petapixel.com/2014/12/18/comparing-image-quality-film-digital/.  

For discussion on differences in digital sensor size, read this: 

http://www.gizmag.com/camera-sensor-size-guide/26684.

I did my own comparison recently. The photos above were taken just seconds apart in Provincetown, Cape Cod, Massachusetts, USA in June 2015. One was using the compact Nikon 35Ti film camera loaded with Kodak Portra ISO 400 35mm film, and the other was a FujiFilm X-T1 Mirrorless camera.  Both had 35mm equivalent lenses and all automatic setting for aperture and shutter speed to make the comparison somewhat valid. 

What do you think? Do you like one better? It all really comes down to personal preference and artistic sensibility and taste.  Personally, I have witnessed that the color in most film photos are more true to the actual light in the real world. That's my experience and I tend to prefer film. I shoot both since I love many aspects of the two mediums.  However, when you make a photograph with film, develop it, and print it yourself, you really make a photograph. Its a real analogue process that all photographers should experience.  Using a manual film camera is also helpful to understand the basics of even the most modern digital cameras since most of the basic controls are direct decedents from the all-metal bulletproof fully manual great-great-great grandfather of the digital model. 

Film is not dead! Try it, you might like it!

Here's some stunning examples of large format film: http://blog.photoshelter.com/2015/07/one-photographers-case-for-large-format-film/?utm_content=buffer82de2&utm_medium=social&utm_source=twitter.com&utm_campaign=buffer

Oh, and as a follow-up from last week's Blog#4 on G.A.S. See this: http://www.theinspiredeye.net/breaking-free-gear-lust/

Edited and Added 17 Aug 2015: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Psc3q0Qd6tE&feature=youtu.be

May the Light Be With You, Always.

jhg

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm DSLR Digital Film FujiFilm Nikon developing format larget https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/8/blog-5-film-vs-digital-let-the-games-begin Mon, 03 Aug 2015 11:06:12 GMT
Blog #4 G.A.S. https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/7/blog-4 FujiFilm X-T1FujiFilm X-T1Mirrorless, Small, Outstanding Lense quality and selection, and better white balance than Nikon DLSRs So, this week I'm talking about G.A.S. No, I am not sharing my trials and tribulations about being slightly lactose intolerant. G.A.S., if you're not a photographer and in the know about these things stands for Gear Acquisition Syndrome and it's probably something that every photographer is dealing with or has so in the recent past. If I only had camera X my photography will reach a new level, we ponder. A new, different, or better camera or lens will lead to better pictures, right? This is simply flat wrong. Look at the greats like Henri Cartier-Bresson mentioned in last week's Blog #3, he used old super simple Leica M Rangefinders (i.e. M3) with 35mm Black & White Film with his old faithful 50mm lens always. There are groups of photographers out there shooting incredible images with iPhones that have 4.15mm focal length, non-adjustable 2.2mm aperture, and Ant-Man sized sensors. The lust for new camera gear is a slippery slope. Here are some great words on the topic: http://www.theinspiredeye.net/confessions-of-an-ex-gear-addict

Another point that Eric Kim likes to drive home is to avoid G.A.S and to spend your money on travel instead.  Better gear, he posits, will not a better photographer make. I happen to agree with him although I do prefer a nice balance between film and digital.  For me, it's about having a go-to camera for my film work and digital work, keeping it simple, and not getting bogged down in the multitude of lenses and options out there (and there is A LOT).  I limit myself to three lenses for any one camera that should cover the gamut of wide-angle primes and long-range artillery for hunting ducks in the wild or better yet, litre sport bikes at the Macau Grand Prix.

Of course all of this is easier said than done. The top brands continue to flood the market with DLSR's with trick after trick while the mirrorless models are turning heads and offering DLSR capabilities or better at smaller prices and sizes. It's hard to resist the urge of smaller, lighter, faster. It's difficult too, to fight the urge and you WILL waste hundreds or more likely thousands of dollars if you do a 180 and change brand, platform, or go mirrorless altogether. There are adapters for this that and the other but I don't see the point. Hey look at me with my 2015 mirrorless marvel and my 1950 Leica glass that fits with Adapter X123MJK6 It fits! Um, good luck with that.  

I speak here from experience. I shot Nikon DLSR for a few years then did an about face and unloaded all bodies and lenses to make the switch to FujiFilm's X-T1. It's completely starting over. For someone who carries a camera everywhere the lure of a smaller, lighter, and faster axe that can produce photos just as good as most DSLR cameras was to great. I bent, I snapped, I bought, I shot, I will not turn back. I do shoot Nikon still for film and I would never sell my beloved FM2 with there three lenses. The FujiFilm X-T1 with it's three sexy buttons on the top, weather sealing, superb color, fast autofocus, 8 fps, ok I'll stop. It's a real gem and I'm super happy with it as my only digital camera. Don't want to take my word for it? See what these guys have to say about it: http://inmybag.net/street-photography-gear-recommendations/.  

In addition to the X-T1, I have two film cameras (Nikon FM2 & Leica M6), Nikon 35Ti compact film camera excellent for travel, a waterproof Panasonic point and shoot, and an older small point and shoot that I let my children use. Some let's see, that's 1-2-3-4-5 and #6 goes to the children. Do I have G.A.S.? You bet! Admitting the problem is the first step in fixing it. 

I will pick up another lens or two for the X-T1 over the next few months to cover the whole range focal length 18-200 but then I can focus on composition and what I'm shooting. No more browsing the interweb, eBay, or JapanCameraHunter for the killer-rare-gorgeous.....until next time. 

May the Light be With You, Always. 

jhg

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) Camera FujiFilm G.A.S. Gear Lenses Nikon X-T1 https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/7/blog-4 Mon, 27 Jul 2015 12:23:50 GMT
Blog #3 The Photographer's Photographer https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/7/blog-3-the-photographers-photographer henri-cartier-bresson-shanghai-december-1948-crowd-justling-bhenri-cartier-bresson-shanghai-december-1948-crowd-justling-b© Henri Cartier-Bresson Shanghai, China (1948) Captain's Log, Stardate Two Zero Seven... but seriously. So here we are at Blog #3.  I'd like to pay respects to some of my recent inspirational photographers out there. There's a guy from California, named Eric Kim who is all about street photography.  He's done a lot of research on the photographic "greats" (i.e. Henri Cartier-Besson, Robert Frank, Gary Winogrand, and William Eggleston to name a few) and happily shares his insights about what they have taught him. Eric does street photography workshops and has a great healthy approach to photography. He shoots film using only a Leica MP and one lens, the 35mm. Other lenses that may be suitable for street photography include the 28mm or the infamous 50mm that Cartier-Bresson himself used.  The human eye, argues Eric, views the world in roughly 40mm so the 35mm is a natural angle to view the world.  I totally agree. I think about it as the Goldie-Locks dilemma, 50mm is to tight, 28mm is to loose, and 35mm is just right.

With that gorgeous Leica 35mm glass, Eric takes really lovely, mostly candid and sometimes gritty street images of interesting people.  Check them out here: http://erickimphotography.com. Eric, if you're reading this, keep on keepin' on, brother! 

We all need inspiration and studying the great photographers of then and now is a good lesson in what TO do rather than what NOT to do when making photographs. Above is fantastic image that Henry Cartier-Bresson shot in Shanghai, China in 1948.  He travelled to many places which was likely his inspiration for photography.  

Who do you consider an inspirational photographer? Need help. The best of best turn to Magnum. Check out some real gems here: http://magnumphotos.com.

Next week, G.A.S (Gear Acquisition Syndrome) exposed. 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) Cartier-Bresson Eric Henri Kim Magnum https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/7/blog-3-the-photographers-photographer Mon, 20 Jul 2015 13:14:36 GMT
Blog #2 Project 365 Day #186 https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/7/project-365-day-186 186/365 The Day is Done186/365 The Day is DoneFujiFilm X-T1 Project 365 was a crazy idea that I had along with friend Kirill back in January. On January 10th, we set out to make, edit, post, and comment on a photo every day for one year. Today is day #186 and we're over the hump, so to speak. Needless to say it's a very ambitious project not to mention demanding.  We did notice a steep learning curve and our photography improved even within the first month. I have uploaded the photos that I've taken so far and I'm in the process of untangling the web by putting them in order. We have a closed group on Facebook, not for the public. I will upload the remaining photos here on a weekly basis (more or less).  Have you ever aspired to do something EVERYDAY in an effort to improve? Some people are into painting, meditation, running, or whatever floats your boat. The basic inescapable fact is that if you want to improve on virtually anything, you need to do it, A LOT. I am writing this in the hope that it will inspire you to get our there and take a deep dive into your passion, whatever that might be.  One thing is certain, if you do not practice, you will not improve. 

jhg

Above is photo #186 from today. 

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 365 B&W FujiFilm Monochrome Project X-T1 https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/7/project-365-day-186 Mon, 13 Jul 2015 16:07:14 GMT
Bog #1 Welcome to my photography website! https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/7/welcome-to-my-new-photography-website My journey in photography started as a sophomore (wise fool) in high school in New York. 

There, I took my first photography class and shot with my father's Nikon F 35mm film camera.

You can see a photo of the same camera below.

Getting our hands wet with developer and spending time with enlargers in the darkroom was

how it was done.  You literally "made" photographs.  Film is not dead.  In fact, it's on the up and up.

Dig the grain? I knew that you could. 

Fast forward a few years (dare I say decades?) and I'm back in the saddle again. Follow me on my journey to chase 

the light, wherever it takes me. 

 

In my next post, I will provide an update on my Project 365 with friend Kirill.

Please remember to sign the guestbook as well.

 

jhg

 

]]>
[email protected] (Jeremy H. Greenberg) 35mm F Nikon b&W film https://jeremyhgreenberg.zenfolio.com/blog/2015/7/welcome-to-my-new-photography-website Thu, 09 Jul 2015 14:06:22 GMT